Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, 22319-22356 [2014-08644]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Monday,
No. 76
April 21, 2014
Part V
Department of Energy
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
10 CFR Parts 429 and 430
Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22320
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Parts 429 and 430
[Docket No. EERE–2012–BT–TP–0016]
RIN 1904–AC76
Energy Conservation Program: Test
Procedures for Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers
Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
On July 10, 2013, the U.S.
Department of Energy (DOE) issued a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR)
to amend the test procedures for
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers. That proposed rulemaking
serves as the basis for this action. This
final rule amends the test procedure that
will be required for the testing of these
products starting on September 15,
2014. The amendments include test
procedures for products with multiple
compressors and an alternative method
for measuring and calculating energy
consumption for refrigerator-freezers
and refrigerators with freezer
compartments. DOE is also amending
certain aspects of the test procedure in
order to ensure better test accuracy and
repeatability. This final rule does not
address the proposal’s approach
regarding the measurement of energy
use associated with ice making, nor
does it address the proposed treatment
of built-in products, as DOE plans to
address these topics in a future rule.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is
May 21, 2014. Manufacturers will be
required to use the amendments made
in this rule to rate their products
starting October 20, 2014.
The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in this rule is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of May 21, 2014.
ADDRESSES: The docket, which includes
Federal Register notices, public meeting
attendee lists and transcripts,
comments, and other supporting
documents/materials, is available for
review at regulations.gov. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the regulations.gov index. However,
some documents listed in the index,
such as those containing information
that is exempt from public disclosure,
may not be publicly available.
A link to the docket Web page can be
found at: https://www.regulations.gov/
#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2012-BT-TP0016. This is a link to the docket Web
page for this final rule on the
regulations.gov site. The regulations.gov
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Web page contains simple instructions
on how to access all documents,
including public comments, in the
docket.
For further information on how to
review the docket, contact Ms. Brenda
Edwards at (202) 586–2945 or by email:
Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr.
Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy,
Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Program, EE–2J, 1000
Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (202) 287–1317. Email:
Lucas.Adin@ee.doe.gov.
Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of the General Counsel,
GC–71, 1000 Independence Avenue
SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (202) 586–8145. Email:
Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
This final rule incorporates by
reference into part 430 the following
standard:
AS/NZS 44474.1:2007, Performance
of household electrical appliances—
Refrigerating appliances, Part 1: Energy
consumption and performance, Second
edition, published August 15, 2007.
Interested parties can purchase copies
of Australian/New Zealand standards at
https://www.standards.org.au/
SearchandBuyAStandard/Pages/
default.aspx.
Table of Contents
I. Authority and Background
II. Summary of the Final Rule
III. Discussion
A. Products Covered by the Final Rule
B. Compliance Dates for the Amended Test
Procedures
C. Test Procedure Amendments
Incorporated in This Final Rule
1. Multiple-compressor Test
2. Triangulation
3. Anti-Circumvention Language
4. Incomplete Cycling
5. Correction of Temperature Measurement
Period
6. Mechanical Temperature Controls
7. Ambient Temperature Gradient
8. Elimination of Reporting of Product
Height
9. Definitions Associated With Defrost
Cycles
10. Measurement of Product Volume Using
Computer-Aided Design Models
11. Corrections to Temperature Setting
Logic Tables
12. Minimum Compressor Run-Time
Between Defrosts for Variable Defrost
Models
13. Treatment of ‘‘Connected’’ Products
14. Changes to Confidentiality of
Certification Data
15. Package Loading
16. Product Clearance to the Wall During
Testing
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
17. Other Minor Corrections
18. Relocation of Shelving for Temperature
Sensors
D. Other Matters Related to the Test
Procedure and Discussion of Proposals
not Adopted in this Final Rule
1. Icemaking Test Procedure
2. Built-In Refrigeration Products
3. Specific Volume Measurement Issues
4. Treatment of Products That Are
Operable as a Refrigerator or Freezer
5. Stabilization Period
E. Compliance With Other EPCA
Requirements
1. Test Burden
2. Changes in Measured Energy Use
3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal
Energy Administration Act of 1974
M. Congressional Notification
N. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Authority and Background
Title III of the Energy Policy and
Conservation Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C.
6291, et seq.; ‘‘EPCA’’ or ‘‘the Act’’) sets
forth a variety of provisions designed to
improve energy efficiency. (All
references to EPCA refer to the statute
as amended through the American
Energy Manufacturing Technical
Corrections Act (AEMTCA), Public Law
112–210 (Dec. 18, 2012).) Part B of title
III, which for editorial reasons was
redesignated as Part A upon
incorporation into the U.S. Code (42
U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified),
establishes the ‘‘Energy Conservation
Program for Consumer Products Other
Than Automobiles.’’ These consumer
products include refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers
(collectively, ‘‘refrigeration products’’),
the subject of this final rule. (42 U.S.C.
6292(a)(1))
Under EPCA, the energy conservation
program consists essentially of four
parts: (1) Testing, (2) labeling, (3)
Federal energy conservation standards,
and (4) certification and enforcement
procedures. The testing requirements
consist of test procedures that
manufacturers of covered products must
use as the basis for (1) certifying to DOE
that their products comply with the
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
applicable energy conservation
standards adopted under EPCA, and (2)
making representations about the
efficiency of those products. Similarly,
DOE must use these test procedures to
determine whether the products comply
with any relevant standards
promulgated under EPCA.
By way of background, the National
Appliance Energy Conservation Act of
1987 (NAECA), Public Law 100–12,
amended EPCA by including, among
other things, performance standards for
refrigeration products. (42 U.S.C.
6295(b)) On November 17, 1989, DOE
amended these performance standards
for products manufactured on or after
January 1, 1993. 54 FR 47916. DOE
subsequently published a correction to
revise these new standards for three
product classes. 55 FR 42845 (October
24, 1990). DOE again updated the
performance standards for refrigeration
products on April 28, 1997, for products
manufactured starting on July 1, 2001.
62 FR 23102.
EISA 2007 amended EPCA by
requiring DOE to publish a final rule
determining whether to amend the
energy conservation standards for
refrigeration products manufactured
starting in 2014. (42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4))
Consistent with this requirement, DOE
initiated an effort to consider
amendments to the standards for
refrigeration products. As part of this
effort, DOE issued a framework
document on September 18, 2008, that
discussed the various issues involved
with amending the standards and
potential changes to the test procedure.
73 FR 54089. DOE later prepared
preliminary analyses that examined in
greater detail the impacts amended
standards would be likely to have on a
national basis. DOE published a notice
of public meeting (NOPM) to initiate a
discussion of these analyses, 74 FR
58915 (Nov. 16, 2009), and held a public
meeting on December 10, 2009, to
discuss its preliminary findings. At that
meeting, and in submitted written
comments, interested parties indicated
that the energy conservation standards
for refrigeration products should
address the energy use associated with
automatic icemakers. They added,
however, that a test procedure to
measure icemaking energy use had not
yet been sufficiently developed to
provide a basis for the standards.
(Energy Conservation Standards for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0012; American Council for an
Energy Efficient Economy (ACEEE), No.
46 at p. 1; California Investor Owned
Utilities (IOUs), No. 39 at p. 2; LG, No.
44 at pp. 2–3; Natural Resources
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Defense Council (NRDC), No. 42 at p. 2;
Northeast Energy Efficiency Partnership
(NEEP), No. 41 at p. 1; Northwest Power
and Conservation Council (NPCC), No.
36 at p. 1; Sub-Zero, No. 43 at pp. 2–
3; Appliance Standards Awareness
Project (ASAP), Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 30 at pp. 28–29;
Association of Home Appliance
Manufacturers (AHAM), No. 37 at p. 2;
General Electric, No. 40 at p. 1)
DOE also initiated a test procedure
rulemaking to help address a variety of
test procedure-related issues identified
in the energy conservation standard
rulemaking’s framework document by
publishing a notice of proposed
rulemaking (NOPR) on May 27, 2010. 75
FR 29824 (hereafter referred to as ‘‘the
May 2010 NOPR’’). The May 2010
NOPR proposed to use a fixed value of
84 kilowatt-hours (kWh) per year to
represent the icemaking energy use for
those refrigeration products equipped
with automatic icemakers. The NOPR
also indicated that DOE would consider
adopting an approach based on testing
to determine icemaking energy use if a
suitable test procedure could be
developed. (Id. at 29846–29847) A broad
group of stakeholders 1 submitted a joint
comment supporting DOE’s proposal to
use a temporary fixed placeholder value
to represent the energy use of automatic
icemakers. It also urged DOE to initiate
a rulemaking no later than January 1,
2012, and publish a final rule no later
than December 31, 2012, to amend the
test procedures to incorporate a
laboratory-based measurement of
icemaking energy use. The joint
comment further recommended that
DOE publish a final rule by July 1, 2013,
and amend the energy conservation
standards scheduled to take effect in
2014 to account for the differences in
energy use of icemakers measured using
the new test procedure as compared
with the 84 kWh per year fixed
placeholder value. (Test Procedure for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, Docket Number EERE–2009–
BT–TP–0003; Joint Comment, No. 20 at
5–6)
In keeping with the timeline
suggested in the joint comment, AHAM
provided DOE in early January 2012
with a draft test procedure that could be
used to measure automatic icemaker
1 The signatories to these comments included the
Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers, the
American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy,
the Natural Resources Defense Council, the Alliance
to Save Energy, the Alliance for Water Efficiency,
the Appliance Standards Awareness Project, the
Northwest Power and Conservation Council, the
Northeast Energy Efficiency Partnerships, the
Consumer Federation of America, the National
Consumer Law Center, Earthjustice, and the
California Energy Commission.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22321
energy usage. (AHAM Refrigerator,
Refrigerator-Freezer and Freezer Ice
Making Energy Test Procedure, Revision
1.0—12/14/11,2 No. 4) Subsequently,
consistent with the suggestions made by
commenters and DOE’s previously
stated intentions, DOE initiated work to
develop the NOPR that was published
on July 10, 2013. Prior to the NOPR’s
publication, AHAM had drafted a
revised test procedure and submitted it
to DOE for consideration on July 18,
2012. (AHAM Refrigerator, RefrigeratorFreezer and Freezer Ice Making Energy
Test Procedure, Revision 2.0—7/10/12,3
No. 5) The proposal in the July 10, 2013
NOPR (‘‘July 2013 NOPR’’) sought to
improve the accuracy of certain aspects
of the test procedure that DOE had
recently promulgated in 2012. The
NOPR proposed a method for
measurement of the energy usage
associated with icemaking, which was
based on the revised approach suggested
by AHAM. The NOPR also proposed
several other test procedure
amendments designed to clarify the test
procedures, adopt a test method for
multiple-compressor products based on
an approach DOE had previously
permitted certain manufacturers to use
through test procedure waivers, and
allow use of an alternative test method
for products with both fresh food and
freezer compartments with separate
temperature controls.
In response to the NOPR, AHAM
submitted comments to DOE requesting
that DOE grant its members more time
to respond to (1) the proposal for
measurement of energy usage associated
with icemaking and (2) DOE’s request
for comment regarding testing of builtin products in a built-in configuration.
(AHAM, No. 24 at p. 1) DOE granted the
comment period extension request for
these two topics. See 78 FR 53374 (Aug.
29, 2013). After having carefully
considered these additional comments,
DOE is finalizing an approach that
temporarily declines to address the
proposed icemaking test procedure
amendments and the comments
received regarding built-in products,
while implementing the remainder of its
proposal.
Based on available data, this final rule
is not expected to alter the measured
energy use of any covered product as
measured under the existing test
procedures in Appendices A and B.
Thus, these changes do not require an
amendment to the energy conservation
standards with which these products
2 Subsequently referred to as ‘‘AHAM Draft Test
Procedure’’.
3 Subsequently referred to as ‘‘AHAM Revised
Draft Test Procedure’’.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22322
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
must comply beginning on September
15, 2014. Additional details regarding
the adjustments made in this final rule
are discussed below.
General Test Procedure Rulemaking
Process
Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth
the criteria and procedures DOE follows
when prescribing or amending test
procedures for covered products. EPCA
provides that any test procedures
prescribed or amended under this
section shall be reasonably designed to
produce test results that measure the
energy efficiency, energy use or
estimated annual operating cost of a
covered product during a representative
average use cycle or period of use and
shall not be unduly burdensome to
conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3))
In addition, if DOE determines that a
test procedure amendment is warranted,
DOE must publish proposed test
procedures and offer the public an
opportunity to present oral and written
comments on them. (42 U.S.C.
6293(b)(2)) Finally, in any rulemaking to
amend a test procedure, DOE must first
determine to what extent, if any, the
proposed test procedure would alter the
measured energy efficiency of any
covered product as determined under
the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6293(e)(1)) If DOE determines that the
amended test procedure would alter the
measured efficiency of a covered
product, EPCA specifies the manner in
which to amend the applicable energy
conservation standard. (42 U.S.C.
6293(e)(2))
This final rule amends the test
procedures that manufacturers must use
to demonstrate compliance with the
energy conservation standards starting
on September 15, 2014 (i.e., 10 CFR part
430, subpart B, appendices A and B).
DOE has determined that none of the
amendments to the test procedures
adopted in this final rule change the
measured energy use of the products
that will be required to use the
prescribed testing methods. DOE’s
analyses demonstrate that the
amendments to Appendices A and B,
including the incorporation of an
optional ‘‘triangulation’’ method, will
not affect measured energy use to an
extent that would necessitate a change
to any of the energy conservation
standards for the products that would be
affected by this rule. (42 U.S.C.
6293(e)(1)(2)) To demonstrate the effects
of these amendments under
consideration, the July 2013 NOPR
discussed the anticipated impacts
adopted by this rule. This evaluation is
discussed in further detail in section
III.E.2 of this final rule.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers
DOE’s test procedures for refrigerators
and refrigerator-freezers are found at 10
CFR part 430, subpart B, appendices A1
(currently in effect) and A (required for
rating products starting September 15,
2014). These procedures are the result of
numerous evolutionary steps taken
since DOE initially established its test
procedures for refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers in a final rule
published in the Federal Register on
September 14, 1977. See 42 FR 46140.
See also 78 FR 41612–41613 (July 10,
2013) (detailing the regulatory history of
the DOE test procedures for refrigerators
and refrigerator-freezers).
On December 16, 2010, DOE issued a
final and interim final rule that laid out
a revised test procedure for refrigeration
products. See 75 FR 78809. That rule
established a new Appendix A, via an
interim final rule. The new Appendix A
included a number of comprehensive
changes to help improve the
measurement of energy consumption of
refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers.
These changes included, among other
things: (1) Adding new compartment
temperatures and volume-adjustment
factors, (2) adding new methods for
measuring compartment volumes, (3)
modifying the long-time automatic
defrost test procedure to ensure that the
test procedure measures all energy use
associated with the defrost function,
and (4) adding test procedures for
products with a single compressor and
multiple evaporators with separate
active defrost cycles. DOE noted that the
compartment temperature changes
introduced by Appendix A would
significantly impact the measured
energy use and affect the calculated
adjusted volume and energy factor (i.e.,
adjusted volume divided by energy use)
values. Lastly, the interim final rule
addressed icemaking energy use by
including a fixed value for
manufacturers to add when calculating
the energy consumption of those
products equipped with an automatic
icemaker. Using available data
submitted by the industry, this value
was set at 84 kWh per year. See 75 FR
78810, 78859 and 78871 (Dec. 16, 2010)
(specifying the daily value of 0.23 kWh
for products equipped with an
automatic icemaker).4
Freezers
DOE’s test procedures for freezers are
found at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B,
appendices B1 (currently in effect) and
B (required for the rating of products
starting in 2014). As with refrigerators
4 Multiplying 0.23 by 365 days per year yields 84
kWh.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and refrigerator-freezers, these
procedures are the result of numerous
evolutionary steps taken since DOE
established its test procedures for
freezers in a final rule published in the
Federal Register on September 14, 1977.
See 42 FR 46140. See also 78 FR 41612–
41613 (July 10, 2013) (detailing the
regulatory history of the DOE test
procedures for freezers).
As with refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers, the December 16, 2010 notice
also clarified testing requirements for
freezers under Appendix B1 and created
a new Appendix B, the latter of which
must be used starting in September
2014. That new test procedure changed
a number of aspects of the procedure
detailed in Appendix B1, including,
among other things: (1) The freezer
volume adjustment factor, (2) methods
for measuring compartment volumes,
and (3) the long-time automatic defrost
test procedure. In addition, Appendix B
addresses icemaking energy use by
implementing for freezers the same
procedure adopted for refrigeratorfreezers; parties must apply a fixed
energy use value when calculating the
energy consumption of freezers with
automatic icemakers. 75 FR 78810.
Finalization of the Test Procedure
Rulemaking for Products Manufactured
Starting in 2014
The December 2010 interim final rule
established comprehensive changes to
the manner in which refrigeration
products are tested by creating new
Appendices A and B. In addition to the
changes discussed above, these new
appendices also include the
modifications to Appendices A1 and B1
that were finalized and adopted on
December 16, 2010. DOE provided an
initial comment period on the interim
final rule, which ended on February 14,
2011, and subsequently reopened the
comment period on September 15, 2011
(76 FR 57612) to allow for further public
feedback in response to the
promulgation of the final energy
conservation standards that were
published on the same day. 76 FR
57516. This re-opening permitted
interested parties to comment on the
interplay between the test procedures
and the energy conservation standards,
and provided DOE with additional
information to consider before making
any final changes to the test procedures
of Appendices A and B prior to their
mandatory use. 76 FR 57612–57613.
That comment period ended on October
17, 2011.
DOE also considered comments
related to a petition for a test procedure
waiver that had a direct bearing on
elements of the test procedures used in
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Appendix A. See 76 FR 16760 (March
25, 2011) (Petition No. RF–018,
Samsung Electronics America, Inc.
(Samsung)).
During the comment periods that DOE
provided, interested parties raised a
number of issues for DOE to consider.
The submitted comments included the
following suggested changes: (1)
Modifying the test procedure for
multiple-compressor systems to reduce
test burden; (2) modifying the test
period for the second part of the test for
products with long-time or variable
defrost to assure proper accounting of
all energy use associated with defrost;
(3) developing separate test procedures
and standards for products combining
wine storage with fresh food
compartments; (4) allowing an
alternative three-test interpolation
approach as an option to potentially
improve measurement accuracy at the
cost of greater test burden for those
manufacturers choosing to use it; (5)
adjusting the test procedure’s anticircumvention provisions; and (6)
adjusting the default values for CTL and
CTM (the longest and shortest duration
of compressor run time between
defrosts) used in the energy use
equations for products that do not have
defined values for these parameters in
their control algorithms. (Test Procedure
for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers,
and Freezers, Docket Number EERE–
2009–BT–TP–0003; Sub-Zero, No. 42;
AHAM, No. 43, Whirlpool, No. 44)
Stakeholders recommended that all of
these changes be adopted as part of
Appendices A and B. In the final rule
published on January 25, 2012 (‘‘January
2012 Final Rule’’), DOE considered the
changes recommended by stakeholders.
77 FR 3559. DOE declined to adopt
certain changes recommended for
Appendices A and B because the nature
of those recommendations had not, in
DOE’s view, been presented in a manner
that would have afforded the public
with a sufficient opportunity to
comment on those issues. (Id.)
Nevertheless, after finalizing the rule
setting out Appendices A and B, DOE
reviewed these various suggestions and
considered including them as part of the
test procedures for refrigeration
products. As a result of this review,
DOE proposed some of these
recommended amendments in the July
2013 NOPR. In that NOPR, DOE
proposed (1) modified test procedures
for products with multiple-compressor
systems, (2) use of an alternative
method for measuring and calculating
energy use at standardized temperatures
for refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators
with freezer compartments, and (3) the
modification of the anti-circumvention
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
language currently applicable to testing
of refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers. This final rule adopts these
proposed amendments into the test
procedures.
Waivers
DOE granted a limited number of
petitions for waiver from the test
procedures for refrigeration products
between the publication of the
December 2010 final rule and the
publication of the July 2013 NOPR. On
January 10, 2012, DOE published a
decision and order (D&O) responding to
two waiver petitions from Samsung
addressing products with multiple
defrost cycle types. 77 FR 1474. That
notice prescribed a procedure to
account for the energy use from the
multiple defrost cycles of a singlecompressor-based system. The approach
is identical to the procedure established
for Appendix A in the January 25, 2012
Final Rule. 77 FR 3559. DOE also issued
a D&O that granted a waiver to GE
Appliances (GE) to use the same test
procedure for similar products. See 77
FR 75426 (Dec. 20, 2012) (GE waiver).
In effect, these waivers permit these
companies to test certain products that,
due to their characteristics, cannot be
tested according to the prescribed test
procedure (i.e., Appendix A1) or for
which use of the prescribed test
procedure evaluates the model in a
manner so unrepresentative of its true
energy consumption characteristics as to
provide materially inaccurate
comparative data. (See 10 CFR
430.27(a)(1))
DOE also granted a waiver to SubZero, Inc. (Sub-Zero) to address that
company’s multiple-compressor
products. See 77 FR 5784 (Feb. 6, 2012)
(Sub-Zero waiver). That waiver
permitted Sub-Zero to use the same test
procedure that AHAM had
recommended that DOE adopt for both
Appendix A1 and Appendix A. (Test
Procedure for Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers, and Freezers, Docket Number
EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003; AHAM, No.
43 at pp. 2–3) DOE also granted similar
waivers permitting the use of the same
procedure to GE, LG, and Samsung.5
This final rule adopts a test procedure
for multiple-compressor products that is
based on the initial Sub-Zero waiver
procedure.
Finally, on August 16, 2012, DOE
granted a waiver to Sanyo E&E
Corporation (Sanyo) to address a hybrid
refrigeration product, i.e., a product
5 See 78 FR 18327 (March 26, 2013) (LG Decision
and Order), 78 FR 35899 (June 14, 2013) (Samsung
Decision and Order), and 78 FR 38699 (June 27,
2013) (GE Decision and Order).
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22323
combining wine storage compartments
in a product otherwise defined by DOE
as a refrigerator. See 77 FR 49443 (D&O
granting Sanyo’s petition for waiver
(Sanyo waiver)). The waiver cites a
guidance document that DOE published
in February 2011, which indicates that
products combining a wine storage
compartment and a fresh food
compartment are considered
refrigerators and should be tested as
such.6 The waiver further explains that
the Sanyo hybrid product cannot be
tested with its wine storage
compartment at the standardized
temperature required for testing
refrigerators using Appendix A1 (i.e.,
38 °F), and that doing so would result in
a non-representative energy use
measurement. Hence, DOE granted
Sanyo’s request that it be allowed to test
its product using a standardized
temperature of 55 °F for the wine
storage compartment. Id. Because the
Sanyo waiver is based upon testing in
accordance with the Appendix A1 test
procedure, it will terminate on
September 15, 2014, when use of the
Appendix A1 test procedure is no
longer permitted.
After DOE grants a waiver, the agency
must, pursuant to its waiver provisions,
initiate a rulemaking to amend its
regulations to eliminate the continued
need for the waiver. 10 CFR 430.27 (m).
This final rule addresses this
requirement for the Sub-Zero waiver by
amending Appendix A to include a test
procedure for multiple-compressor
products that is based on the Sub-Zero
waiver procedure. The Sub-Zero,
Samsung, LG, and GE waivers for
multiple-compressor products will
terminate on September 15, 2014, the
same date that manufacturers must use
the test procedures in Appendix A for
testing. DOE does not currently
anticipate that additional products on
the market with single-compressorbased systems using multiple defrost
cycles will be introduced prior to
September 15, 2014, since it is DOE’s
understanding that this is a system
design unique to those manufacturers
who are currently covered by these
waivers. Hence, at this time, DOE will
not amend Appendix A1 to include this
particular alternative test procedure.
Stakeholder Summary
At the public meeting held on July 25,
2013, DOE discussed the NOPR,
detailed the proposed revisions, and
solicited oral comments from meeting
6 This guidance is posted in DOE’s online
Guidance and FAQ database, and is available for
viewing at https://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/
default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22324
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
participants. Numerous stakeholders
attended the meeting and/or provided
written comments. These parties are
identified in Table I.1 below.7
TABLE I–1—STAKEHOLDERS THAT SUBMITTED COMMENTS ON THE INTERIM FINAL RULE
Oral
comments
Type *
Written
comments
Name
Acronym
Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers ......................
BSH Home Appliances Corporation ........................................
Felix Storch, Inc. ......................................................................
GE Appliances & Lighting .......................................................
Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems Corporation of
America.
American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy ...............
Sub Zero Group, Inc. ...............................................................
Whirlpool Corporation ..............................................................
Michael Fitzgibbon ...................................................................
Allen Cornelison ......................................................................
Liebherr-Canada Ltd. ...............................................................
Underwriters Laboratory ..........................................................
AHAM ...............................................
BSH ..................................................
FSI ....................................................
GE ....................................................
PAPRSA ...........................................
IR
M
M
M
M
b
........................
........................
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
ACEEE .............................................
Sub Zero ..........................................
Whirlpool ..........................................
Mr. Fitzgibbon ..................................
Mr. Cornelison ..................................
Liebherr ............................................
UL .....................................................
EA
M
M
I
I
M
TL
b
........................
b
........................
........................
........................
b
b
b
b
b
b
* IR: Industry Representative; M: Manufacturer; EA: Efficiency/Environmental Advocate; I: Individual; TL: Test Laboratory.
II. Summary of the Final Rule
DOE’s most recent amendments to the
test procedures for refrigeration
products made a number of significant
improvements. Even with these
amendments, there remained a number
of pending issues that DOE was unable
to address. This final rule addresses
those remaining issues and finalizes the
test procedure for manufacturers to use
when certifying their basic models as
compliant with the energy conservation
standards starting on September 15,
2014. In finalizing these procedures,
DOE accounted for comments interested
parties made in response to the July
2013 NOPR. These amendments will not
result in a significant change in
measured energy use as compared with
the test procedures as established by the
previous January 2012 Final Rule.
Some of the improvements in this
final rule could also have been
implemented in the current test
procedures as well as the procedures
that will be required for certification
starting September 15, 2014. However,
the current test procedures will
continue to be used only for a limited
time. Hence, DOE did not make any
substantive amendments to these test
procedures, which are contained in
Appendices A1 and B1. (The notice
does, however, include amendments
that would correct certain crossreferences in these appendices to
sections of 10 CFR Part 429.) The
amendments and issues that have been
adopted are summarized in Section III.
This rule makes a series of changes
that include incorporation of a multiplecompressor test procedure, an optional
triangulation test procedure, and other
clarifications to the test procedure. This
rulemaking does not address the ice
making test procedure and built-in
testing topics due to the more complex
analysis required to evaluate the merits
of the proposals. DOE also extended the
comment period for those topics, as
requested by interested parties. DOE
expects to publish a separate final rule
addressing those topics after the
extended comment period comes to a
close.
III. Discussion
This final rule contains a number of
amendments to the refrigerator,
refrigerator-freezer, and freezer test
procedures. The following section
discusses in further detail the various
issues addressed by this final rule. Table
III–1 below lists the subsections of this
section and indicates where the
amendments are located. Section A
identifies the products covered by the
final rule; section B specifies the
compliance dates that apply to the
amendments; section C discusses the
key test procedure amendments made in
this final rule; section D discusses
additional test procedure topics,
including DOE interpretations of certain
test procedure issues; and section E
discusses compliance of the final rule
with other EPCA requirements.
TABLE III–1—DISCUSSION SUBSECTIONS
Affected appendices
Section
Title
A
Products Covered by the Final Rule .........................................................
III.B ...................................................
III.C.1 ...............................................
III.C.2 ...............................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
III.A ...................................................
Compliance Dates for the Amended Test Procedures .............................
Multiple-compressor Test ..........................................................................
Triangulation ..............................................................................................
III.C.3 ...............................................
Anti-Circumvention Language ...................................................................
III.C.4
III.C.5
III.C.6
III.C.7
Incomplete Cycling ....................................................................................
Correction of Temperature Measurement Period .....................................
Mechanical Temperature Controls ............................................................
Ambient Temperature Gradient .................................................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
7 Because the comments of Michael Fitzgibbon
and Allen Cornelison address subjects not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
associated with the proposals detailed in the NOPR,
this rule will not discuss those comments in detail.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
B
No changes
X
X
X
X
........................
........................
*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22325
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE III–1—DISCUSSION SUBSECTIONS—Continued
Affected appendices
Section
Title
A
III.C.8 ...............................................
Elimination of Reporting of Product Height ...............................................
III.C.9 ...............................................
III.C.13 .............................................
Measurement of Product Volume using Computer-Aided Design Models
Corrections to Temperature Setting Logic Tables ....................................
Default Minimum Compressor Run-Time Between Defrosts for Variable
Defrost Models.
Treatment of ‘‘Connected’’ Products .........................................................
III.C.14 .............................................
Changes to Confidentiality of Certification Data .......................................
III.C.15
III.C.16
III.C.17
III.C.19
Package Loading .......................................................................................
Rear Clearance During Testing ................................................................
Other Minor Corrections † .........................................................................
Relocation of Shelving ..............................................................................
X
X
Definitions Associated with Defrost Cycles ...............................................
III.C.10 .............................................
III.C.11 .............................................
III.C.12 .............................................
B
III.D.1
III.D.2
III.D.3
III.D.4
III.D.5
III.E.1
III.E.2
III.E.3
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
.............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
Icemaking
Built-In Products
Volume Measurement Issues
Treatment of Products That are Operable as a Refrigerator or Freezer
Stabilization Period
Test Burden
Change in Measured Energy Use
Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
**
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
***
........................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
No changes
* This amendment appears in 10 CFR 430.23, but affects testing using all four appendices.
** This amendment appears in 10 CFR 429.14, but affects certification reporting for products tested using Appendices A and B.
*** This amendment includes proposed modifications to 10 CFR 429.14.
† This section also discusses an amendment to 10 CFR 430.2.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
A. Products Covered by the Final Rule
These amendments cover those
products that meet the definition for
refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or
freezer, as codified in 10 CFR 430.2. The
definitions for refrigerator and
refrigerator-freezer were amended in the
December 16, 2010 final rule. See 75 FR
78817 and 78848.
B. Compliance Dates for the Amended
Test Procedures
The amendments in this final rule are
made to sections 429.14, 429.72,
429.134, 430.2, 430.3, and 430.23 and in
Appendices A and B. Manufacturers are
required to use the amendments made
to Appendices A and B to rate their
products starting October 20, 2014.
Some of the proposed amendments
that aim to improve measurement
accuracy by clarifying certain aspects of
the test procedures or to reduce test
burden could potentially be considered
for adoption in the current test
procedures (i.e., Appendices A1 and
B1). However, these appendices will be
obsolete after September 15, 2014, so
DOE did not propose to amend them.
DOE requested comments on this
approach in the July 2013 NOPR. No
stakeholders indicated that DOE should
adopt any of the proposed amendments
in the current test procedures.
Whirlpool commented that it did not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
support making changes to Appendices
A1 and B1. (Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 2)
This final rule does not make any
changes to the current test procedures of
Appendices A1 and B1.
The proposed amendments that apply
to Appendices A and B will be effective
30 days after issuance of a final rule, but
manufacturers will not be required to
use this procedure until September 15,
2014. Beginning on that date,
Appendices A and B will be mandatory
for certifying that products comply with
the applicable energy conservation
standards and for making
representations regarding the energy use
or operating costs of covered
refrigeration products. Pursuant to
guidance issued by DOE on June 29,
2012,8 DOE permits manufacturers to
use Appendices A and B before this
2014 date if they choose to do so,
provided that they indicate in their
certification submissions that their
ratings are based on Appendix A or B
and that the products comply with the
2014 standards.
8 This and other DOE guidance documents are
located in the Guidance and Frequently Asked
Questions database, at https://www1.eere.energy.gov/
guidance/default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
C. Test Procedure Amendments
Incorporated in This Final Rule
1. Multiple-compressor Test
DOE proposed to replace the existing
dual compressor test procedures in
Appendix A with test procedures for
multiple-compressor products, based on
procedures developed by Sub-Zero and
AHAM and permitted for use in test
procedure waivers for Sub-Zero (see 77
FR 5784 (Feb. 6, 2012)), GE (see 78 FR
38699 (June 27, 2010)), Samsung (see 78
FR 35901 (June 14, 2013)), and LG
Electronics, Inc. (see 78 FR 18327 (Mar.
26, 2013)). The July 2013 NOPR
discussed the necessity of using a
unique test procedure to accommodate
multiple-compressor products to reduce
the so-called ‘‘truncation error’’ that can
occur when measuring the energy use of
multiple compressors whose cycles are
not synchronized. 78 FR 41629–30 (July
10, 2013). The following sections
discuss each aspect of DOE’s proposal
and the changes finalized in this final
rule.
Multiple-Compressor Definition
DOE proposed to define the term
‘‘multiple-compressor’’ in lieu of the
term ‘‘dual compressor’’ to provide
general applicability to all refrigeration
products that have more than one
compressor. Although DOE is not aware
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22326
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
of any current refrigeration products
with more than two sealed compressor
systems, taking this broader approach in
defining this particular term would
ensure that products using more than
two sealed refrigeration systems that
might be manufactured and sold in the
future are addressed by DOE’s
regulations. Because DOE did not
receive any comments objecting to this
proposal, and for the reasons discussed
above, DOE is adopting its proposed
definition of ‘‘multiple-compressor’’
products in a new section 1.16 of
Appendix A.
Temperature Cycles
DOE proposed to allow test periods
for multiple-compressor refrigeration
products to be determined based on
compartment temperatures as an
alternative to relying on compressor
cycles. For multiple-compressor
products, it may be difficult to
determine which individual compressor
is associated with events such as
compressor cycle starts and stops. Thus,
reliably identifying individual
compressor cycles by examining power
measurement data may prove difficult.
As an alternative, DOE proposed to
permit test periods to be selected based
on the cycles of the compartment
temperatures associated with the
compressor systems. In proposing this
alternative approach, DOE expressed its
belief that complete temperature cycles
are equivalent to complete compressor
cycles because temperature cycle
endpoints coincide nearly exactly with
the relevant compressor cycle
endpoints. Since the operation of the
compressor causes the refrigeration
system to reduce compartment
temperatures, compressor and
temperature cycles are inherently
equivalent. In general, these
temperature cycles would coincide with
their corresponding compressor cycles
(i.e., the compartment temperature falls
as the compressor operates and rises
when the compressor is not operating).
However, using an approach based on
temperature cycles may be easier to
apply because the compartment
temperature measurements of separate
compressor systems are not combined
like total product power inputs are,
potentially making identification of test
periods easier than when using the
power input measurements to identify
compressor cycles.
In its comments on the NOPR, GE
opposed DOE’s proposal. It indicated
that using temperature cycles instead of
compressor cycles to determine the
endpoints of a test period could impact
the measured energy use. GE provided
data demonstrating that the impact on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
the overall energy use measurement
could be as large as 9.6 percent in some
cases. (GE, No. 31 at p. 2) AHAM also
opposed DOE’s proposal for five
reasons: (1) Temperature and
compressor cycles do not always
correlate with each other, (2) selecting
temperature cycle starts and stops are
more subjective than for compressor
cycles, (3) unlike compressor cycles,
temperature cycles could not be used for
every product, (4) variable speed
compressor products may not have true
temperature cycles reflective of
operation, and (5) software for
identifying temperature cycle maxima
and minima would be complicated to
develop and may rely on compressor
cycles. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 11–12)
DOE notes that it proposed its
temperature cycle-based approach based
on the belief that the approach may be
beneficial in some circumstances, by
making identification of appropriate
cycles easier. However, the stakeholder
comments clearly indicate that allowing
this alternative is unnecessary and, in
some cases, potentially detrimental to
the accuracy of the energy consumption
measurement of a given product.
Accordingly, DOE is not adopting its
proposed temperature cycle approach
and is continuing to require that the
identification of test periods be
accomplished using compressor cycles.
However, DOE will adopt the
proposed definition for temperature
cycles. As described later in section
III.C.9, DOE’s definition for ‘‘stable
operation’’ allows for confirmation of
stability for products with non-cycling
compressors that have cycling
temperatures; the concept of
temperature cycles is needed for this
reason and is being adopted.
Measurement Frequency
The current test procedure allows
compartment temperature
measurements to be taken at up to fourminute intervals (See Appendix A,
sections 2.9 and 5.1.1). This approach,
because of its lower measurement
precision, permits more truncation error
to occur while testing multiplecompressor products than would occur
with shorter measurement intervals.
Truncation error occurs when a test
period comprising a whole number of
one compressor’s cycles includes an
incomplete portion of the other
compressor’s cycles. The test
procedures developed by Sub-Zero and
AHAM reduce the potential magnitude
of truncation error by requiring the
measurements of multiple-compressor
systems to be recorded at regular
intervals not to exceed one minute.
(Test Procedure for Residential
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–
TP–0003, AHAM, No. 43 at p. 3)
Therefore, the July 2013 NOPR
proposed to decrease the maximum time
between subsequent measurements by
decreasing the time period between
intervals to not exceed one minute in
duration when testing multiplecompressor products.
Both AHAM and GE supported DOE’s
proposal to increase the measurement
frequency to at least once per minute.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 12; GE, No. 31 at
p. 3) With no stakeholder opposition to
DOE’s proposal, DOE is adopting its
proposal that the measurement
frequency for multiple-compressor
products be no less than once per
minute to limit truncation error.
Neither the test procedure contained
in the dual- and multiple-compressor
test procedure waivers (e.g., the SubZero waiver) nor the NOPR proposal
explicitly indicated which
measurements would be required to be
recorded every minute. It is DOE’s
understanding that the data collected on
a once-per-minute basis would include
product power input, product energy
use, and compartment temperature.
These are the measurements that would
require higher-frequency collection in
order to improve the precision of the
energy use measurement: The power
input measurement is needed to identify
the applicable test period (i.e., the time
when compressors stop and start), and
the measured energy use and
compartment temperature are used in
the calculation of annual energy use. To
improve the clarity of the data
collection requirement, this final rule
clarifies that the requirement for onceper minute acquisition frequency
applies to these three measurements.
These changes appear in a new section
4.2.3.1 of Appendix A, which addresses
measurement frequency for multiplecompressor products.
Stabilization Period
DOE proposed to apply the
stabilization requirement of section 2.9
of Appendix A to multiple-compressor
products instead of requiring the 24hour stabilization period that is used in
recent waivers. (The stabilization
requirement in Appendix A, required
for single-compressor products,
stipulates that the average rate of
temperature change of the product’s
compartments must not exceed 0.042 °F
per hour.) DOE proposed use of the
section 2.9 approach for multiplecompressor products to reduce the
burden when testing these products, the
majority of which achieve stabilization
in under 24 hours, and to ensure that
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the existing stabilization requirement is
met for any product that requires more
than 24 hours to achieve stabilization.
The proposal would also have allowed
the use of temperature cycles rather
than compressor cycles to determine
steady-state conditions, for example, for
products that might have non-cycling
compressors but whose compartment
temperatures may cycle.
GE and AHAM opposed the DOE
proposed stabilization requirements for
multiple-compressor products, claiming
such products have no true stabilization
period. (GE, No. 31 at p. 4; AHAM, No.
30 at p. 13) DOE notes that all products
have a period of operation after plug-in
or a change in temperature settings
during which compartment
temperatures gradually approach and
eventually equate with, or at least
fluctuate near, the targeted temperatures
determined by user operable controls.
The test procedures have specific
provisions to ensure that measurements
are made during stable operation. This
is true even for the test procedures for
multiple-compressor products that are
covered under waivers.9
Nevertheless, DOE believes that the
24-hour stabilization requirement found
in these waivers—and as suggested by
commenters—would adequately ensure
stabilization is achieved for multiplecompressor products. DOE notes that
commenters have suggested that
reducing the test burden associated with
a 24-hour duration for the stabilization
period is less important than avoiding
the potential complications that may
arise from added test procedure
complexity when verifying stability.
Therefore, this final rule adopts the
longer, but simpler, 24-hour
stabilization period for multiplecompressor products, as recommended
by AHAM and GE. Because the
stabilization period will be a fixed
number of hours, the proposed use of
temperature cycles as an alternative to
compressor cycles to define the
stabilization period is unnecessary and
is not adopted.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
First Part of the Test
For multiple-compressor products
with at least two cycling compressors,
DOE proposed that the first part of the
9 See, e.g., ‘‘Decision and Order Granting a Waiver
to GE Appliances From the Department of Energy
Residential Refrigerator and Refrigerator-Freezer
Test Procedures’’, Case No. RF–029, 78 FR 38699
(June 27, 2013). This waiver test procedure has
specific requirements for stability and steady state,
including, for example, ‘‘Steady State for EP1: The
temperature average for the first and last
compressor cycle of the test period must be within
1.0 degrees F (0.6 degrees C) of the test period
temperature average for each compartment.’’ (Id. at
pp. 38700–1).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
test last at least 24 hours with no defrost
cycle interruption. For cases in which
defrost cycles do not allow a full 24hour test period, the July 2013 NOPR
proposed allowing a shorter 18-hour test
period. In other words, if a potential test
period extends to only 18 hours before
being interrupted by a defrost, this 18hour test period could be used as the
first part of the test rather than waiting
for the next period of operation between
defrosts, which would add at least a day
to the test time. However, if the initial
candidate test period extends fully to
24-hours before being interrupted by a
defrost, the full 24 hours would be used
for the test period. DOE did not propose
to adopt AHAM’s approach, which
allows aggregating multiple separate
segments of running time to increase the
total test period time to accrue the
minimum of 24 hours. DOE explained
that each individual segment of running
time would introduce its own
truncation error, thus defeating the
purpose of requiring a long 24-hour test
period. After quantifying the maximum
possible truncation error for
refrigerators in the DOE test sample,
DOE tentatively determined that
allowing an 18-hour period would be a
reasonable compromise to balance test
burden and accuracy.
In response to the DOE proposal,
AHAM indicated that DOE’s approach
would be more complicated than the
waiver approach and that some
products may require several weeks of
testing to satisfy the minimum 18-hour
requirement of the proposal. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p.14) AHAM also stated that
the energy use differences presented in
the NOPR showing the difference
between AHAM’s aggregated approach
and the proposed single-segment
approach were not necessarily entirely
attributable to truncation error. (Id.) In
addition, AHAM stated that DOE may
have proposed not to allow multiple
segments because DOE is concerned
about test circumvention. (Id.) AHAM
also stated that it did not agree with
DOE’s characterization of the maximum
of one percent error in the energy
measurement as insignificant, asserting
that such measurement error could
represent the difference between a
product satisfying or failing to meet the
energy conservation standards. (Id.)
While a one percent error may, in
certain cases, potentially be significant,
increasing the precision of a test can
also introduce additional test burden,
and the competing demands of
precision and managing test burden
generally require that compromises be
made in establishing test procedures. It
is for this reason that DOE proposed that
the first part of the test be a continuous
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22327
period of stable operation. As described
in the NOPR, DOE’s analysis shows that
truncation error can approach and/or
exceed one percent of the measurement
when the first part of the test is allowed
to be less than 24 hours and/or when
the first part of the test is allowed to
include separate time periods, each with
an average duration under 24 hours.
(The average duration of the time period
would be the total test period time
divided by the number of time segments
used (e.g., the average duration would
be 12 hours if two intervals were used
to comprise a 24-hour test period).) If
two time segments are included in a 24hour total test period, two truncation
events are included, and the potential
truncation error is twice as large
compared to a single, continuous period
of stable operation. Likewise, if three
segments are used, the potential
truncation error is three times as large.
DOE notes that the analysis presented
in the NOPR calculates truncation error
directly—it does not represent multiple
measurements for which other
parameters might affect the
measurement, as suggested by AHAM.
See 78 FR 41633 (July 10, 2013).
DOE believes that allowing an 18hour test period would be an acceptable
compromise between test precision and
test burden in cases in which a defrost
interrupts a candidate test period.
Rather than require waiting through the
defrost and the next 24 hours of steady
operation, DOE decided to adopt an
approach that allows use of the 18-hour
period as the test period for the first part
of the test. In so doing, DOE opted to
make a small reduction in precision to
avoid having to add 24 hours or more
test time. On the other hand, if
defrosting does not interrupt a
candidate test period, allowing it to
extend to 24 hours, the additional six
hours of test time would be justified to
enhance the test precision. This is why
DOE proposed to allow the 18-hour test
period only when the test period is
interrupted by a defrost.
AHAM stated that some products
could require weeks of extra testing to
sufficiently satisfy even a requirement
of an 18-hour minimum duration for the
test period. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 14)
However, AHAM did not provide
sufficient detail regarding this
possibility to allow quantification of the
related test burden. To the extent that a
product cannot obtain 18 hours of
steady operation between defrosts,
alternative test methods for such
products may have to be developed. As
indicated by AHAM, should a one
percent error occur with test periods
shorter than 18 hours or with test
periods comprised of separate running
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
22328
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
periods, such an error could potentially
make the difference between
compliance and non-compliance for a
borderline-compliant product. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 15) Consequently, it would
be inadvisable to allow the potential
error to be greater than this by allowing
use of multiple run segments or a
reduction in the minimum test period
duration. To mitigate this risk, this final
rule retains the first-part test period
requirements proposed in the NOPR. In
response to AHAM’s comment regarding
circumvention, DOE notes that although
the agency is concerned about
circumvention, DOE evaluated the
proposal primarily based on balancing
test precision and test burden.
The July 2013 NOPR also proposed
that products with cycling compressors
be tested using a test period for the first
part of the test comprising a whole
number of compressor or temperature
cycles of a ‘‘primary’’ compressor. DOE
proposed that the freezer compressor
would be considered the ‘‘primary’’
compressor if it cycles, and the fresh
food compressor would be considered
the ‘‘primary’’ compressor if the freezer
compressor does not cycle. The test
procedures of the multiple-compressor
product waivers require that the test
period for the first part of the test
consist of a whole number of freezer
compressor cycles.10 The proposal was
consistent with the waiver procedure,
except that it specified that the test
period would be based on cycles of the
fresh food compressor if the freezer
compressor does not cycle. DOE
received no comments on this topic,
other than AHAM’s objection to the use
of temperature cycles, which is
discussed above. As a result, DOE will
adopt the proposal for basing the firstpart test period on the cycles of a
primary compressor, and the proposed
requirement for selecting the primary
compressor.
Lastly, the July 2013 NOPR proposed
to require that the first part of the test
be a period of stable operation. AHAM
strongly opposed this approach, arguing
that it would be too restrictive,
particularly for products with variable
speed compressors. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
15) AHAM indicated that ‘‘it does not
matter whether the product reaches
stability during that period or not—
stability is not needed for the existing
waiver approach.’’ AHAM further
indicated that DOE should not mandate
the design of products by requiring
stability. (Id.) The DOE test
10 See, e.g., ‘‘Decision and Order Granting a
Waiver to GE Appliances From the Department of
Energy Residential Refrigerator and RefrigeratorFreezer Test Procedures’’, Case No. RF–029, 78 FR
38699, 38700 (June 27, 2013).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
procedures—including those set forth in
DOE waivers for multiple-compressor
products 11—have specific provisions to
ensure that measurements are made
during stable operation. DOE further
notes that in the waiver test procedures,
the test period for the first part of the
test, ‘‘is calculated for a whole number
of freezer compressor cycles . . .’’ and
that testers are instructed to, ‘‘make this
determination [i.e., that the unit under
test has reached steady state for the first
part of the test] for the fresh food
compartment for the fresh food
compressor cycles closest to the start
and end of the test period.’’ 78 FR
38700, 38701 (June 27, 2013). This
language clearly implies that it is
written for a system with cycling
compressors, and that it requires
stability to ensure that compartment
temperatures do not rise or fall
significantly during the test period. The
DOE proposal, being based on the test
procedure waivers, is consistent with
the requirement for stability, but it also
anticipates the potential for non-cycling
compressors by providing a method to
verify steady operation for the first part
of the test for such products. The test
procedure established by this final rule
retains this approach. If there are
products in existence that cannot
properly be tested using this method,
DOE believes that they would also not
be properly tested using the waiver test
procedure and, hence, DOE believes
such products would require a different
waiver with a different alternative test
procedure.
Second Part of the Test
For the second part of the test, the
July 2013 NOPR proposed a test period
in which either the starting or stopping
of the compressor can be used to
determine both the beginning and end
of the test period. For example, if a
compressor start is used to determine
the beginning of a test period, a later
compressor start would be used to
determine the end of the test period.
Alternatively, a test period could begin
and end when the compressor stops.
Thus, a test period could extend from a
compressor start to a compressor start or
a compressor stop to a compressor stop,
but not from a compressor start to a
11 See, e.g., ‘‘Decision and Order Granting a
Waiver to GE Appliances From the Department of
Energy Residential Refrigerator and RefrigeratorFreezer Test Procedures’’, Case No. RF–029, 78 FR
38699 (June 27, 2013). This waiver test procedure
has specific requirements for stability and steady
state, including, for example, ‘‘Steady State for EP1:
The temperature average for the first and last
compressor cycle of the test period must be within
1.0 degrees F (0.6 degrees C) of the test period
temperature average for each compartment.’’ Id. at
pp. 38700–1.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compressor stop or vice versa. In
addition, the start and end of the test
period must take place during stable
operation before and after the target
defrost cycle. DOE did not propose a 24hour test period for the second part of
the test because it concluded that
increasing the period duration would
not reduce the magnitude of the
truncation error that might occur. 78 FR
41634–41636 (July 10, 2013).
The DOE proposal for multiplecompressor systems was consistent with
Appendix A’s requirement that the test
period for the second part of the test for
products with long-time or variable
defrost must start and end during stable
operation. Appendix A requires that the
compartment temperatures for the
compressor cycles prior to and after the
second part of the test be within 0.5 °F
of their temperature averages for the
first part of the test (See Appendix A,
section 4.2.1.1), as opposed to the 1.0 °F
requirement of the Sub-Zero waiver and
the AHAM proposal. DOE stated in the
July 2013 NOPR that this same tolerance
for ensuring that the test period does not
include any events associated with the
defrost cycle (such as precooling or
recovery) should apply to multiplecompressor systems as well as singlecompressor systems because the events
before, during, and after the defrost
cycles of both types of products have
the same basic functions (removing frost
from the evaporator) and same basic
control sequence (optional precooling,
heating, temperature recovery).
However, DOE proposed a multiplecompressor system test procedure that
would also require that the compressor
cycles examined to confirm stable
operation at the start and end of the
second part of the test be the first and
last compressor cycles (or temperature
cycles) within the test period, consistent
with the granted waivers. DOE believed
that this approach would better ensure
that the test period begins and ends
during stable operation because the
examination of compressor or
temperature cycles would occur within
the test period, and would not involve
cycles that may fall outside the test
period. In the special case where there
are no cycling compressors, DOE
proposed to require that the test period
start and end when the compartment
temperatures are within 0.5 °F of their
averages for the first part of the test,
which is also consistent with the
Appendix A test procedure (See
Appendix A, section 4.2.1.2).
Both AHAM and GE supported DOE’s
attempt to reduce the burden of the
second part of the test for multiplecompressor products by not requiring
that the test period last 24 hours.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 15; GE, No. 31 at
p. 5) However, AHAM and GE indicated
that DOE’s dataset was not large enough
to support the proposal as is. (Id.)
AHAM also stated that DOE’s proposal
would cause an equal number of (if not
more) concerns and complexity. (Id.)
However, rather than detailing any
specific concerns, AHAM recommended
that DOE adopt the approach for the
second part of the test found in the test
procedure waivers for multiplecompressor products. AHAM offered to
develop an improved procedure in the
future.
Although the stakeholders did not
clarify which aspect of DOE’s proposal
could not be supported by the limited
dataset, DOE assumes that the key issue
was the reduction of the test period for
the second part of the test, eliminating
the need for a duration of 24 hours. DOE
notes that its conclusion that the 24hour duration was unnecessary was
based primarily on consideration of the
energy use equations, and that its
supporting data served as confirmation
and demonstration of its initial
conclusions that a 24-hour test period
duration did not improve test accuracy.
As discussed in the July 2013 NOPR, the
term in the energy use equation that
represents the contribution of defrost is
not divided by the duration of the
second part of the test, as is the term in
the equation that represents the
contribution of steady-state operation,
which is divided by the duration of the
first part of the test. This means that any
truncation error introduced when
measuring the energy usage for the
second part of the test would not be
reduced by selecting a longer test
period, as would occur for the first part
of the test. While DOE would not object
to testers using continuous test periods
as long as 24 hours for the second part
of the test, DOE believes that combining
multiple non-continuous running
periods to accrue 24 hours of test period
duration is inappropriate, because
adding any additional running period
has the potential to add additional
truncation error to the calculation.
Hence, DOE is adopting its proposed
approach for the second part of the test
for multiple-compressor products.
One-Part Test Simplification
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed
a one-part test for multiple-compressor
products for which (a) only one
compressor system has automatic
defrost and (b) that defrost is neither
long-time defrost nor variable defrost.
DOE noted in the July 2013 NOPR that
the proposed test period would start at
a point during a defrost period and end
at the same point during the subsequent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
defrost period, which is the same
approach taken by the existing test
procedure for single-compressor
products with automatic defrost that is
neither long-time nor variable (See
Appendix A, section 4.2). DOE
proposed using a single test period to
minimize the test burden for products
with short-time automatic defrost for
only one of the compressor systems.
GE commented that it is not aware of
these types of products. (GE, No. 31 at
p. 4) AHAM also questioned whether
there are enough (or any) products that
satisfy DOE’s description to warrant a
separate procedure or whether it would
instead be sufficient to use the existing
waiver approach. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
13) DOE proposed this simplification to
reduce test burden. However, the
stakeholder comments indicate that
there is no need for such a reduction in
burden, due to the lack of applicable
products, so DOE is not adopting this
proposal. Instead, all products will have
to be tested using the two-part test
method as described in this final rule.
Test Simplifications for Tests With One
or No Cycling Compressors
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed
another test simplification for multiplecompressor products with either one or
no cycling compressors. That proposal
would allow use of the provisions in
sections 4.1 and 4.2 of Appendix A for
the first and second part of the test.
Specifically, if only one of the
compressors cycles, the test period for
the first part of the test would be at least
three hours long and comprise two or
more complete cycles of the cycling
compressor. Further, if none of the
compressors cycle, the test period for
the first part of the test would be three
hours long. Both GE and AHAM
indicated that DOE’s proposal may not
accurately account for the energy use of
a model that has one cycling compressor
and a second variable speed
compressor. (GE, No. 31 at p. 4; AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 14) DOE proposed this
simplification to reduce test burden.
However, commenters indicated that
there are circumstances for which the
approach would not work and suggested
that burden reduction was unnecessary
in this case. Hence, this final rule does
not adopt the proposal to simplify the
test procedure for multiple-compressor
products with no more than one cycling
compressor. Instead, these products will
require the full first part of the test
adopted in this final rule.
Energy Use Equations
DOE proposed an energy use equation
for multiple-compressor systems similar
to the equation found in Appendix A for
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22329
products with single compressors and
multiple defrost cycle types. For both of
these product types, the energy use for
each distinct defrost cycle is added
separately using its corresponding CT
value (i.e., hours of compressor
operation between defrosts) to adjust the
measurement to represent the defrost
cycle’s average contribution to energy
use per 24 hours (See Appendix A,
section 5.2.1.5). DOE received no
comment on this proposal and therefore
adopts it in this final rule.
Effect on Measured Energy Use
DOE notes that the July 2013 NOPR
proposed to replace the existing test
procedure’s dual compressor system test
in Appendix A with a new test
procedure that would address products
using multiple-compressor systems.
When modifying test procedures, DOE
considers the extent to which the energy
use or energy efficiency measurement
may be altered under a proposed
procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) As
noted earlier, Appendix A will not be
required for certifying compliance until
the compliance date of the new
refrigeration product energy
conservation standards. 77 FR 3559 (Jan.
25, 2012). DOE is aware of very few
products that have multiple-compressor
systems and has received petitions for
waiver from the existing test procedure
from Sub-Zero, GE, LG, and Samsung
for testing of dual compressor products,
which DOE has granted. 77 FR 5784
(Feb. 6, 2012), 78 FR 38699 (Jun. 27,
2013), 78 FR 18327 (Mar. 26, 2013), 78
FR 35899 (Jun. 14, 2013). DOE’s
tentative view, at the time of the July
2013 NOPR, was that its proposed test
procedure for multiple-compressor
products would not significantly impact
the manner in which such products
would be tested using the test procedure
of the waivers. DOE requested comment
on the existence of other multiplecompressor products, how these
products are tested (e.g., whether they
use the existing dual compressor test
procedure of Appendix A1), and
whether the measurement of energy use
would change using the proposed test
procedure.
GE responded that there are
differences in measured energy
consumption based on the proposal,
citing the differences in the
measurement depending on whether the
test periods are determined based on
compressor cycles or temperature
cycles. (GE, No. 31 at p. 5) As
previously discussed, DOE is finalizing
the test procedure without the option of
using temperature cycles to determine
test periods—only a compressor-cyclebased approach is being adopted, which
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
22330
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
is the same one used in the test
procedure waivers. Hence, DOE
concludes that the measurement
differences cited by GE would no longer
be relevant.
Additionally, AHAM cited the
potential one percent truncation error as
evidence that the proposed test
procedure could impact measured
energy use and indicated that DOE
should analyze the data that it collected
to determine if the measurement could
change when using the proposed test
procedure. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 16)
DOE acknowledges there is a potential
for truncation error when using the
waiver test procedure (which is a
question of overall accuracy). DOE
believes that the measurement resulting
from the procedure adopted in this final
rule would result in a more accurate and
representative measurement of the
product’s energy use rather than an
actual change in measured energy use.
Sub-Zero responded that the waiver
test procedure is accurate, repeatable,
and has been verified through use at
independent laboratories and in the
‘‘industry verification program.’’ 12 It
added that the proposed test procedure
would be more complicated, timeconsuming, difficult to conduct and
potentially less accurate and repeatable
than the waiver test procedure. SubZero also pointed to the specific areas
of concern contained in the AHAM
comments. (Sub Zero, No. 32 at pp. 1–
2) In this final rule, DOE has modified
the procedure by addressing many of
the key concerns raised in the AHAM
comments. As discussed above, the
remaining key difference between the
procedure finalized in this final rule
and the waiver test procedure pertains
to the waiver test procedure’s use of
non-continuous running periods to
accrue a full 24 hours of testing time for
both parts of the test. As discussed
above, DOE believes that allowing noncontinuous running periods subjects the
test procedure to risk of greater error,
based on DOE’s testing and analysis.
DOE believes that the potential error is
likely to be greater than the one percent
that AHAM separately suggested may
not be acceptable. Were DOE to accept
AHAM’s recommended approach, the
risk of increasing the truncation error
would be even larger than under the
approach DOE is adopting today. DOE
notes that it received no details of any
work by industry, to which Sub-Zero
alluded in its comments, to validate the
12 The Sub-Zero comment did not clarify, but
DOE believes that the ‘‘industry verification
program’’ referred to in Sub-Zero’s comments may
be the verification program managed by AHAM—
see https://www.aham.org/industry/ht/d/Items/cat_
id/49796/pid/1220/cids/389,425,49796.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
waiver test procedure. Consequently,
DOE’s views regarding the potential
impacts of the procedure are based on
a review of its own data and the
fundamental fact that each additional
running period introduced into the
energy use equation can compound the
truncation error with the addition of
another truncation event. Hence, DOE
has not adopted the waiver test
procedures’ allowance of the use of noncontinuous running periods. Instead,
DOE will adopt the approach proposed
in the July 2013 NOPR, which requires
a single segment of time to comprise the
test period. In this way, the risk of
truncation error will be substantially
reduced, compared to the current test
procedure waiver approach that some
manufacturers have been permitted to
use.
DOE received no comments indicating
the existence of other multiplecompressor products other than those
identified in waivers and no comments
indicating that any products are tested
using the existing dual compressor test
procedure.
Elimination of Multiple-Compressor
Test Procedure Waivers
DOE notes that, consistent with its
regulations, the Sub-Zero, GE, LG, and
Samsung dual compressor waivers will
terminate once parties are required to
use the multiple-compressor test
procedures of Appendices A and B to
demonstrate compliance with DOE
regulations (i.e., on September 15,
2014). (See 10 CFR 430.27(m))
Multiple-Compressor Products With
Manual Defrost
These new procedures for multiplecompressor products apply only to
multiple-compressor products with
automatic defrost. DOE received no
comment revealing the existence of
multiple-compressor products with
manual defrost and has not made
changes in the test procedure to account
for such products.
2. Triangulation
The July 2013 NOPR proposed
incorporating a modified version of the
so-called ‘‘triangulation’’ interpolation
approach described in Australian/New
Zealand Standard 4474.1–2007 13 (AS/
NZ 4474.1–2007) as an option to
calculate energy use. DOE’s test
13 ‘‘Australian/New Zealand Standard,
Performance of Household Electrical Appliances—
Refrigerating Appliances, Part 1: Energy
Consumption and Performance’’, AS/NZS 4474.
1:2007, Appendix M, available for purchase at
https://infostore.saiglobal.com/store/results2.aspx?
searchType=simple&publisher=all&keyword=AS/
NZS%204474.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
procedures generally require conducting
the energy test for two different settings
of the temperature control. See, e.g., 10
CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix A,
section 3.2.1. The energy use is
calculated as a weighted average of the
measurements of the two tests,
depending on the compartment
temperatures measured during the tests,
to represent the energy use that would
occur if the compartment temperature
were exactly equal to its standardized
temperature. See, e.g., Appendix A,
section 6.2.1.2. As described in the
NOPR, for products with two
compartments, this calculation often
represents the operation of a product in
which one of the compartments is
cooler than its standardized
temperature. 78 FR 41636–41637 (July
10, 2013). The triangulation approach
resolves this issue by using a weighted
average of the energy use measured from
three tests, thus allowing calculation of
the energy use that would occur when
both compartment temperatures exactly
equal their standardized temperatures.
The July 2013 NOPR explained in detail
why the triangular interpolation of the
measurements for three temperature
settings results in a more accurate
measurement of energy when compared
to the linear interpolation using two
temperature settings. (Id. at 41637).
The NOPR proposed to incorporate by
reference parts of Appendix M of AS/
NZS 4474.1–2007 as an optional
interpolation method. A new section 3.3
of the test procedure would reference
subsections M3.a through M3.c and
Figure M1 of appendix M of AS/NZS
4474.1–2007 to specify the requirements
for the three-setting test procedure as an
alternative to using the requirements of
section 3.2 of Appendix A. The
procedure would clarify that the target
temperatures txA and txB discussed in
the Australia/New Zealand procedure
would be the standardized temperatures
as defined in section 3.2 of the DOE test
procedure. However, DOE proposed to
require that the first two of the three
tests comply with the requirements for
the two-test method contained in
Appendix A, section 3.2.1. DOE
included this requirement because it
would also allow for use of the current
energy calculations as well as the
triangulation energy calculations. 78 FR
41639 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM submitted comments
supporting the adoption of a
triangulation approach. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 17) However, AHAM suggested
that DOE not require that the first two
settings of the triangulation test adhere
to the provisions in Appendix A for a
two-setting test because AS/NZS
4474.1–2007 allows test facilities to
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
choose the settings of all tests for more
accurate results. (Id.) As a result, AHAM
asked DOE to reconsider this aspect of
its proposal in order to harmonize with
AS/NZS 4474.1–2007 as well as with
the refrigerator test standard currently
under development by the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), as
represented by its Committee Draft for
Vote (CDV) of Part 1 of IEC 62552.2
Household refrigerating appliances—
Characteristics and test methods. (Id.)
DOE agrees with AHAM that allowing
greater flexibility in the selection of
temperature settings may provide more
accurate results. As described in AS/
NZS 4474.1–2007, when the three sets
of measured compartment temperatures
(freezer compartment temperature
paired with fresh food compartment
temperature) are plotted on a graph of
freezer temperature versus fresh food
compartment temperature, the triangle
formed by the points must enclose the
point representing the pair of
standardized temperatures (i.e., 0 °F
freezer compartment temperature and
39 °F fresh food compartment
temperature). Ensuring that the three
tests meet this requirement may be
much more difficult if the first two tests
must be conducted exactly as dictated
by the DOE test procedure. Therefore,
DOE is permitting any three sets of
temperature control settings to be
selected for the optional triangulation
approach, provided that the temperature
settings for each individual
compartment all represent median,
coldest, or warmest settings. DOE is
adopting this approach based on its
belief that it is important to provide a
valid measurement of energy use at the
standardized compartment
temperatures, and that using the settings
prescribed for the current two-test
approach is not essential to achieving
this objective because the triangulation
interpolation method is designed to
work with any three settings with
temperatures that surround the target
standardized temperatures (i.e., for
which the plotted triangle encloses the
standardized temperature point, as
described above).
The July 2013 NOPR proposed a new
section 6.2.2.3 detailing the calculation
of energy use under the proposed
triangulation approach. This proposed
section would require using the
calculations described in section M4.a
of AS/NZS 4474.1–2007 to determine
the energy consumption of the tested
unit but excluding the energy use
contribution of icemaking. The fixed
value of energy use associated with
icemaking, defined in section 6.2.2.1,
would be added to this result for
products with automatic icemakers.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
DOE received no comment on this
proposal. Accordingly, DOE is adopting
its proposed approach.
Finally, during the 2013 public
meeting, GE commented that DOE
should consider incorporation of the
single test to measure energy
consumption found in Appendix L of
AS/NZS 4474.1–2007. (This test
requires that the compartment
temperatures measured during the test
are both no higher than their
standardized temperatures.) (GE, NOPR
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 23 at p.
99) Using a single test would reduce test
burden, assuming the measured
compartment temperatures are lower
than their standardized temperatures for
the first selected test setting and
additional tests are not needed.
However, in this final rule, DOE has
decided not to incorporate a single
setting test because stakeholders have
not been provided adequate time to
review the details of the suggested
procedure. DOE may consider this
procedure in the future.
Certification
DOE proposed to amend section
429.14(b) to require manufacturers to
identify which interpolation method
they used to rate and certify a particular
basic model (i.e., triangulation or a twosetting test). In the NOPR, DOE noted
that more than one unit is tested for
each rating (See, for example, 10 CFR
429.11(b), which indicates a sample size
minimum of two units). Therefore, DOE
proposed to require that all units of a
given model that are tested for
certification purposes be tested using
the same test method and that the
certification report indicate whether the
triangulation method was used.
AHAM suggested that DOE not
require manufacturers to report which
method was used for certification
testing (i.e., whether the two-test
method or the triangulation method was
used) because this would add to
manufacturer reporting burden, and
because DOE can request to see test
reports of certified models if it wishes
to confirm whether products were tested
using triangulation. (AHAM, No. 30 at
p. 17) AHAM also indicated that test
facilities should be permitted to use
different methods for each unit within
a model’s sample to prevent
unnecessary added test burden. (Id.) For
example, individual units may have
refrigeration and control systems tuned
so that both compartments have
temperatures equal to their standardized
temperatures at equivalent temperature
control settings. For such units, the
calculated energy use (e.g., per
Appendix A, section 6.2.2.2) would be
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22331
the same when using the freezer
compartment interpolation and the fresh
food interpolation, and use of a third
test and a triangular interpolation would
not change the result.
Viewed from within the context of
compliance with the applicable energy
conservation standard, an individual
unit may satisfy the applicable standard
with sufficient margin using the two-test
method while other units within the
same model sample may require the
triangulation method to satisfy the
relevant energy standard with sufficient
margin. Because triangulation might not
be required for testing of all units in a
sample to show that the model meets
the applicable energy conservation
standard, and to limit the required test
burden, DOE will not adopt the
proposed requirement that triangulation
must be used for all units tested to
certify compliance for a given model if
the test for one of the units uses the
method. Further, because measurements
using the two-test method would
generally be more conservative
(indicating higher energy use), but be
only slightly different than
measurements made using triangulation,
DOE considers both methods to be
valid. Hence, in order to further reduce
the burden associated with certification,
DOE will not require certification
reports to indicate whether triangulation
was used for testing.
Regarding testing options generally,
DOE notes that because the two-test
method generally yields results that are
more conservative than the triangulation
test (i.e., higher energy use), DOE
proposed to permit manufacturers to
continue using the two-part test at their
discretion. By permitting manufacturers
to continue using the simpler two-part
test, DOE intended to limit the overall
burdens that are placed on the industry.
However, given that tests conducted
using the triangulation approach may
potentially, for certain basic models,
yield more representative results, DOE
proposed to use this particular method
when conducting assessment testing,
pursuant to 10 CFR 429.104, and
enforcement testing, pursuant to 10 CFR
429.110, if either (a) the manufacturer
indicates that the triangulation method
was used for rating the model, or (b)
certain conditions are observed during
the first two tests of a given unit of a
basic model that suggest that a third test
might yield a more representative
measurement than the two-test method.
Specifically, if the calculated energy use
using Appendix A, section 6.2.2.2 (one
measurement based on use of the fresh
food compartment temperature and the
other based on the freezer compartment
temperature) differs by more than five
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22332
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
percent of the greater of the two results
for any tested unit of the basic model,
DOE proposed that it would use the
triangulation method for any assessment
or enforcement testing for all units of
that basic model. This approach may, in
certain circumstances, require retesting
of a unit previously tested if, for
example, condition (b) above did not
apply for the test conducted for a first
unit of a tested model but did apply for
later tests. AHAM suggested that DOE
use the triangulation approach
whenever testing units within its
verification programs to guarantee
accuracy. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 17) DOE
is specifying in a new section 429.134
that DOE will use the triangulation test
prior to making a finding of
noncompliance with respect to a
particular basic model for that particular
sample of tested units because the twotest method in some cases will result in
a more conservative measure of energy
use. In other circumstances, however, to
limit unnecessary testing, DOE will not
necessarily use the triangulation
method.
3. Anti-Circumvention Language
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Revisions Addressing Past Stakeholder
Comments
DOE proposed to revise the anticircumvention language in sections 10
CFR 430.23(a)(10)(ii) and 10 CFR
430.23(b)(7)(ii) to better reflect the
wording found in the AHAM’s HRF–1–
2008 procedure, as had been
recommended in comments by AHAM
and Whirlpool that were provided
during the December 2010 interim final
rule comment period. (See ‘‘Test
Procedure for Residential Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers,’’
Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003,
No. 16 at p. 4, No. 12 at p. 2) The
current DOE anti-circumvention
language was modeled after section 1.2
of HRF–1–2008 and parts of the DOE
language are nearly identical to the
HRF–1–2008 language. DOE proposed to
bring the DOE language into even closer
alignment with HRF–1–2008 in the July
2013 NOPR because such changes
would not weaken the requirements and
would help achieve better consistency
with the nearly identical industry
standard, which would generally make
testing more consistent. DOE also
proposed to move the four examples
(currently section 10 CFR
430.23(a)(10)(ii)A–D) describing
components operating in a manner
inconsistent with operation under
typical room conditions to follow the
paragraph describing operational
behavior that DOE identifies as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
constituting anti-circumvention. 10 CFR
430.23(a)(10)(i)
In response to the July 2013 NOPR,
AHAM and Whirlpool supported the
proposed revisions to the anticircumvention sections. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 17; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 2)
However, BSH commented that DOE
should refer to the draft IEC test
procedure 14 for guidance on how to
improve DOE’s anti-circumvention
sections. (BSH, No. 21 at p. 1) DOE
notes that changes to the anticircumvention sections were proposed
in response to earlier industry feedback
and comment, which did not mention
the IEC draft test procedure language.
DOE reviewed the IEC draft test
procedure, which has two key
provisions that are not in the DOE test
procedure—(a) the IEC draft test
procedure provides detailed guidance
on how to detect circumvention once
suspected, and (b) the IEC draft test
procedure identifies what is not
considered to be circumvention. The
IEC draft describes these provisions in
detail. While DOE believes that the
inclusion of these provisions may have
merit, the agency wishes to ensure that
the public receives a sufficient
opportunity to review these provisions.
Therefore, DOE is not adopting BSH’s
suggestion at this time but may consider
proposing these provisions in the future.
DOE received no other comments on its
proposed revisions to the anticircumvention language and is adopting
its proposed changes for these sections.
Components That Operate Differently
During Testing
The July 2013 NOPR discussed
inquiries from Whirlpool and Samsung
about when to apply for a test procedure
waiver for products that operate
differently during testing as compared
to typical field operation. This scenario
is addressed in a clause of the existing
anti-circumvention language of the DOE
test procedure that DOE did not propose
to modify. See, e.g., 10 CFR
430.23(a)(10) (indicating that a
manufacturer must obtain a waiver if (i)
a product contains energy consuming
components that operate differently
during the prescribed testing than they
would during representative average
consumer use, and (ii) applying the
prescribed test to the product would
evaluate it in a manner that is
unrepresentative of its true energy
consumption). DOE also issued
guidance on this matter on May 28,
2013. That guidance provides a
14 Committee
Draft for Vote (CDV) of Part 1 of IEC
62552.2 Household refrigerating appliances—
Characteristics and test methods.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
framework for assessing the potential
need for a waiver within the context of
the existing anti-circumvention
provisions.15 As a result, the July 2013
NOPR did not propose a specific
amendment to the provisions of
430.23(a)(10) (and 430.23(b)(7) for
freezers) to further address the concerns
raised by the Whirlpool and Samsung
inquiries. The NOPR did, however,
request comment on the need for a
potential test procedure revision.
AHAM agreed with DOE’s approach—
i.e., not to modify the current anticircumvention language to
accommodate products that operate
differently during testing. AHAM
indicated that the May 2013 guidance
document sufficiently addresses this
issue. This final rule makes no changes
to the current anti-circumvention
language.
4. Incomplete Cycling
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed
changing the incomplete cycling
compressor test procedure to improve
its accuracy and ease test burden.
Specifically, DOE proposed to eliminate
the 24-hour test period requirement for
products exhibiting compressor cycles
that exceed 12 hours in length, and
instead require that the test period be
comprised of a single compressor cycle.
The July 2013 NOPR discusses the
advantages of the proposal compared to
the current requirement in section 4.1 of
Appendices A and B. 78 FR 41640–
41641 (July 10, 2013).
During the NOPR public meeting, GE
mentioned that based on its experience,
test facilities in the U.S. and abroad base
test periods on a whole number of
compressor cycles rather than using the
24-hour test period that is required in
the DOE procedure for products with
incomplete cycling. (GE, Public Meeting
Transcript, No. 23 at p. 105; GE, No. 31
at p. 7) In DOE’s view, using a whole
number of compressor cycles yields an
accurate measurement of the energy use
of a product with incomplete cycling.
GE supported the DOE proposal and
agreed with DOE that test periods
should be based on whole numbers of
compressor cycles rather than be set at
24 hours for incomplete cycling
products. (Id.) AHAM also agreed with
the DOE proposal. However, AHAM
recommended that DOE remove the
term ‘‘incomplete cycling’’ from the test
procedures and instead modify section
4.1 of Appendices A and B to simply
state, ‘‘If fewer than two compressor
15 This guidance is posted in DOE’s online
Guidance and FAQ database, and is available for
viewing at: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/
default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
cycles occur during a 24-hour period,
then a single complete compressor cycle
may be used.’’ (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 18)
DOE notes that section 4.1 is the only
place in either Appendix A or B that
uses the term incomplete cycling. DOE
agrees that the term is not needed and
is adopting the change suggested by
AHAM.
Additionally, AHAM suggested that
DOE modify the test procedures to allow
the data used to establish steady state
conditions (e.g., as described in
Appendix A, section 2.9) to be used
when performing the first part of the
two-part test for products with longtime or variable defrost. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 18) AHAM argued that its approach
would be better than requiring separate
periods for verifying stabilization and
the test period because of the shortened
test time. (Id.) AHAM indicated that
requiring a separate period to comprise
the first part of the test made sense
when data were collected manually
because stability needed to be
determined before collecting test data.
However, current electronic data
acquisition systems can collect data
during the stability period without
added burden. Finally, AHAM
recommended that DOE adopt AHAM’s
proposal for all products and not just
incomplete cycling products. (Id.) GE
made essentially the same comment
during the public meeting. (GE, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 23 at pp. 105–
6) DOE notes that adopting these
changes at this time would not allow
adequate time for stakeholder input, but
DOE may consider this approach in a
future rulemaking.
defrost products this test period would
be used for temperature measurement
only, whereas it is used for both energy
and temperature measurement for
manual defrost products. DOE received
no comments regarding this proposal.
However, as discussed in section III.C.1,
stakeholders objected to using
temperature cycles to define test
periods. Hence, DOE is adopting its
proposed amendments to section 5.1.2
of Appendices A and B for correcting
the test procedure requirements for
measuring compartment temperatures,
except for the option to select test
periods based on temperature cycles.
6. Mechanical Temperature Controls
Recently, third-party test facilities
have asked DOE to clarify how to
determine the proper settings for
mechanical temperature controls.
Specifically, they inquired whether,
when setting mechanical controls to the
warmest or coldest setting, the control
should be adjusted to the position at the
last number or symbol on the control, or
whether it should be positioned to the
most extreme physical positions of the
control. In response to these inquiries,
DOE proposed requiring that
mechanical controls be set to the highest
or lowest number or symbol indicated
on the control. DOE proposed this
method instead of the alternative
because of the possibility of
unintentionally turning off the unit
when moving the control to the extreme
physical position for the warmest
setting.
GE noted that different test facilities
follow different methods for
determining the warmest and coldest
5. Correction of Temperature
settings. (GE, No. 31 at p. 7) GE and
Measurement Period
Whirlpool supported DOE’s proposal
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed because it would ensure that all test
setups are the same, and because the
to address an inconsistency in the
proposal is consistent with the current
existing test procedure associated with
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
temperature measurements for shorttime defrost products (i.e., products
test standard C300–08, ‘‘Energy
whose defrost is neither long-time nor
Performance and Capacity of Household
variable). Specifically, DOE proposed to Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers,
require that the compartment
Freezers, and Wine Chillers,’’ (‘‘CSA
temperatures used in energy use
C300–08’’). Section 5.1.7.1(b) of CSA
calculations for these products be the
C300–08 requires that control settings
averages of the measured temperatures
must be at the ‘‘marked warmest or
taken in a compartment during a stable
coldest settings.’’ (GE, No. 31 at p.7;
period of compressor operation
Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 3))
FSI supported DOE’s intent to limit
containing no defrost cycle or events
the interpretive nature of the test
associated with a defrost cycle, such as
procedure, but stated that some
precooling or recovery, that includes at
products use temperature controls with
least two complete compressor or
‘‘extreme cold’’ positions that bypass
temperature cycles (if the compressor
the thermostat and are intended only for
cycles on and off or the temperature
cycles up and down) and is at least three short-duration, rapid cool-down of
hours in duration—essentially the same newly inserted food. It also noted that
test period specified in section 4.1 of the the behavior of some compact products
test procedure for products with manual may be erratic at extreme temperature
control settings. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7) (FSI
defrost, except that for these short-time
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22333
did not provide details of this erratic
nature or why this behavior would
occur specifically in compact products.)
FSI recommended that the procedure
use control settings for warm and cold
operation that are one position higher
and lower than the median position.
(Id.) DOE notes that this method has not
been previously raised or considered,
and FSI provided no data to support its
suggested approach. As a result, in the
absence of any supporting data and with
no opportunity for public comment on
this approach, DOE is declining to
include FSI’s additional
recommendations and is adopting into
section 3.2.1 of Appendices A and B the
proposed amendment for mechanical
controls. DOE notes, however, that any
party that believes that testing a given
model in accordance with the DOE test
procedure will yield materially
inaccurate comparative data must apply
for a test procedure waiver.
7. Ambient Temperature Gradient
Location of Ambient Temperature
Sensors
Appendices A and B reference HRF–
1–2008 for ambient temperature
measurement requirements. However,
the version of HRF–1–2008 in use at the
time DOE was preparing the July 2013
NOPR did not specify the location of
sensors to measure ambient
temperature. As a result, DOE proposed
to add sensor location requirements in
a new section 2.1.1. The proposal
specified that the ambient temperature
be recorded at points located 3 feet
above the floor and 10 inches from the
center of the two sides of the unit, the
same locations that have been used for
refrigerator testing for decades. See, e.g.,
HRF–1–1979, sec. 7.4.3.1, incorporated
by reference in 10 CFR part 430, subpart
B, Appendix A1.
FSI opposed DOE’s proposal to
measure ambient temperature on the
sides of the units. (FSI, No. 20 at pp. 7–
8) However, based on FSI’s additional
comments, DOE believes that FSI
objected to DOE’s proposal to require
additional measurement of ambient
temperature at heights of 2 inches and
7 feet (or one foot above the top of the
unit, whichever is higher) rather than its
proposal to require the two ambient
temperature measurements at the
locations used in the current test
procedure. DOE believes that FSI’s
concern is about the proposed
requirement for four additional ambient
temperature sensors. This issue is
associated with maintenance of the
ambient temperature gradient rather
than specifically the measurement of
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22334
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
ambient temperature, which is
discussed below.
AHAM, GE, and Whirlpool supported
the proposed sensor locations. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 19; GE, No. 31 at p. 7;
Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 4) AHAM stated
that it issued an errata document in
April 2013 for HRF–1–2008 to correct
its inadvertent omission of specified
temperature sensor locations. Given the
publication of the errata, AHAM
indicated that the new section of
Appendices A and B proposed in the
NOPR to address this issue may not be
required (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 19), likely
basing this statement on the assumption
that, once the errata were published,
they would be considered to be
incorporated by reference in DOE’s test
procedures with the surrounding
sections of HRF–1–2008. DOE notes that
its test procedures would have to be
amended to clarify that the new section
of HRF–1–2008 is incorporated by
reference; when DOE incorporates a
standard, the standard is only
incorporated as it exists at the time of
incorporation. As such, DOE had to
specifically incorporate the November
17, 2009 Errata to make them a part of
the DOE test procedure.16 However,
some of the proposals for the new
ambient temperature section in
Appendices A and B that DOE is
adopting, discussed below, are not the
same as the language in HRF–1–2008.
Hence, DOE has decided to adopt the
proposal to insert the ambient
temperature requirements directly in
section 2.1.1 of Appendices A and B.
DOE notes that its requirements for
ambient temperature measurement are
consistent with the requirements in
HRF–1–2008, including the recent
errata, but that the adopted text more
clearly describes the requirements.
Relocation and Shielding
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE noted
that the requirements in Appendices A
and B suggest that relocating ambient
temperature sensors is appropriate
when necessary to avoid the impact of
the warming effect of the condensing
unit. DOE does not believe that this
relocation is appropriate for the reasons
outlined in the NOPR. See 78 FR 41643
(July 10, 2013). Hence, DOE proposed to
eliminate the temperature sensor
relocation option. This option is
suggested by section 5.3.1 of HRF–1–
2008, which is incorporated by
reference in Appendices A and B:
‘‘Temperature measuring devices shall
be located or shielded so that indicated
temperatures are not affected by the
operation of the condensing unit or
16 See
10 CFR 430.3(h)(6).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
adjacent units.’’ DOE proposed language
to clarify that shielding is allowed but
not relocation of the sensor. DOE
proposed to include the modified
language in Appendices A and B in the
revised section 2.1 addressing ambient
temperature requirements. DOE
received no stakeholder comments
opposed to the modified language.
Hence, DOE adopts this proposal in this
final rule.
Condenser Temperature Sensor
FSI commented that heat can build up
behind refrigerators with rear-wall
condensers, especially if they are placed
near a wall. FSI recommended that DOE
require placing a temperature sensor
behind any unit with a rear mounted
condenser. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7) FSI
provided no details on the exact
placement of such a sensor, nor
recommendations regarding the purpose
or use of the measurement. DOE agrees
that heat can build up behind any
refrigeration product when placed close
to a rear wall, which is the positioning
required in the test procedure. The test
procedure requires units to be placed
with minimal clearance to a rear wall
because such placement is very
common in consumers’ homes—and the
test procedure attempts to reproduce
any impact that such field placement
can have on a refrigerator’s
performance. See 75 FR 78820–78821.
Because FSI provided no supporting
details regarding its recommendation
and because DOE has no other basis on
which to require accounting for heat
buildup behind the cabinet, DOE is
declining to adopt it.
Maintaining the Ambient Temperature
Gradient During Testing
Appendices A and B currently require
that the ambient temperature gradient
be ‘‘maintained during the test.’’
Further, section 5.3.1 of HRF–1–2008,
incorporated by reference in section 2.2
of Appendices A and B, indicates that,
‘‘Unless the area is obstructed by shields
or baffles, the gradient is to be
maintained from 2 inches (5.1 cm)
above the floor or supporting platform
to a height 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the
unit under test.’’ DOE explained that
this language from HRF–1–2008 is
vague as to whether the ambient
temperature gradients must be
maintained if there are shields or baffles
present. DOE proposed to eliminate this
ambiguity by (1) removing the reference
to HRF–1–2008 section 5.3.1 from
section 2.2 of Appendices A and B and
(2) revising section 2.1 of Appendices A
and B to explain that parties must shield
temperature measuring devices when
measuring ambient temperature, if
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
necessary to prevent the indicated
temperatures from being affected by the
condensing unit or adjacent units. DOE
received no stakeholder opposition on
this proposal and is adopting this
proposal.
Regarding the maintenance of ambient
temperature gradients, DOE recognized
that at least some test facilities have
faced difficulties with this requirement,
particularly in light of the current lack
of specificity in Appendices A and B on
how to demonstrate that the
temperature gradient is being
maintained during testing. DOE
proposed to require the use of
temperature sensors on both sides of the
test sample at 2 inches above the floor,
36 inches above the floor, and either 7
feet above the floor or one foot above the
top of the cabinet, whichever is higher.
The 36-inch sensors have always been
required, as discussed above, and the
proposal added four additional required
sensors. However, as discussed in the
NOPR, most test laboratories already
employ the four additional ambient
temperature sensors. 78 FR 41644 (July
10, 2013). In addition, DOE proposed
that the gradient would be maintained
during testing at locations between the
two pairs of vertically-adjacent sensors
on each side (i.e., between the 2-inch
and 36-inch temperature sensors and
also between the 36-inch and highest
positioned sensors).
FSI objected to the proposed
additional temperature sensors to
measure the temperature gradient,
indicating that while this approach
might be suitable for large products with
condensers mounted underneath the
cabinets, most compact refrigerators
have condensers mounted on their rear
walls. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7) The comment
did not clarify why maintaining the
ambient temperature gradient would not
be necessary for accurately measuring
the energy use of compact refrigerators.
However, FSI also recommended that
DOE investigate the frequency at which
tests are likely to be invalidated under
the proposed requirements due to
occurrence of excessive temperature
gradients. (Id. at p. 8) In DOE’s work
with test laboratories testing
refrigerators, all of these test laboratories
have used the four additional
temperature sensors to document
maintenance of the temperature
gradient. While most of the laboratories
have had no trouble maintaining the
gradient, in some cases there have been
issues with maintaining it. However, in
such situations, both the laboratory and
DOE have agreed that the inability to
show that the gradient has been
maintained indicates that the test does
not follow the existing test procedure,
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
not simply the procedure as proposed in
the July 2013 NOPR. Therefore, DOE
believes that the 2013 NOPR proposal
for ambient temperature gradients
would not increase the frequency at
which tests would be invalidated due to
excessive temperature gradients. The
requirement to maintain the gradient
has been part of the procedure since
development of HRF–1–1979 and the
proposal to document maintenance of
the gradient is simply a clarification that
DOE is at this time adding to the test
procedure instructions.
AHAM requested that DOE revise the
language of the proposal to better
accommodate compact products and
products that are less than six feet tall
by eliminating the clause ‘‘7 feet (2.2 m)
or to a height’’ from the proposal in
section 2.1.2. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 19)
For a product less than six feet tall, the
clause in question would require
ambient temperature sensors at
locations more than 1 foot above the top
of the unit. DOE agrees that maintaining
the temperature gradient at heights
greater than 1 foot above the unit is not
necessary, since the temperature
gradient at a distance more than 1 foot
from the unit is not likely to affect its
performance. Therefore, DOE is
adopting AHAM’s suggested
modification to the DOE proposal in
section 2.1.2 of Appendices A and B
because the ambient temperature
gradient in the space more than one foot
above the unit should not affect test
results.
Finally, DOE proposed that the
temperature measured by ambient
temperature sensors be recorded in the
test data underlying certifications in
accordance with 10 CFR 429.71. DOE
received no comment specific to this
proposal and therefore adopts this
proposal in section 2.1.2 of Appendices
A and B.
Revising Ambient Temperature
Requirements for Appendices A and B
As mentioned previously, the ambient
temperature requirements in
Appendices A and B as finalized in the
January 2012 Final Rule incorporate by
reference certain sections of HRF–1–
2008. Because DOE proposed in the July
2013 NOPR to modify some of these
requirements, it also proposed to adopt
directly into the appendices a modified
version of the ambient temperature
requirements of HRF–1–2008. This
would create new sections 2.1.1 through
2.1.4 for both Appendices A and B and
would remove the incorporation by
reference for HRF–1–2008, section 5.3.1.
DOE received no comments opposed to
this amendment and therefore adopts it
in this final rule.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
8. Elimination of Reporting of Product
Height
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed
to eliminate the requirement for
manufacturers to report product height
in certification reports as currently
specified in 10 CFR 429.14(b)(2). DOE
made this proposal because the
September 2011 Energy Conservation
Standard final rule eliminated the 36inch height restriction in the definition
for compact products, effectively
expanding the ‘‘compact’’ definition to
include products with a total volume
less than 7.75 cubic feet and height
exceeding 36 inches. FSI, GE,
Whirlpool, and AHAM all supported the
DOE proposal. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 8; GE,
No. 31 at p. 7; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p.
4; AHAM, No. 30 at p. 21) No
commenter objected to this approach.
As a result, DOE is adopting its
proposal.
9. Definitions Associated With Defrost
Cycles
In its proposal, DOE noted that the
January 2012 Final Rule amendments
modified the test periods for products
with long-time or variable defrost (See,
e.g., Appendix A, section 4.2.1). 77 FR
3563–3568 (Jan. 25, 2012). That rule
provided that the first part of the test
would be a stable period of compressor
operation that includes no portions of
the defrost cycle, such as precooling or
recovery. See 77 FR 3563 (Jan. 25, 2012)
for a detailed explanation of the
concepts of ‘‘precooling’’ and
‘‘temperature recovery.’’ However, DOE
did not define the terms ‘‘precooling’’
and ‘‘temperature recovery,’’ nor did it
define what comprises a ‘‘stable period
of compressor operation.’’ As a result,
DOE proposed definitions for each of
these terms in the July 2013 NOPR to
clarify the requirements of the test
procedure.
Stable Operation Definition
The July 2013 NOPR proposed to
establish a definition for the term
‘‘stable operation,’’ for which the rate of
change of the compartment temperature
would be no more than 0.042 °F per
hour. This is consistent with the
existing test procedure requirement for
determining steady-state operation (See,
for example, Appendix A, section 2.9).
For products with compressor cycles, or
temperature cycles resulting from the
cycling of a system component such as
a damper or fan, the average
compartment temperatures measured for
two separate cycles within a selected
period would be compared to determine
stability. For products with no
temperature cycling, any two points
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22335
within a period would be compared to
determine stability.
AHAM’s comment supported the DOE
proposal to establish a definition for
stable operation. AHAM did, however,
suggest that DOE change ‘‘rate of
change’’ to ‘‘difference in compartment
temperatures,’’ explaining that this
description ‘‘more accurately represents
the fact that the test compares the
temperature difference between two
two-hour periods based on the time
between those periods.’’ (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 21) DOE agrees that the rate of
change is calculated as the difference
between two temperature values
(measured either at two different times
or as the average temperatures during
two different time periods representing
cycles) divided by the elapsed time
between those times (or time periods).
This is described explicitly in sections
(A) and (B) of the proposed definition.
In order to avoid potential
misinterpretation that the words ‘‘rate of
change’’ might mean something
different, DOE will modify the
definition to call this ‘‘average rate of
change’’.
AHAM also suggested that DOE
include a diagram to assist with the
definition of stable operation. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 21) DOE notes that the
figure provided in AHAM’s written
comments suggests a more restrictive
approach in defining stable operation
than DOE had intended. AHAM’s figure
indicates that the two periods that are
compared to quantify the temperature
rate of change are at least two hours
long and that they are separated by at
least 3 hours. The definition of stable
operation neither has nor was intended
to have this restriction, which is part of
the current requirement for verifying
that steady-state conditions exist (see
Appendix A, section 2.9). The section
2.9 requirements are used at the start of
a test to verify that the compartment
temperatures of a product are no longer
rapidly decreasing. In contrast, the
stable operation definition, while based
on the same 0.042 °F per hour (equal to
1 °F per 24 hours), is used to identify
periods when the compartment
temperatures are not changing or are
changing in a repetitive cyclic pattern
with minimal upward or downward
drift of the per-cycle average
temperature. DOE believes that the
definition, with the revision regarding
temperature difference as suggested by
AHAM, is sufficiently clear.
DOE also notes that the definition
allows for the evaluation of stable
operation for products that do not have
cycling compressors but have cycling
compartment temperatures. The cycles
evaluated to determine existence of
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22336
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
stable operation may be temperature
cycles. For this reason, DOE retains its
proposed definition of temperature
cycles in the test procedures.
DOE also proposed to define ‘‘stable
period of compressor operation’’ as a
period of stable operation for a product
with a compressor. 78 FR 41645 (July
10, 2013). AHAM commented that this
term was not needed, since the concept
is sufficiently clear without having to
explicitly define the term, once ‘‘stable
operation’’ has been defined. DOE
acknowledges that the added definition
for ‘‘stable period of compressor
operation’’ is not necessary and has not
added it to appendices A or B in this
final rule.
Precooling & Recovery Definitions
AHAM also objected to DOE’s
proposed definitions for precooling and
recovery, indicating that Figure 1,
which is in Appendices A and B,
adequately defines these terms. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 20) In addition, AHAM
claimed that the DOE proposal conflicts
with the graphical representation in
Figure 1 of Appendices A and B. AHAM
indicated that if definitions are
established, they should agree with the
illustration of ‘‘T2’’ in the figure, the test
period for the second part of the test.
AHAM further suggested that Figure 1
does not define the end of the precool
or the start of recovery and that
definitions for the terms also should not
define these times. (Id.)
DOE notes that Figure 1 provides an
example illustrating the test period for
the second part of the test for a product
with a cycling compressor. The figure
includes examples of precool and
recovery cycles, but it does not illustrate
precooling and/or recovery for all
situations. Furthermore, the intent of
the second part of the test is to capture
all product operation that either (1)
significantly lowers the compartment
temperature before defrost initiation or
(2) restores compartment temperatures
afterwards. This intent is clear from at
least two provisions in the current
regulatory text. First, the last sentence
in section 4.2.1 of Appendix A as
finalized by the January 2012 Final Rule
states that ‘‘[t]he second part is designed
to capture the energy consumed during
all of the events occurring with the
defrost control sequence that are outside
of stable operation.’’ This section clearly
identifies operation that is associated
with defrost activity and is not
consistent with stable operation, i.e.,
activity that the second part of test is
designed to capture. Second, section
4.2.1.1 notes that a ‘‘precooling’’ cycle,
which is an extended compressor cycle
that lowers the temperature(s) of one or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
both compartments prior to energizing
the defrost heater, must be included in
the second part of the test.
DOE believes that the proposed
definitions for precooling and recovery
are consistent with the language in
section 4.2.1 describing the second part
of the test. AHAM provided an example
of a product that cycles from +1 °F to
¥1 °F and then changes its cycling from
+2 °F to ¥2 °F with equivalent
temperature averages. (AHAM, No. 30 at
p. 20) AHAM indicated that the second
cycle would be considered precooling
according to the proposed definition.
(Id.) DOE agrees that in AHAM’s
example, the second cycle would be
considered precooling because it would
have had to include an ‘‘extended
compressor cycle that lowers the
temperature(s) of one or both
compartments prior to energizing the
defrost heater.’’ In order to cool the
compartment the four degrees from +2
°F to ¥2 °F, the compressor would
likely have had to operate twice as long
as it would have taken to cool the
compartment the two degrees from +1
°F to ¥1 °F. This would clearly be an
extended compressor cycle and would
be considered part of the second part of
the test under the test procedure of
Appendix A as finalized in the January
2012 Final Rule.
AHAM also recommended that DOE
use the same terms already existing in
Figure 1 (i.e., ‘‘precool cycles’’ instead
of ‘‘precooling’’ and ‘‘recovery cycle’’
instead of ‘‘recovery’’). (Id.) DOE
reiterates that Figure 1 illustrates the
concepts of precooling and recovery but
does not represent all possible defrost
cycles. For example, Figure 2 of
Appendix A shows a different example,
which has ‘‘precool’’ and ‘‘recovery’’
periods, rather than cycles. DOE does
not agree that it should avoid defining
the term ‘‘precooling’’, which is already
used in section 4.2.1 of Appendix A.
Hence, DOE does not consider it
necessary to use the identical
terminology used in Figure 1, as AHAM
recommended, and is adopting the
‘‘precooling’’ definition as proposed, but
has added text to section 4.2.1.1 of
Appendices A and B to emphasize that
the figure is for illustrative purposes
and does not represent all possible
defrost cycles.
In response to the proposed definition
for ‘‘recovery,’’ AHAM indicated that
the proposal was problematic because it
does not give a numerical definition of
when the product has recovered and
only references the temperature range.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 20) DOE notes that
the proposed recovery definition does
not need a quantitative criterion. It is
the period of refrigeration system
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operation that occurs after the defrost
heater has been energized and before
steady operation resumes. Hence,
recovery can be considered to be
complete when steady operation has
resumed. This final rule adopts the
recovery definition as proposed.
10. Measurement of Product Volume
Using Computer-Aided Design Models
To facilitate the accurate
measurement of product volume, DOE
proposed to permit the use of computeraided design (CAD) models for
measuring and computing the volume of
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers for the purposes of certifying
compliance with the DOE energy
conservation standards for these
products. 78 FR 41645–41646 (July 10,
2013). AHAM supported the DOE
proposal and indicated that the proposal
is consistent with current industry
practice. AHAM, No. 30 at pp. 5–6) As
a result, DOE is allowing CAD volume
calculations to be used. This change
will be made in a new section 429.72(c)
of 10 CFR part 429.
DOE also proposed regulatory
language explaining how DOE would
measure volume and calculate the
maximum allowable energy use for the
purpose of assessment and enforcement
testing. DOE proposed to use the
average of the adjusted volumes
measured for the tested units, rather
than the rated adjusted volume, for
calculating the allowable energy use, if
the average of the total refrigerated
volume measurements is not within a
prescribed tolerance of the rated total
refrigerated volume. This tolerance
would be 2 percent of the rated volume
or 0.5 cubic feet, whichever is larger, for
standard-size products and 2 percent of
the rated volume or 0.2 cubic feet,
whichever is larger, for compact
products. Whirlpool supported this
proposal. (Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 4)
DOE proposed to add a new section
429.134 of 10 CFR part 429 to include
the proposed volume requirements.
DOE received no objections to this
approach and is adopting these
proposals.
11. Corrections to Temperature Setting
Logic Tables
The July 2013 NOPR proposed
corrections to the temperature setting
logic tables in Appendices A and B. 78
FR 41646–41647 (July 10, 2013). The
December 16, 2010 Interim Final Rule
established these tables to illustrate the
requirements for setting temperature
controls during testing. However, these
tables were added to the CFR with extra
horizontal lines that make the
requirements unclear. DOE received no
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
comment opposing the proposal to
correct these logic tables. As a result,
DOE will adopt the proposed revisions
to the setting logic tables.
12. Minimum Compressor Run-Time
Between Defrosts for Variable Defrost
Models
The DOE test procedures in
Appendices A and B provide specific
provisions for calculating the energy use
of models with variable defrost, which
DOE defines generally as an automatic
defrost system in which successive
defrost cycles are determined by an
operating condition variable or variables
other than solely compressor operating
time. These calculations include CTL
(minimum compressor run time
between defrosts in hours) and CTM
(maximum compressor run time
between defrosts in hours). Parties must
report CTL and CTM values to DOE in
their certification reports. If a party does
not report such values for a given basic
model, DOE would, in any verification
or enforcement testing of the basic
model, calculate the energy use of the
basic model using the default values of
6 and 96 for CTL and CTM.
When DOE uses the CTL and CTM
values reported by the manufacturer
rather than the default values, the
resulting energy use measurements are
typically more representative of the
product’s actual operation because they
represent the actual minimum and
maximum amounts of compressor run
time between defrosts that the model’s
control system is designed to use. Thus,
the actual compressor run time between
defrosts should never be less than CTL
and never greater than CTM. However,
in certain DOE testing of models for
which the manufacturer reported values
of CTL and CTM in the certification
report, DOE has found that the number
of hours of compressor operation
between defrost cycles observed in the
test data was less than the CTL value
reported by the manufacturer in its
certification report. This difference
suggests either that the certified value
was erroneous or that the model did not
operate as designed. In either case, the
energy use calculated using the values
reported by the manufacturer would not
be representative of how the model
actually performed during the test and
how it would be expected to perform in
the field. In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE
proposed to require that the value for
CTL be the shortest compressor run time
between defrosts observed during the
test, if this observed time is less than the
value of CTL reported in the certification
report. 78 FR 41647 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM supported this proposal but
explained that products with demand
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
defrost (i.e., those that do not have an
algorithm with values of CTL and CTM,
but instead defrost when necessary)
should not be penalized for an observed
value of compressor run time between
defrosts lower than six hours, which is
the CTL value that would be used
according to Appendix A as finalized by
the January 2012 final rule. (AHAM, No.
30 at p. 22) (Decreasing CTL would
increase the calculated annual energy
use.) DOE is not convinced that a CTL
value equal to 6 hours is the most
appropriate value to represent defrost
energy use, if a shorter value is observed
during testing, because it would yield
an inaccurate representation of the
tested unit’s energy use. However, DOE
is concerned about inconsistency in test
results that may occur if the proposal is
adopted. For instance, the observation
of compressor operation less than six
hours between defrosts may be a
random occurrence, dependent on a
variety of factors that lead to the control
system determining that a defrost is
necessary. Such an event may occur
sporadically, which could yield
inconsistent test results for different
tests of the same unit or different units
of the same model. DOE may revisit the
issue in a future rulemaking, but is not
adopting the proposal for use of the
observed value of minimum compressor
run-time between defrosts in this final
rule for products with no values of for
CTL and CTM in the algorithm. Instead,
the test procedure retains the existing
requirements pertaining to the use of a
minimum CTL value of 6 hours where
there are no values for CTL and CTM in
the algorithm, and will require use of
the minimum observed value of CTL if
less than the certified value, but will
require that it be no less than 6 and no
greater than 12.
13. Treatment of ‘‘Connected’’ Products
As part of the Version 5.0 ENERGY
STAR Specification for Residential
Refrigerators and Freezers, DOE
developed, in cooperation with the EPA,
specifications and test methods for
refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers
that have the capability to enable
consumer-authorized energy related
commands, such as demand-response
signals from a utility.17 Products with
this capability are referred to generally
as ‘‘connected’’ products in the final
draft version of ENERGY STAR Version
5.0 and its associated test method.
(ENERGY STAR Connected
Refrigerators and Freezers Final Draft
17 For additional background on the ENERGY
STAR Version 5.0 Specification for Residential
Refrigerators and Freezers, go to https://
energystar.gov/products/specs/node/125.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22337
Test Method, No. 14) The draft test
method addresses aspects of testing
specific to the demand response
functionality, but refers to the DOE test
procedure in Appendix A to Subpart B
of 10 CFR Part 430 for test setup and test
conditions. However, the Appendix A
test procedure finalized in the January
2012 Final Rule does not address
whether the communication module of
a connected product should be in active
communication mode or a noncommunicating mode during the
standard DOE energy test, which is used
in section 6 of the demand response test
to establish the baseline energy
consumption. (ENERGY STAR
Connected Refrigerators and Freezers
Final Draft Test Method, No. 14, p. 3)
After carefully considering how to
address connected products, DOE views
connectivity as a feature that is subject
to section 5.5.2.e of HRF–1–2008, which
Appendix A incorporates by reference.
That provision states that customer
accessible features, not required for
normal operation, which are electrically
powered, manually initiated, and
manually terminated, shall be set at
their lowest energy usage positions
when adjustment is provided. In the
NOPR, DOE applied this approach to
cabinet-integrated communications
modules on the basis that this feature is
not required for normal operation of the
product. To ensure that Appendix A
provides sufficient clarity on the
condition of the communication module
of connected products during the DOE
energy test, DOE proposed to amend
section 2 of the Appendix A test
procedure to specify that the
communication module, if integrated
into the cabinet, must be energized but
placed in the lowest energy use
position, and there shall be no active
communication during testing. DOE
noted that some products may be
manufactured without an integrated
communication module, and instead
will have the capability to allow
connection of a module supplied by
another manufacturer. In these cases,
DOE would not specify a test condition
for the communication module since the
module used for the test will not be part
of the basic model produced by the
manufacturer. Thus, the proposed
amendment to section 2 of the test
procedure did not require connection of
communication modules for products
designed for use of an externallyconnected module. Finally, while the
ENERGY STAR specification for
connected products addresses only
refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers,
DOE also proposed to add the same
provisions to Appendix B to
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
22338
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
accommodate any future provisions
made for connected freezers. 78 FR
41647 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM opposed the DOE proposal.
AHAM indicated that a communication
module’s connection to a network may
not be the lowest energy use position
because the energy consumed is not
completely in the manufacturer’s
control. AHAM claimed that the energy
consumption when connected to a
network mode will vary depending on
transmission range, networking
technology deployed, and the size and
frequency of the data transmissions, all
of which may be influenced by devices
outside the refrigerator or by parties
other than the manufacturer. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 22)
AHAM also stated that the DOE
proposal encourages manufacturers to
not integrate communication modules
within units because models that do not
have integrated communication
modules would not need to be tested
while connected to a network. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 22) DOE noted in the July
2013 NOPR that it could not require that
models without integrated
communication modules be tested with
the modules energized, because the
designs of third-party modules are not
standardized and manufacturers of the
refrigeration products cannot generally
specify which modules are used with
their products. Therefore, requiring
products to be tested with an external
communication device would not be
appropriate.
DOE’s key concern regarding on-board
communication modules is that the test
procedure should measure the energy
that the module may use even when the
product is not connected to a network
for demand-response control. However,
DOE recognizes that there would be a
potential disincentive to design
products with on-board modules if the
test required that they be energized and
connected during the test. Hence, DOE
has modified its proposed approach
concerning communication modules by
requiring that products with on-board
modules be tested in the configuration
in which they leave the factory, rather
than being energized and connected to
a network. These changes are made in
section 2.11 of Appendix A and 2.8 of
Appendix B. DOE expects that, under
this requirement, manufacturers will
ship the units in their lowest energy use
state, and the energy use associated with
the communication module should be
nearly or exactly zero, essentially
equivalent to the non-existent module
power contribution for test of a product
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
designed to use an external
communication module.18
While DOE has some concerns about
communication modules engaged in
intermittent higher-energy-use
operations when in the presence of
communications networks, there is
insufficient information at this time
regarding the potential for such
operation and the likely energy use
impact. Furthermore, DOE recognizes
that it may be a challenge to develop a
test procedure that provides consistent
and accurate measurement of the energy
use of such communications modules
that is representative of their field
energy use. DOE may consider
development of such a test in the future.
14. Changes to Confidentiality of
Certification Data
Section 429.14(b) specifies the data
that manufacturers of residential
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers must provide to DOE when
certifying compliance for each basic
model. Data submitted for the items in
paragraph (b)(2) (e.g., annual energy use
and total adjusted volume) are treated
by DOE as public data whereas the data
for items in paragraph (b)(3) (e.g., the
values for CTL and CTM used in the
energy use calculation in section
5.2.1.3) are evaluated on a case-by-case
basis. The items listed in paragraph
(b)(3) include specific information
related to variable defrost control,
variable anti-sweat heater control, and
the use of alternate temperature sensor
locations. For models with variable
defrost and variable anti-sweat heaters,
manufacturers must notify DOE whether
certain products have these features, the
values for anti-sweat heater power
levels at 10 different relative humidity
conditions, and the values of the
variable defrost parameters, CTL, and
CTM. Since publishing the current
version of section 429.14, DOE has
determined that there is no clear reason
why whether a model has variable
defrost, whether a model has variable
anti-sweat heater control or whether the
manufacturer used alternate
temperature sensor locations should not
be public information. DOE proposed to
move these items to paragraph (b)(2),
making them public data. The other
details of variable defrost operation and
variable anti-sweat heater control would
remain in paragraph (b)(3).
18 Since units will be tested in their ‘‘as shipped’’
condition, a unit that is not shipped in its lowest
energy use condition will use a higher amount of
energy than if it had been shipped in the lowest
energy use condition. Consequently, manufacturers
will have a strong incentive to ensure that all units
are shipped set to their lowest energy use setting.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
GE, AHAM, Whirlpool, and FSI all
submitted comments opposing the DOE
proposal. AHAM’s comment stated its
preference that this information not be
made public. (AHAM, No. 30 at pp. 23–
24) AHAM stated that DOE could seek
additional information from
manufacturers on a case-by-case basis,
such as the specific locations of
temperature sensors. (Id.) For its
explanation of why the information
should be treated as confidential,
AHAM referred to the comments it
made in response to the compliance,
certification, and enforcement
rulemaking that resulted in the March 7,
2011 final rule (see Docket EERE–2010–
BT–CE–0014, No. 98 at p. 6). DOE notes,
however, those comments addressed the
confidentiality of the CTL and CTM
values and the actual sensor placement
locations—none of which DOE
proposed to make public. FSI
commented that how each manufacturer
obtains the energy consumption of
models should be kept confidential. FSI
also stated that simplifying the CCMS
reporting would be beneficial to all
companies, especially smaller
companies. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 8) DOE
notes that variable defrost can be
considered a standard feature for
products with electronic controls,
which provide the capability to
determine the appropriate defrost
frequency. GE stated, without further
explanation, that information regarding
the presence of either variable defrost or
variable anti-sweat heaters constitute
trade secrets and should not be made
public. (GE, No. 31 at p. 9) Contrary to
GE’s assertion, however, many
manufacturers, including GE, have
applied for test procedure waivers for
models with variable anti-sweat heater
controls and have publicly provided a
list of models that have this feature.
DOE also notes that 33 percent of the
models in the CCMS database have been
reported to have variable defrost and 5
percent have been reported to have
variable anti-sweat heaters, suggesting
that these features are fairly common
among models available in the industry.
For these reasons, and the absence of
any specific reasons demonstrating that
the presence of these features in
already-marketed products constitutes a
trade secret or that their disclosure
would be likely to cause substantial
competitive harm, DOE does not believe
that revealing the presence of these
features reveals any part of a model’s
design that could be considered a trade
secret or confidential commercial
information. However, because several
of the comments suggest that parties
may have misunderstood the
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
information DOE proposed to make
public, DOE will allow another
opportunity for comment in another
rulemaking prior to reaching a final
decision regarding this aspect of its
proposal.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
15. Package Loading
Section 2.2 of the DOE test procedure
for residential freezers, which is located
in appendix B1 to subpart B of 10 CFR
part 430 (Appendix B1), references the
HRF–1–1979 test procedure for
provisions related to certain operational
conditions and product set-up
procedures. Among these is a specific
provision described in section 7.4.3.3 of
HRF–1–1979, which requires that the
freezer compartment be loaded to 75%
of the maximum number of filled
packages that can be fitted into the
compartment, and that the 75% load be
fitted into the compartment to permit air
circulation around and above the load.
The requirements applicable to these
products in appendix B to subpart B of
10 CFR part 430 (Appendix B) and the
section it references in the HRF–1–2008
procedure (section 5.5.5.3) are identical
except that package loading is required
only for manual defrost freezers,
whereas it is required by HRF–1–1979
for all freezer types.
DOE learned that test laboratories may
not all use the same approach to
determine the number of packages they
must load into a unit prior to testing. To
ensure consistency, DOE proposed a
method that would require an initial
step of filling the compartment
completely with as many packages as
physically possible. This step would
provide an indication of the number of
packages required for a 100% fill. The
tester would then calculate the number
of packages required for a 75% fill,
remove packages based on the
calculation to achieve the required 75%
fill, and adjust the packages to assure
the necessary air gaps and the tiered or
pyramid form needed for thermocouple
placement. DOE proposed placing the
description of this method in section 2.9
of Appendix B. The proposed text
specified that the number of packages
representing the completely filled
condition and the number left in the
compartment for the test should both be
recorded in the test data and maintained
as part of the test record in accordance
with 10 CFR 429.71. Because section
5.5.5.3 of HRF–1–2008 also applies
these requirements to each shelf of a
multi-shelf freezer, the requirement to
count and record the number of
packages would apply on a per-shelf
basis for such products. 78 FR 41649
(July 10, 2013).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
GE, Whirlpool, and AHAM all agreed
with DOE’s proposed package loading
procedures. (GE, No. 31 at p. 8;
Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 4; AHAM, No.
30 at p. 23) Therefore, this final rule
adopts this amendment with one further
minor clarification: In the event that the
75% loading calculation results in a
fraction, parties shall round to the
nearest whole number to determine the
required number of packages for
loading.
16. Product Clearance to the Wall
During Testing
In the December 16, 2010 interim
final rule, which established
Appendices A and B, DOE included
provisions to address product
clearances to the wall during testing. 75
FR 78810. Specifically, section 2.8 of
Appendix A and section 2.6 of
Appendix B both require that the space
between the plane of the cabinet’s back
panel and the vertical surface behind
the cabinet (i.e., the test chamber wall
or simulated wall) be the minimum
distance in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions or 2 inches,
whichever is less. These sections
specified that if the product has
permanent rear spacers that extend
beyond this distance, the product must
be located with the spacers in contact
with the vertical surface. However, DOE
received a request for guidance from
AHAM dated May 22, 2013 (AHAM
Guidance Request) indicating that these
provisions may not be sufficiently clear
for cases in which the back of the test
unit is not all on one plane due to
protrusions or surface irregularities.
(AHAM Guidance Request, No. 15, p. 2)
AHAM requested that DOE clarify these
sections by referencing the Committee
Draft for Vote (CDV) version of Part 1 of
IEC 62552.2 Household refrigerating
appliances—Characteristics and test
methods. According to AHAM, this
reference provides guidance on productto-rear wall spacing that is consistent
with section 2.8 but is more specific
regarding the treatment of irregular
surfaces.
Because the IEC reference that AHAM
suggested was not finalized by the time
of the NOPR, and because DOE
generally seeks to limit the number of
external references incorporated in the
DOE test procedure, DOE declined to
propose incorporation by reference of
the IEC procedure that AHAM
suggested. However, to improve
consistency in testing, DOE proposed to
adopt revised language for section 2.8
that is intended to accomplish the same
objective. Specifically, DOE proposed to
specify that, for the purposes of
determining the appropriate clearance
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22339
to the wall for the test, the rear plane of
the cabinet is the largest flat surface at
the rear of the cabinet. The proposed
test procedure would also have
indicated that individual features, such
as brackets, compressors, or condensers
that protrude from the rear plane could
not be used as the basis for determining
the rear clearance. AHAM agreed with
this DOE proposal. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
9)
PAPRSA opposed this proposal,
explaining that disallowing
manufacturers to measure rear wall
clearance from the plane of a rear wallmounted external condenser represents
an unfair burden on products with rearmounted condensers. PAPRSA
explained that the proposed
requirement would leave manufacturers
with less than 12 months to develop
measures to make up for the additional
reduction in rear-wall clearance under
the new September 15, 2014 standards.
(PAPRSA, No. 28 at p. 2) Based upon
PAPRSA’s comments, DOE agrees that
there are valid reasons to consider a
rear-mounted condenser as the rear
plane of the cabinet for the purposes of
positioning the unit for testing,
provided that the heat exchanging
portion of the condenser is in fact
mounted on the rear of the cabinet and
consists of a uniformly flat (planeshaped) array of refrigerant tubes (i.e.,
not a rear-mounted condenser that is
nearly uniformly flat, but with one or
two refrigerant tubes protruding farther
beyond the rear surface of the cabinet
than the main plane of the condenser).
DOE has modified the proposal to allow
a rear-wall condenser to be considered
the rear plane if it is plane-shaped and
if the total surface area of the condenser
plane is at least one-quarter of the total
area of the rear face of the cabinet (i.e.,
the unit’s height times its width). This
ratio is based upon DOE’s evaluation of
products currently available on the
market that have rear-mounted
condensers and is intended to include
all such products that would be most
appropriately tested using this
provision. The modified language
provides a tolerance on flatness of the
rear-wall condenser of plus or minus
one-quarter inch (i.e., the plane would
have to be uniformly flat) and indicates
how the area of the rectangular plane
would be determined. Therefore, today
DOE adopts the proposal for rear
clearance except that it allows rear-wall
condensers that are planar and
sufficiently large to be considered the
rear plane for the maximum 2-inch
clearance requirement.
FSI disagreed with the proposed
exclusion of protrusions extending
beyond the rear plane when considering
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22340
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
the rear-wall clearance, indicating that
there may be many design reasons to
include such protrusions. FSI also
commented that DOE’s discussion
regarding products that might be
installed with a slight rear tilt was
unnecessary because manufacturers’
installation instructions generally
require level installation. (FSI, No. 20 at
p. 9) DOE believes that the exclusion of
protrusions is necessary in order to
ensure consistency in test results. There
may be multiple protrusions, and it may
not be clear which protrusion is the
appropriate one for measuring the rear
clearance. In addition, allowing the
clearance to be measured from a small
protrusion incentivizes the
incorporation of a minor extension
beyond the rear plane simply to obtain
additional clearance for the test, while
the protrusion would most likely be
pushed against the rear wall in field
installations. Hence, this final rule
retains, in section 2.8 of Appendix A
and 2.6 of Appendix B, the requirement
that clearance be measured from the rear
plane. Regarding the potential for
rearward tilt, the proposed language
simply addresses set-up requirements in
cases in which the manufacturers’
instructions lead to installing the unit
such that the rear plane is not perfectly
parallel to the rear wall. Since DOE has
identified products for which the
manufacturer’s instructions would
result in installation with a slight
rearward tilt, DOE believes that
adopting this provision as proposed will
more accurately reflect the intended use
of each product and will have no effect
on products for which the instructions
do not result in a rearward tilt.
17. Other Minor Corrections
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE noted a
minor error in section 6, ‘‘Calculation of
Derived Results From Test
Measurements,’’ of Appendix A. Section
6.2.2.2 provides the method for
calculating average per-cycle energy use
(‘‘E’’) for refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers through calculations based on
compartment temperatures. This section
currently states that ‘‘E’’ is defined in
section 6.2.1.1. However, section 6.2.1.1
did not define the term ‘‘E’’ and
contained only the equation E = ET1 +
IET, which DOE felt did not sufficiently
clarify the term’s meaning. Since the
term ‘‘E’’ has the same basic meaning for
all portions of section 6.2, DOE
proposed to define this term in the
introductory text of section 6.2 and to
modify the text in the subsequent
sections to refer to the definition
consistently. For consistency, DOE
proposed nearly identical changes for
Appendix B. DOE received no comment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
opposing this proposal and therefore
adopts this change in this final rule.
DOE also noted that a certain aspect
of the definition of ‘‘compact
refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer’’
in 10 CFR 430.2, which distinguishes
the product classes in section 430.32(a)
for compact products from the classes
for standard-size products, could
potentially cause confusion.
Specifically, compact products are
defined to be under 7.75 cubic feet in
volume. The definition used the term
‘‘rated volume,’’ which is not defined or
listed elsewhere in DOE’s test
procedures or reporting requirements
for these products. The definition is
intended to refer to ‘‘total refrigerated
volume,’’ but ‘‘rated volume’’ could
potentially be confused with ‘‘adjusted
volume,’’ which is a different
measurement. To prevent confusion
regarding the applicability of this
definition, and to ensure standard
terminology is used throughout DOE’s
regulations, DOE proposed to amend the
definition of ‘‘compact refrigerator/
refrigerator-freezer/freezer’’ in 10 CFR
430.2 to specifically indicate that the
definition applies to the product’s total
refrigerated volume. DOE received no
comments in opposition to this proposal
and therefore adopts this change in this
final rule.
AHAM raised other minor issues in
its guidance request to DOE dated May
22, 2013, referred to previously in
section III.C.13. See also 79 FR 41649.
AHAM stated that the last sentence of
the existing definition of ‘‘Defrost cycle
type’’, found in section 1.9 of Appendix
A (as finalized by the January 2012
Final Rule), may be causing confusion.
This sentence states that ‘‘defrost
achieved regularly during the
compressor off-cycles by warming the
evaporator without active heat addition
is not a defrost cycle type.’’ AHAM
stated that this sentence could be
interpreted as indicating that off-cycle
defrost is not considered to be a type of
automatic defrost. (AHAM Guidance
Request, No. 15, p. 2) DOE inserted the
clause in section 1.9 regarding off-cycle
defrost as part of the December 2010
Interim Final Rule in response to
AHAM’s comments during that
rulemaking that off-cycle defrost should
not be considered a defrost cycle type.
75 FR 78838 (Dec. 16, 2010). This clause
was intended to distinguish off-cycle
defrosts from the unique types of defrost
cycles that involve a defrost heater,
whose energy use contributions must be
measured individually for products
with multiple defrost cycle types. See
Appendix A, section 4.2.4. However, as
AHAM pointed out in its recent
comments, the current language in
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 1.9 is not intended to indicate
that off-cycle defrost is not a form of
automatic defrost. DOE clarified this
issue as part of the preliminary analysis
for the energy conservation standard
rulemaking that ended September 15,
2011. (Energy Conservation Standards
for Residential Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers,
2009–12–10 Public Meeting
Presentation Slides, Docket No. EERE–
2008–BT–STD–0012, No. 28 at p. 21)
DOE understands AHAM’s concerns
about possible misinterpretation of the
cited sentence. To resolve this issue,
DOE proposed to revise the definition of
‘‘defrost cycle type’’ in section 1.9 of
Appendix A to clarify that off-cycle
defrost is a form of automatic defrost,
even though it is not considered a
defrost cycle type for the purposes of
the test procedure for products with
multiple defrost cycle types. AHAM
supported the proposed revision.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 24) As a result,
DOE is adopting the revised definition
in this final rule for section 1.11 of
Appendix A.
18. Relocation of Shelving for
Temperature Sensors
HRF–1–2008, section 5.5.4, which is
incorporated into the DOE test
procedures by reference (See section 2.2
of Appendices A and B), requires at
least one inch of air space separating the
thermal mass of a temperature sensor
from contact with any surface. In the
case of interference with hardware at
the specified sensor locations, section
5.5.4 requires that the temperature
sensors be placed at the nearest
locations such that there will be a oneinch air space separating the sensor
mass from the hardware. In the July
2013 NOPR, DOE stated that, if the
sensor is near shelving or other
components whose position is
adjustable by the consumer, it is more
appropriate to relocate the shelf or
component than to relocate the sensor.
However, HRF–1–2008 section 5.5.2(a)
requires that shelves and bins be evenly
spaced throughout the compartment. As
a result, DOE proposed to revise the test
procedures to indicate that temperature
sensor location would take precedence
over the position of shelving and
components whose position is
adjustable by consumers, even if this
means that the separation between
shelves is not precisely equal.
Specifically, DOE proposed to add
language to Appendices A and B,
section 5.1, indicating that consumermovable shelves and other components
should be moved to maintain
temperature sensor clearance
requirements, allowing the temperature
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
sensor locations to remain as specified
in HRF–1–2008 Figure 5–1 or 5–2, but
that parties should otherwise adhere as
closely as practicable to the shelfplacement requirements of section 5.5.2
of HRF–1–2008 (including the
requirement that shelves and door bins
be evenly spaced). 78 FR 41649 (July 10,
2013).
AHAM commented that the DOE
proposal will impact some products
significantly more than others. AHAM
claimed that the range of impacts is so
great that DOE should not make this
change to the test procedure at this time.
AHAM also stated that DOE’s proposal
could result in measurements that are
unrepresentative of actual consumer
use. The test data AHAM provided
showed an average impact of ¥0.58
kWh per year with a range of ¥21 kWh
per year to +18 kWh per year. (AHAM,
No. 30 at p. 10) DOE agrees that the
proposal may have an impact on
measured energy use for a small
percentage of products. Therefore, DOE
will not adopt its proposal to prioritize
temperature sensor locations over shelf
placement. More specifically, the test
will require that the shelves be placed
in accordance with the requirements in
section 5.5.2 of HRF–1–2008, and the
sensors then be placed in the locations
required in Figure 5–1 or 5–2 of HRF–
1–2008. If the sensors cannot be placed
in those locations due to interference
with hardware, they must be relocated
as to maintain the required 1-inch air
gap between the sensor and adjacent
hardware.
Further, DOE is modifying the
language in section 5.1 of Appendices A
and B. In each appendix, this section (1)
explains where parties must place
temperature sensors and (2) requires
parties that use alternative sensor
locations for a particular basic model to
(a) record the locations in the test data
maintained in accordance with 10 CFR
429.71 and (b) report the use of ‘‘nonstandard’’ temperature sensor locations
in certification reports for the basic
model, as required by 10 CFR
429.14(b)(3). DOE is revising this
section to specify that this reporting is
required if the sensors are moved by any
amount from the locations specified in
Figure 5–1 or 5–2 of HRF–1–2008 in
order to maintain the required 1-inch
clearance from adjustable shelves or
other components whose location is
consumer-adjustable. Such reporting
will give DOE notice in the case of
verification testing that special attention
must be paid to the specific locations of
temperature sensors and shelves to
ensure both are located in a manner
consistent with the approach used in
certification tests. Further, if there is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
any question about the locations, DOE
may request manufacturers’ test reports
to review exact locations of the sensors
and components.
D. Other Matters Related to the Test
Procedure and Discussion of Proposals
Not Adopted in This Final Rule
1. Icemaking Test Procedure
Nearly all refrigerator-freezers
currently sold either have a factoryinstalled automatic icemaker or are
‘‘icemaker-kitable’’—i.e., they are
manufactured with the necessary water
tubing, valve(s), and icemaker mounting
hardware to allow quick installation of
an automatic icemaker at any time after
the product leaves the factory. Ice
production increases the energy use of
a refrigerator-freezer in two ways: (1)
Some icemaker components (e.g., the
mold heater and the gear motor)
consume energy, and (2) additional
refrigeration is required to cool and
freeze incoming water and to remove
the heat generated by icemaker
components (e.g., the mold heater). The
current test procedure for refrigerators
and refrigerator-freezers does not
measure the energy use associated with
ice production. Specifically, HRF–1–
1979, section 7.4.2 (which is
incorporated by reference into
Appendix A1) states, ‘‘Automatic
icemakers are to be inoperative during
the test’’.
In the May 2010 NOPR DOE issued
when proposing amendments to the test
procedure that will become required
later this year, DOE indicated that
energy use associated with automatic
icemaking represents 10 to 15 percent of
the rated energy use of typical
refrigeration products. See 75 FR
29846–29847 (May 27, 2010). As
discussed in section I of this rule,
stakeholders commented, in response to
DOE’s presentation of its preliminary
analysis supporting the recently
completed energy conservation standard
rulemaking, that the test procedures and
energy conservation standards for
refrigeration products should address
icemaking energy use. (See, e.g., Energy
Conservation Standards for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0012; ACEEE, No. 46 at p. 1).
However, stakeholders also
commented that a test procedure to
measure icemaking energy use had not
yet been sufficiently developed. (Energy
Conservation Standards for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–
STD–0012; AHAM, No. 37 at p. 2:
General Electric, No. 40 at p. 1) To avoid
delaying the energy conservation
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22341
standard rulemaking, DOE published
the new Appendix A test procedure and
related energy conservation standard
with a fixed placeholder energy use
value of 84 kWh per year for products
with automatic icemakers, to represent
the average amount of energy consumed
in ice production. 75 FR 78842–78843
(Dec. 10, 2010) and 76 FR 57538 (Sept.
15, 2011). (The 84 kWh per year value
is equivalent to the 0.23 kWh per day
value found in Appendices A and B,
Section 6.2.2.1. That 0.23 kWh per day
value is multiplied by 365 (See, e.g., 10
CFR 430.23(a)(1)), which yields an
annual consumption of 84 kWh per
year.)
In 2010, joint stakeholders, including
manufacturers and efficiency advocates,
drafted a consensus agreement that
outlined recommendations for new
energy and water conservation
standards, test procedures, tax
incentives and ENERGY STAR criteria
for major home appliances. As part of
that agreement, AHAM agreed to
develop an icemaking test procedure
before January 1, 2012. (Test Procedure
for Residential Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers,
Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003,
Joint Comment, No. 20 at p. 5) In early
January 2012, AHAM provided DOE
with a draft of its icemaking test
procedure, ‘‘AHAM Refrigerator,
Refrigerator-Freezer, and Freezer Ice
Making Energy Test Procedure, Revision
1.0—12/14/11’’. (AHAM Draft Test
Procedure, No. 4) That draft indicated
that it would apply to refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers and freezers, as
defined in 10 CFR 430.2, that are
equipped with a single automatic
icemaker (including non-icemakerequipped models that could be readily
retrofitted with an optional automatic
icemaker).
In July 2012, AHAM provided DOE
with a revision of its icemaking test
procedure, ‘‘AHAM Refrigerator,
Refrigerator-Freezer, and Freezer Ice
Making Energy Test Procedure, Revision
2.0—07/10/12’’. (AHAM Revised Draft
Test Procedure, No. 5) The AHAM
Revised Draft Test Procedure would
have applied to products that have one
or more automatic icemakers. In
addition, it includes several revisions to
the AHAM Draft Test Procedure.
The July 2013 NOPR proposed an
icemaking test procedure based largely
on the AHAM Revised Draft Test
Procedure. However, stakeholders
requested additional time to review and
comment on DOE’s proposal. (AHAM,
No. 24 at p. 1) In order to allow
stakeholders additional time to review
its proposed amendments for
measurement of icemaking energy use,
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22342
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
DOE will delay finalization of these
amendments. As part of this process,
DOE will provide the public with an
additional opportunity to weigh in with
their views regarding the icemaking test
procedure through public notice and
comment. Consequently, this final rule
includes no amendments to the test
procedures associated with
measurement of icemaking energy use.
The July 2013 NOPR also proposed to
define ‘‘through-the-door ice and water
dispenser,’’ explaining that this term
appears in discussions of both
icemaking operations and volume
calculations within HRF–1–2008, which
is incorporated by reference in
Appendices A and B. The proposed
definition indicated that a through-thedoor ice/water dispenser could dispense
ice only, both ice and water, or water
only. 78 at 41620 (July 10, 2013). AHAM
commented that the ‘‘through-the-door
ice and water dispenser’’ definition
should not include ‘‘water only’’
dispensers because this language would
confuse product class determinations.
(AHAM, No. 24 at p. 8–9) DOE agrees
that, although an ice and water
dispenser may dispense water, the term
as used in HRF–1–2008 is not intended
to denote water-only dispensers. Hence,
this final rule modifies the definition so
that it applies to ice-only and ice/water
dispensers, but not water-only
dispensers.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
2. Built-In Refrigeration Products
The July 2013 NOPR provided data
showing the impact on measured energy
use of testing built-in products in a
built-in configuration. DOE requested
information from stakeholders regarding
this issue, including (a) additional data
showing the impact on the energy use
measurement of testing such products in
a built-in condition, (b) the test burden
that would be incurred with such a
requirement, and (c) whether the DOE
test procedure should require testing of
built-in products in a built-in condition.
AHAM requested an extension of the
comment period to January 31, 2014, to
allow stakeholders more time to prepare
comments on this issue. (AHAM, No. 24
at p. 1) DOE granted this request. Hence,
given the need for DOE to thoroughly
review these comments and any
accompanying data, DOE will address
this issue more fully in a future notice.
3. Specific Volume Measurement Issues
As part of the same May 22, 2013
guidance request referred to previously
in this final rule, AHAM requested that
DOE clarify certain provisions of its
prescribed method for measuring
product interior volume in section 5.3 of
Appendices A and B. Section 5.3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
references section 4 of HRF–1–2008 in
both Appendices A and B. Section 4.2.2
of HRF–1–2008 lists several components
that parties must deduct from the
measured interior volume, including
‘‘the volume of air ducts required for
proper cooling and operation of the
unit.’’ Specifically, AHAM asked DOE
whether this particular provision
includes only air ducts that supply cold
air to the fresh food and freezer
compartments, or to all air ducts within
the unit. (AHAM Guidance Request, No.
15, p. 2) The guidance request did not
include specific examples of ducts other
than those that supply air to the fresh
food and freezer compartments, which
are both required for proper cooling and
operation of the unit. In the July 2013
NOPR, DOE stated that it was aware of
air ducts used to cool icemaking
compartments and that such ducts
would also be required for proper
operation of any refrigeration product
that is equipped with an automatic
icemaker, or any kitable product with an
icemaking compartment that could have
an automatic icemaker installed after
shipment. As of the July 2013 NOPR,
DOE was not aware of any other specific
examples. However, since the volume
measurement method generally
excludes volumes occupied by
components that are not intended to be
removed by the user and that occupy
space that cannot be used for storage,
which are both likely to apply to an air
duct, DOE took the view that parties
should deduct the volume of any air
duct in the interior of the cabinet from
the measured product volume.
AHAM responded by asking DOE not
to require deduction of the measured
volume of all air ducts in the interior of
the cabinet, such as those that transfer
cold air from an interior compartment to
another enclosed space within the
compartment. AHAM stated that DOE
may have misunderstood the use of the
term ‘‘unit’’ in HRF–1–2008, which
AHAM claimed is intended to refer to
the entire refrigeration system, and
suggested that DOE may be interpreting
‘‘unit’’ to mean the entire product. As
explained by AHAM, the air ducts that
are required ‘‘for the proper operation of
the unit’’ are those required for
providing air flow from the refrigeration
system to the fresh food/freezer/separate
auxiliary compartments and that air
ducts that supply fresh food, freezer,
and separate auxiliary compartments
should be deducted from the total
volume, which is consistent with the
DOE view expressed in the July 2013
NOPR. However, AHAM also indicated
that the temperature inside special
compartments and icemaker
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compartments are not included in the
overall compartment temperature
measurement, and thus their associated
air ducts should not be required for
proper operation of the refrigeration
system. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 7)
DOE responded to AHAM’s request
for clarification on whether the air duct
volumes are included in the measured
volume in the July 2013 NOPR by
clarifying how the currently required
test procedure must be followed.
Further, DOE notes that HRF–1–2008 is
not sufficiently descriptive as to
indicate that certain ducts are treated
differently from others for the purposes
of volume measurement, or that the
term ‘‘unit’’ has a specific meaning
within this particular context. DOE’s
interpretation is based upon the past use
of the term ‘‘unit,’’ which it believes is
otherwise consistent with the remainder
of the HRF–1–2008 test procedure, the
DOE test procedure, and the testing
methods for other products. Hence, DOE
has not modified its interpretation that
the volume of any air ducts in the
cabinet would be deducted from the
product’s total refrigerated volume.
In addition, the July 2013 NOPR
clarified whether the volume of water
tanks used for chilling of water to be
dispensed in a product’s water
dispenser should be included or
excluded in the calculation of total
refrigerated volume. The NOPR
indicated that if a water tank is integral
to a product’s dispenser, it would be
excluded from the volume, but that
otherwise, it would be included. 78 FR
41651 (July 10, 2013). AHAM
commented that the tank would always
be in the product’s refrigerated space
and thus should always be included in
the product’s total refrigerated volume,
regardless of its proximity to the
dispenser. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 7) After
consideration of AHAM’s comment,
DOE agrees that the volume of any water
tank housed within the refrigerated
space should be included in the
calculation of total refrigerated volume.
and notes that this provision is not
limited to water tanks, but would apply
to any other component that is located
entirely within the refrigerated volume
and not specifically excluded from the
volume measurement by section 4.2.2 of
HRF–1–2008.
4. Treatment of Products That Are
Operable as a Refrigerator or Freezer
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE
addressed concerns regarding the
appropriate test setting for products
with a single compartment that can
operate either as an electric refrigerator
or freezer, as defined in 10 CFR 430.2.
DOE noted that section 2.7 of Appendix
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
A1 and Section 2.7 of Appendix A both
require compartments that are
convertible (e.g., from fresh food to
freezer) to be operated in the highest
energy use position. In the case of a
product for which the convertible
compartment is the only compartment
(i.e., the entire product is convertible),
the product effectively meets the
definitions of two different covered
products. In July 2013 NOPR, DOE
stated that if the product is marketed as
both an electric refrigerator and as a
freezer, the product must be tested as
both covered products, must meet both
applicable standards, and must be
certified as meeting both standards. If,
however, the product is marketed only
as a refrigerator or only as a freezer, the
product must (1) be tested in accordance
with the applicable test procedure, (2)
meet the appropriate standard for that
product, and (3) be certified
accordingly. 78 FR 41651 (July 10,
2013).
AHAM commented that the DOE
proposal for convertible products would
impose an added test burden on
manufacturers. Instead, AHAM
suggested that DOE require that
products be tested in the most energy
intensive position, which AHAM claims
is consistent with industry practice.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 24) AHAM
acknowledges that its own suggestion
would still require test facilities to test
convertible products as both a
refrigerator and a freezer, but would be
less burdensome than the DOE proposal.
(Id.) DOE notes that the most energy
intensive configuration may not be the
configuration for which energy use is
closer to the maximum allowable energy
use for that particular configuration.
Specifically, in certain cases, the lower
energy use position (i.e., testing as a
refrigerator) could result in measured
energy use that is more likely to exceed
the standard for the applicable
refrigerator standard than the freezer
standard when measured in the freezer
configuration. Since such products must
be able to meet the standard for each
type of product, in DOE’s view,
certifying compliance with only one of
the configurations is incomplete. After
further consideration, in part based on
AHAM’s comment, DOE recognized that
the language in the NOPR is
inconsistent with the DOE’s existing
regulatory definitions. Therefore, to
ensure that consumers receive the most
accurate information, DOE is requiring
that convertible products be tested and
certified as both refrigerators and
freezers if the products meet the
applicable definition(s). Furthermore,
DOE notes that the definitions are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
applicable to a given model based on
the performance of that model when
operating under typical field
conditions—not at the test procedure
conditions.
To ensure that this requirement is
clearly indicated in the regulations,
DOE has added a new paragraph 10 CFR
429.14(c) to include this requirement.
Specifically, DOE will require that
manufacturers certify each individual
model as complying with the energy
conservation standard applicable to all
product classes identified in § 430.32(a)
into which the individual model falls if
the individual model is distributed in
commerce as a model within that
product class. The manufacturer must
assign a different basic model number to
the units in each product class even if
a manufacturer uses the same individual
model number to identify the product.
As an example, if a single individual
model were distributed in commerce as
an automatic defrost all-refrigerator
(product class 3A) and as an automatic
defrost upright freezer (product class 9),
the manufacturer could use the same
individual model number but would be
required to test the model according to
the test procedure applicable to each
corresponding product class (i.e.,
Appendix A for class 3A and Appendix
B for class 9). The manufacturer would
also need to certify each basic model
separately (i.e., in product class 3A and
in product class 9) using a different
basic model number for the two product
classes.
5. Stabilization Period
AHAM’s May 22, 2013 guidance
request asked whether the stabilization
period (See section 2.9 of Appendix A1
for an example) has a maximum time
constraint. (AHAM Guidance Request,
No. 15, p. 4) The stabilization period for
products with cycling compressors
consists of two separate time periods,
each of which lasts at least two hours
and comprises a whole number of
compressor cycles, with an intervening
time period of at least three hours.
Specifically, AHAM asked whether the
two time periods in question have a
maximum duration or if they must be
selected to be as short as possible while
still satisfying the requirements. (Id.) In
the July 2013 NOPR, DOE stated that
neither of these requirements is
explicitly stated in the test procedure,
and neither is implied. DOE further
indicated that the two time periods in
question may be extended, for example,
if there is irregular cycling of the
compressor that makes the first possible
selection of such a time period nonrepresentative of the average
compartment temperatures for the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22343
captured time period. However, it
would not be consistent with the test
procedure to select two sets of time
periods that would allow stability to
appear to have been achieved when it
has not. Alternative selections of time
periods that satisfy the test procedure
requirements should also demonstrate
that stability has been achieved. At the
time of the July 2013 NOPR, DOE did
not believe that changes to the test
procedure regulatory language were
required to address this issue. 78 FR
41651 (July 10, 2013).
In its comments, GE expressed
concerns that DOE’s view would allow
selection of the three time periods used
to evaluate steady state operation (i.e.,
the two periods for which average
temperatures are measured and the
intervening period separating the first
two) to be left wholly to the discretion
of the test facility, which could result in
different test results for the same set of
test data. (GE, No. 31 at p. 9) However,
GE did not provide specific examples
that show clearly why DOE should
amend the stability requirements (e.g.,
to require the shortest stability time
period that meets the requirements of
section 2.9 of Appendix A). DOE
believes that, in general, if stability is
demonstrated for the shortest time
period meeting the requirements that
can be examined for a given time period
of product operation, evaluation of the
steady state condition should also be
confirmed if different periods are
selected for verifying that steady state
operation has been reached. In other
words, in a typical case, if the
confirmation of steady state depends on
the selection of specific time periods,
while disregarding other adjacent time
periods, the product has not fully
reached steady state. In general, DOE
expects that a test laboratory will select
the shortest possible stabilization period
in any case, in order to shorten test
time. The test procedure has never had
a maximum duration for the
stabilization periods, and DOE believes
GE’s comment does not provide
sufficient information to justify a
maximum duration. Therefore, DOE is
declining to amend the stabilization
requirements in the test procedure.
E. Compliance With Other EPCA
Requirements
1. Test Burden
EPCA requires that the test
procedures DOE prescribes or amends
be reasonably designed to produce test
results that measure the energy
efficiency, energy use, or estimated
annual operating cost of a covered
product during a representative average
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
22344
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
use cycle or period of use. These
procedures must also not be unduly
burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C.
6293(b)(3)) DOE has concluded that the
amendments proposed in this final rule
satisfy these requirements.
Some of the test procedure
amendments made in this final rule
clarify how existing provisions of the
test should be conducted, or otherwise
represent minor changes to the test that
do not significantly affect the equipment
required for testing or the time required
to conduct it. These amendments
include changes to the anticircumvention language and ambient
temperature gradient requirements, and
clarifications regarding how to set
mechanical temperature controls.
AHAM suggested that ambient
temperature gradient requirements
could add an initial burden as test
facilities adjust to accommodate the
clarifying amendments. For example,
laboratories may have to purchase
additional thermocouples and fixtures
to hang them. AHAM also suggested
that ambient temperature amendments
would require rewriting data acquisition
software and could require some
laboratories to obtain data acquisition
hardware/equipment. (AHAM, No. 30 at
p. 25) FSI expressed concern that the
ambient temperature gradient
requirements may invalidate some tests,
leading to additional testing time, and
that some test chambers may not be able
to meet the requirements without
significant facility modifications. (FSI,
No. 20 at p. 8)
DOE notes that it expects test facilities
may need to make slight modifications
to adhere to the clarified version of the
ambient temperature requirements,
particularly in demonstrating that the
temperature gradients have been
maintained. DOE does not consider the
small initial costs involved with
temperature sensors and ambient
temperature fixtures to be significant
compared to the costs of running
multiple tests. In addition, based on
comments received on previous
rulemaking proposals involving data
collection methods, DOE expects all test
facilities to already have the data
acquisition systems to adhere to all of
the requirements being adopted today.
Therefore, DOE believes this
requirement is not likely to result in a
significant additional test burden. As
discussed in section III.C.6, DOE
considers the amendments concerning
the maintenance of the ambient
temperature gradient to merely clarify
the test procedure by specifying how to
interpret the existing requirement for
maintenance of the gradient. Hence,
DOE does not consider these
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
amendments to impose any new test
facility requirements.
This final rule also makes other
changes, none of which would have a
significant impact on burden. First, the
modifications in the test procedure for
incomplete cycling products could
increase or decrease test time, as
discussed in the NOPR. 78 FR 41641
(July 10, 2013). However, based on tests
conducted by DOE, the impact on test
time for the amendment being adopted
does not appear significant. FSI
submitted comments that suggest it
would incur significant test burden
because the incomplete cycling
modifications would increase test
complexity. (FSI, No. 20 at p.6) DOE
does not agree with this claim. The DOE
proposal simply aligns the test
procedure for incomplete-cycling
products with those for products with
cycling compressors by requiring a
whole number of compressor cycles—
the only difference being that a single
compressor cycle is acceptable if the
cycle takes at least 12 hours. In DOE’s
view, this change does not constitute an
increase in complexity. In DOE testing
conducted prior to publication of the
July 2013 NOPR, only four chest
freezers tested have exhibited
incomplete cycling. The impacts in test
time for these four products were
reductions for three products of 0.5, 3,
and 10 hours and an increase for the
fourth of 1.4 hours. 78 FR 41614 (July
10, 2103). These results show that the
impact on test burden would be small
and limited primarily to chest freezers.
Second, this final rule introduces an
optional triangulation approach for
products with two temperature controls.
AHAM and FSI both submitted
comments stating that reporting whether
the triangulation method was used is an
unnecessary burden. (AHAM, No. 30 at
p. 17; FSI, No. 20 at p.5) DOE notes that
it proposed to allow the use of
triangulation in response to the request
of stakeholders in a previous
refrigeration product test procedure
rulemaking and that the use of this
approach, as implemented in this final
rule, is on an optional basis. However,
DOE has not adopted the proposed
requirement to indicate in certification
reports whether the method was used in
testing—hence, it is DOE’s belief that
the amendments adopting triangulation
represent no added burden.
Additionally, the test procedure
modifications for products with
multiple-compressors are, for the most
part, consistent with the test procedures
of existing test procedure waivers. This
final rule eliminates most of the
provisions of the multiple-compressor
test procedure that DOE proposed in the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
NOPR that stakeholders criticized due
to the potential added test burden. The
key exception is the requirement that
the first part of the test must be a
continuous time period. However, as
discussed in section III.C.1, DOE has
imposed this requirement to limit the
potential impact of truncation error;
allowing the waiver approach could
potentially introduce error in excess of
the one percent that AHAM views as
unacceptable. (See AHAM, No. 30 at p.
15)
DOE acknowledges that some test
facilities may need time to adjust to the
various test procedure modifications
made in this final rule but believes that
the modest burden associated with these
adjustments is appropriate given the
need for test results to be accurate and
repeatable.
Other amendments, including
changes to the anti-circumvention
language, the specifications for setting
mechanical temperature controls, and
the adoption of new definitions
associated with defrost cycles, would
clarify the test procedures but not add
any new requirements that would
increase test burden.
2. Changes in Measured Energy Use
When DOE modifies test procedures,
it must determine to what extent, if any,
the new test procedure would alter the
measured energy use of covered
products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) For the
reasons described below, DOE has
determined that none of the test
procedure amendments would
significantly alter the projected
measured energy use of covered
products.
The test procedure amendments in
this final rule would affect the test
procedures that will be required for
certifying compliance with the amended
energy conservation standards, the
compliance date of which is September
15, 2014. Table III–1 indicates which
parts of DOE’s test procedures would be
affected by this rule’s amendments. As
part of its evaluation of this rule, DOE
has examined what impact it would
likely have on the measured energy use
of refrigeration products.
Many of the changes made to
Appendices A and B through this final
rule clarify the manner in which the test
should be conducted, or otherwise
represent minor changes to the test or
reporting requirements that would not
affect measured energy use. These
amendments include changes to the
anti-circumvention language,
clarifications for setting mechanical
temperature controls, modified ambient
temperature gradient requirements, new
definitions to help clarify test
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
requirements, elimination of the
requirement to report product height,
use of CAD models for measuring
refrigerated volume, and corrections to
the temperature setting logic tables.
The modification of the test period for
products that experience incomplete
cycling could affect only a small
minority of products and only to a
minimal extent. To DOE’s knowledge,
the only products that exhibit
incomplete cycling are chest freezers.
As described in section III.C.4, the
accuracy of the measured energy use for
such products would be improved. The
measured energy use, to the extent it
varies, would not necessitate a change
in the standards for the single class of
products that could theoretically be
affected by this rule’s amendments. For
these reasons, DOE does not believe an
adjustment of the energy conservation
standard is necessary for this test
procedure change.
DOE’s modifications addressing
products with multiple-compressors are
not expected to alter the measured
energy use for these products. The test
procedure as amended by this rule is
functionally equivalent to the test
procedure in the waivers that DOE has
previously granted for products with
multiple-compressors, differing
primarily in the length and composition
of test periods. AHAM commented that
allowing test facilities to use
temperature cycles would have a
significant impact on the energy
measurement. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 11)
As a result, DOE decided not to allow
the use of temperature cycles to define
test periods. DOE does not believe that
any of the other changes applicable to
products with multiple-compressors are
likely to affect the measured energy use
of any product currently known to DOE.
As described in section III.C.2, the
triangulation test method may, in
certain cases, provide a slightly more
accurate measurement of the actual
energy consumption of a given product.
This method would yield lower energy
use measurements for some products as
compared with the two-test method of
the current DOE test procedures (See
Appendix A1, section 3.1.2). Given that
the triangulation method would be
optional, in DOE’s view, the overall
impact of this optional test on energy
use measurement will likely be
insignificant and would not require any
change to the relevant standards.
3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
EPCA directs DOE to include standby
mode and off mode energy consumption
when amending test procedures and
that this energy consumption be
integrated into the overall energy
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
consumption descriptor for the product,
unless DOE determines that the current
test procedures for the product already
fully account for and incorporate the
standby and off mode energy
consumption of the covered product.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A)(i)) The DOE
test procedures for refrigeration
products measure the energy use of
these products during extended time
periods that include periods when the
compressor and other key components
are cycled off. All of the energy these
products use during the ‘‘off cycles’’ is
already included in the measurements.
A given refrigeration product being
tested could include auxiliary features
that draw power in a standby or off
mode. In such instances, HRF–1–1979
and HRF–1–2008, both of which are
incorporated in relevant part into DOE’s
test procedures, generally instruct
manufacturers to set certain auxiliary
features to the lowest power position
during testing. In this lowest power
position, any standby or off mode
energy use of such auxiliary features
would be included in the energy
measurement. As a result, the July 2013
NOPR did not propose any additional
changes to account for standby and off
mode energy consumption, since the
current (and proposed) procedures
address these modes. AHAM and GE
submitted comments supporting DOE’s
position on this issue. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 19; GE, No. 31 at p.9) Therefore,
DOE maintains the position that no
specific amendments are needed to
address standby or off-mode energy use
for these products.
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory
Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
The Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) has determined that test
procedure rulemakings do not constitute
‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ under
section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866,
Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR
51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this
action was not subject to review under
the Executive Order by the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs
(OIRA) in the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB).
B. Review Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. 601, et seq.) requires preparation
of an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (IFRA) for any rule that by law
must be proposed for public comment,
unless the agency certifies that the rule,
if promulgated, will not have a
significant economic impact on a
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22345
substantial number of small entities. As
required by Executive Order 13272,
‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities
in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461
(August 16, 2002), DOE published
procedures and policies on February 19,
2003, to ensure that the potential
impacts of its rules on small entities are
properly considered during the DOE
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE
has made its procedures and policies
available on the Office of the General
Counsel’s Web site: https://energy.gov/
gc/office-general-counsel.
DOE reviewed the test procedures in
this final rule under the provisions of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the
procedures and policies published on
February 19, 2003. This final rule
prescribes test procedures that will be
used to determine compliance with
energy conservation standards for the
products that are the subject of this
rulemaking.
The Small Business Administration
(SBA) considers an entity to be a small
business if, together with its affiliates, it
employs less than a threshold number of
workers specified in 13 CFR part 121,
which relies on size standards and
codes established by the North
American Industry Classification
System (NAICS). The threshold number
for NAICS code 335222, which applies
to Household Refrigerator and Home
Freezer Manufacturing, is 1,000
employees.
DOE conducted a market survey to
determine whether any manufacturers
of products covered by this final rule
were small businesses. During its
market survey, DOE used all available
public information to create a list of
companies that manufacture
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or
freezers covered by this rulemaking.
DOE reviewed these data to determine
whether the entities met the SBA’s
definition of a small business
manufacturer of refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, or freezers and
screened out companies that do not
offer products covered by this
rulemaking, do not meet the definition
of a ‘‘small business,’’ or are foreign
owned and operated. DOE identified
three small businesses at the time of the
July 2013 NOPR and an additional small
business presented itself during the July
2013 NOPR comment period. However,
DOE initially concluded that none of the
test procedure modifications adopted in
this final rule would pose a significant
burden on manufacturers in this
industry.
FSI submitted comments indicating
that, as a small business, the test
procedure modifications would unfairly
impact its certification activities.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
22346
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Specifically, FSI argued that the
following modifications would unfairly
impact it: (a) Clarifications to the
ambient temperature sensors
requirements; (b) the optional
triangulation energy calculation
method; (c) modifications to the testing
requirements for incomplete cycling
products; and (d) clarifications to what
DOE considers to make up a unit’s rear
wall. FSI’s claims of test burden are
discussed in section III.E.1 (Testing
Burden). However, for the reasons
discussed in section III.E.1, DOE
concludes that FSI’s claims of test
burden are overstated.
Reiterating the conclusions
enumerated above, DOE acknowledges
that additional ambient temperature
sensors will be required and their
temperatures recorded, but this is
expected to be a modest impact as
compared to the overall cost associated
with testing. Specifically, DOE
estimated an additional cost per product
test station of $395, which includes the
labor involved in equipment setup. This
represents approximately 1 percent of
the total cost of a typical four-station
test chamber, assuming additional
sensors are needed for all four test
stations. In the worst case, in which a
test facility must purchase additional
data acquisition equipment and
software, the cost could be as high as
$1,500, although DOE expects that few
if any test laboratories would incur costs
at this level. DOE further concludes that
claims regarding repeated tests or test
facility upgrades associated with the
ambient temperature requirements
would be necessary under the existing
test procedures, and that the
amendments of this final rule would not
represent an increase in test burden
beyond the requirement for sensors and
added data collection to verify
compliance with the requirements. DOE
does not agree with FSI that the
inclusion of the optional (and
voluntary) triangulation test would add
any burden to a manufacturer choosing
not to use this method. DOE has also not
adopted the proposed amendment
requiring reporting of whether this
optional approach is used in testing.
Therefore, DOE concludes that the
test procedure amendments of this final
rule will not have a significant impact
on small manufacturers under the
provisions of the Act. These
amendments do not require use of test
facilities or test equipment that differ in
any substantive way from the test
facilities or test equipment that
manufacturers currently use to evaluate
the energy efficiency of these products.
Further, the amended test procedures
will not be significantly more difficult
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
or time-consuming to conduct than the
current test procedures that
manufacturers must use to certify
compliance with the energy
conservation standards that must be
met. For these reasons, DOE concludes
and certifies that the rule would not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a
regulatory flexibility analysis for this
rulemaking. DOE has transmitted the
certification and supporting statement
of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the SBA for review under
5 U.S.C. 605(b).
C. Review Under the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995
Manufacturers of refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers must
certify to DOE that their products
comply with any applicable energy
conservation standards. In certifying
compliance, manufacturers must test
their products according to the DOE test
procedures for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers, including any
amendments adopted for those test
procedures. DOE has established
regulations regarding the certification
and recordkeeping requirements for all
covered consumer products and
commercial equipment, including
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers. 76 FR 12422 (March 7, 2011).
The collection-of-information
requirement for the certification and
recordkeeping is subject to review and
approval by OMB under the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement
has been approved by OMB under OMB
control number 1910–1400. Public
reporting burden for the certification is
estimated to average 20 hours per
response, including the time for
reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection
of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
seq.) and DOE’s implementing
regulations at 10 CFR part 1021.
Specifically, this rule amends an
existing rule without affecting the
amount, quality or distribution of
energy usage, and, therefore, will not
result in any environmental impacts.
Thus, this rulemaking is covered by
Categorical Exclusion A5 under 10 CFR
part 1021, subpart D, which applies to
any rulemaking that interprets or
amends an existing rule without
changing the environmental effect of
that rule. Accordingly, neither an
environmental assessment nor an
environmental impact statement is
required.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’
64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999) imposes
certain requirements on agencies
formulating and implementing policies
or regulations that preempt State law or
that have Federalism implications. The
Executive Order requires agencies to
examine the constitutional and statutory
authority supporting any action that
would limit the policymaking discretion
of the States and to carefully assess the
necessity for such actions. The
Executive Order also requires agencies
to have an accountable process to
ensure meaningful and timely input by
State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that
have Federalism implications. On
March 14, 2000, DOE published a
statement of policy describing the
intergovernmental consultation process
it will follow in the development of
such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE
examined this final rule and determined
that it will not have a substantial direct
effect on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government. EPCA
governs and prescribes Federal
preemption of State regulations as to
energy conservation for the products
that are the subject of this final rule.
States can petition DOE for exemption
from such preemption to the extent, and
based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42
U.S.C. 6297(d)) No further action is
required by Executive Order 13132.
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
DOE is amending its test procedure
for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers,
and freezers. DOE has determined that
this rule falls into a class of actions that
are categorically excluded from review
under the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321, et
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
Regarding the review of existing
regulations and the promulgation of
new regulations, section 3(a) of
Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice
Reform,’’ 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996),
imposes on Federal agencies the general
duty to adhere to the following
requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting
errors and ambiguity; (2) write
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
regulations to minimize litigation; (3)
provide a clear legal standard for
affected conduct rather than a general
standard; and (4) promote simplification
and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of
Executive Order 12988 specifically
requires that Executive agencies make
every reasonable effort to ensure that the
regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the
preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly
specifies any effect on existing Federal
law or regulation; (3) provides a clear
legal standard for affected conduct
while promoting simplification and
burden reduction; (4) specifies the
retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately
defines key terms; and (6) addresses
other important issues affecting clarity
and general draftsmanship under any
guidelines issued by the Attorney
General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order
12988 requires Executive agencies to
review regulations in light of applicable
standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to
determine whether they are met or it is
unreasonable to meet one or more of
them. DOE has completed the required
review and determined that, to the
extent permitted by law, this final rule
meets the relevant standards of
Executive Order 12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires
each Federal agency to assess the effects
of Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec.
201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a
regulatory action resulting in a rule that
may cause the expenditure by State,
local, and Tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector of
$100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section
202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency
to publish a written statement that
estimates the resulting costs, benefits,
and other effects on the national
economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The
UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit
timely input by elected officers of State,
local, and Tribal governments on a
proposed ‘‘significant intergovernmental
mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan
for giving notice and opportunity for
timely input to potentially affected
small governments before establishing
any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect small
governments. On March 18, 1997, DOE
published a statement of policy on its
process for intergovernmental
consultation under UMRA. 62 FR
12820; also available at https://
energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
DOE examined this final rule according
to UMRA and its statement of policy
and determined that the rule contains
neither an intergovernmental mandate,
nor a mandate that may result in the
expenditure of $100 million or more in
any year, so these requirements do not
apply.
H. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires
Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule
that may affect family well-being. This
final rule will not have any impact on
the autonomy or integrity of the family
as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has
concluded that it is not necessary to
prepare a Family Policymaking
Assessment.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
DOE has determined, under Executive
Order 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions
and Interference with Constitutionally
Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859
(March 18, 1988), that this regulation
will not result in any takings that might
require compensation under the Fifth
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
J. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides
for agencies to review most
disseminations of information to the
public under guidelines established by
each agency pursuant to general
guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s
guidelines were published at 67 FR
8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s
guidelines were published at 67 FR
62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed
this final rule under the OMB and DOE
guidelines and has concluded that it is
consistent with applicable policies in
those guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to
prepare and submit to OMB a Statement
of Energy Effects for any significant
energy action. A ‘‘significant energy
action’’ is defined as any action by an
agency that promulgated or is expected
to lead to promulgation of a final rule,
and that: (1)(i) is a significant regulatory
action under Executive Order 12866, or
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22347
any successor order; and (ii) is likely to
have a significant adverse effect on the
supply, distribution, or use of energy; or
(2) is designated by the Administrator of
OIRA as a significant energy action. For
any significant energy action, the agency
must give a detailed statement of any
adverse effects on energy supply,
distribution, or use if the regulation is
implemented, and of reasonable
alternatives to the action and their
expected benefits on energy supply,
distribution, and use.
This regulatory action is not a
significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866. Moreover, it
would not have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy, nor has it been designated as
a significant energy action by the
Administrator of OIRA. Therefore, it is
not a significant energy action, and,
accordingly, DOE has not prepared a
Statement of Energy Effects.
L. Review Under Section 32 of the
Federal Energy Administration Act of
1974
Under section 301 of the Department
of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95–
91; 42 U.S.C. 7101), DOE must comply
with section 32 of the Federal Energy
Administration Act of 1974, as amended
by the Federal Energy Administration
Authorization Act of 1977. (15 U.S.C.
788; FEAA) Section 32 essentially
provides in relevant part that, where a
proposed rule authorizes or requires use
of commercial standards, the notice of
proposed rulemaking must inform the
public of the use and background of
such standards. In addition, section
32(c) requires DOE to consult with the
Attorney General and the Chairman of
the Federal Trade Commission (FTC)
concerning the impact of the
commercial or industry standards on
competition.
The proposed modifications to the
test procedures addressed by this action
incorporate testing methods contained
in certain sections of the commercial
standards, AHAM Standards HRF–1–
1979 and HRF–1–2008. DOE has
evaluated these two versions of this
standard and is unable to conclude
whether it fully complies with the
requirements of section 32(b) of the
FEAA (i.e. whether it was developed in
a manner that fully provides for public
participation, comment, and review.)
DOE has consulted with both the
Attorney General and the Chairman of
the FTC about the impact on
competition of using the methods
contained in these standards and has
received no comments objecting to their
use.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22348
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will
report to Congress on the promulgation
of this rule before its effective date. The
report will state that it has been
determined that the rule is not a ‘‘major
rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
N. Approval of the Office of the
Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved
publication of this final rule.
List of Subjects
10 CFR Part 429
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
10 CFR Part 430
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Household appliances, Imports,
Incorporation by reference,
Intergovernmental relations, Small
businesses.
Issued in Washington, DC, on April 10,
2014.
Kathleen B. Hogan,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy
Efficiency, Energy Efficiency and Renewable
Energy.
For the reasons stated in the
preamble, DOE amends parts 429 and
430 of Chapter II of Title 10, Code of
Federal Regulations as set forth below:
PART 429—CERTIFICATION,
COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT
FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT
1. The authority citation for part 429
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6317.
2. Section 429.14 is amended by
adding paragraph (a)(3), and by revising
paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) to read as
follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
§ 429.14 Residential refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers and freezers.
(a) * * *
(3) The value of total refrigerated
volume of a basic model reported in
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this
section shall be the mean of the total
refrigerated volumes measured for each
tested unit of the basic model or the
total refrigerated volume of the basic
model as calculated in accordance with
§ 429.72(c).
(b) * * *
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
(2) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a
certification report shall include the
following public product-specific
information: The annual energy use in
kilowatt hours per year (kWh/yr); the
total refrigerated volume in cubic feet
(ft3); and the adjusted total volume in
cubic feet (ft3).
(3) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a
certification report shall include the
following additional product-specific
information: whether the basic model
has variable defrost control (in which
case, manufacturers must also report the
values, if any, of CTL and CTM (For an
example, see section 5.2.1.3 in appendix
A to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430) used
in the calculation of energy
consumption), whether the basic model
has variable anti-sweat heater control
(in which case, manufacturers must also
report the values of heater Watts at the
ten humidity levels (5%, 15%, 25%,
35%, 45%, 55%, 65%, 75%, 85%, and
95%) used to calculate the variable antisweat heater ‘‘Correction Factor’’), and
whether testing has been conducted
with modifications to the standard
temperature sensor locations specified
by the figures referenced in section 5.1
of appendices A1, B1, A, and B to
subpart B of 10 CFR part 430.
■ 3. Add § 429.72 to read as follows:
§ 429.72 Alternative methods for
determining non-energy ratings.
(a) General. Where § 429.14 through
§ 429.54 authorize the use of an
alternative method for determining a
physical or operating characteristic
other than the energy consumption or
efficiency, such characteristics must be
determined either by testing in
accordance with the applicable test
procedure and applying the specified
sampling plan provisions established in
those sections or as described in the
appropriate product-specific paragraph
below. In all cases, the computer-aided
design (CAD) models, measurements,
and calculations used to determine the
rating for the physical or operating
characteristic shall be retained as part of
the test records underlying the
certification of the basic model in
accordance with § 429.71.
(b) Testing. [Reserved]
(c) Residential refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. The
total refrigerated volume of a basic
model of refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, or freezer may be determined by
performing a calculation of the volume
based upon computer-aided design
(CAD) models of the basic model in lieu
of physical measurements of a
production unit of the basic model. Any
value of total refrigerated volume of a
basic model reported to DOE in a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
certification of compliance in
accordance with § 429.14(b)(2) must be
calculated using the CAD-derived
volume(s) and the applicable provisions
in the test procedures in 10 CFR part
430 for measuring volume, and must be
within two percent, or 0.5 cubic feet (0.2
cubic feet for compact products),
whichever is greater, of the volume of a
production unit of the basic model
measured in accordance with the
applicable test procedure in 10 CFR part
430.
■ 4. Add § 429.134 to read as follows:
§ 429.134 Product-specific enforcement
provisions.
(a) General. The following provisions
apply to assessment and enforcement
testing of the relevant products.
(b) Refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers,
and freezers— (1) Verification of total
refrigerated volume. The total
refrigerated volume of the basic model
will be measured pursuant to the test
requirements of 10 CFR part 430 for
each unit tested. The results of the
measurement(s) will be averaged and
compared to the value of total
refrigerated volume certified by the
manufacturer. The certified total
refrigerated volume will be considered
valid only if:
(i) The measurement is within two
percent, or 0.5 cubic feet (0.2 cubic feet
for compact products), whichever is
greater, of the certified total refrigerated
volume, or
(ii) The measurement is greater than
the certified total refrigerated volume.
(A) If the certified total refrigerated
volume is found to be valid, the
certified adjusted total volume will be
used as the basis for calculation of
maximum allowed energy use for the
basic model.
(B) If the certified total refrigerated
volume is found to be invalid, the
average measured adjusted total volume
will serve as the basis for calculation of
maximum allowed energy use for the
tested basic model.
(2) Test for models with two
compartments, each having its own
user-operable temperature control. The
test described in section 3.3 of the
applicable test procedure for
refrigerators or refrigerator-freezers in
appendix A to subpart B of 10 CFR part
430 shall be used for all units of a tested
basic model before DOE makes a
determination of noncompliance with
respect to the basic model.
PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION
PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER
PRODUCTS
5. The authority citation for part 430
continues to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C.
2461 note.
6. Section 430.2 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘compact
refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer’’
to read as follows:
■
§ 430.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Compact refrigerator/refrigeratorfreezer/freezer means any refrigerator,
refrigerator-freezer or freezer with a total
refrigerated volume of less than 7.75
cubic feet (220 liters). (Total refrigerated
volume shall be determined using the
applicable test procedure appendix
prescribed in subpart B of this part.)
*
*
*
*
*
■ 7. Section 430.3 is amended by adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 430.3 Materials incorporated by
reference.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) AS/NZS. Australian/New Zealand
Standard, GPO Box 476, Sydney NSW
2001, (02) 9237–6000 or (12) 0065–4646,
or go to www.standards.org.au/
Standards New Zealand, Level 10 Radio
New Zealand House 144 The Terrace
Wellington 6001 (Private Bag 2439
Wellington 6020), (04) 498–5990 or (04)
498–5991, or go to
www.standards.co.nz.
(1) AS/NZS 4474.1:2007, Performance
of Household Electrical Appliances—
Refrigerating Appliances; Part 1: Energy
Consumption and Performance, Second
edition, published August 15, 2007, IBR
approved for Appendix A to Subpart B.
(2) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
■ 8. Section 430.23 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(10) and (b)(7) to
read as follows:
§ 430.23 Test procedures for the
measurement of energy and water
consumption.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(10) The following principles of
interpretation should be applied to the
test procedure. The intent of the energy
test procedure is to simulate typical
room conditions (approximately 70 °F
(21 °C)) with door openings by testing
at 90 °F (32.2 °C) without door
openings. Except for operating
characteristics that are affected by
ambient temperature (for example,
compressor percent run time), the unit,
when tested under this test procedure,
shall operate in a manner equivalent to
the unit in typical room conditions.
(i) The energy used by the unit shall
be calculated when a calculation is
provided by the test procedure. Energy
consuming components that operate in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
typical room conditions (including as a
result of door openings, or a function of
humidity), and that are not exempted by
this test procedure, shall operate in an
equivalent manner during energy testing
under this test procedure, or be
accounted for by all calculations as
provided for in the test procedure.
Examples:
(A) Energy saving features that are
designed to operate when there are no
door openings for long periods of time
shall not be functional during the
energy test.
(B) The defrost heater shall neither
function nor turn off differently during
the energy test than it would when in
typical room conditions. Also, the
product shall not recover differently
during the defrost recovery period than
it would in typical room conditions.
(C) Electric heaters that would
normally operate at typical room
conditions with door openings shall
also operate during the energy test.
(D) Energy used during adaptive
defrost shall continue to be tested and
adjusted per the calculation provided
for in this test procedure.
(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be
situations that the test procedures do
not completely address. In such cases, a
manufacturer must obtain a waiver in
accordance with the relevant provisions
of 10 CFR part 430 if:
(A) A product contains energy
consuming components that operate
differently during the prescribed testing
than they would during representative
average consumer use and
(B) Applying the prescribed test to
that product would evaluate it in a
manner that is unrepresentative of its
true energy consumption (thereby
providing materially inaccurate
comparative data).
(b) * * *
(7) The following principles of
interpretation should be applied to the
test procedure. The intent of the energy
test procedure is to simulate typical
room conditions (approximately 70 °F
(21 °C)) with door openings by testing
at 90 °F (32.2 °C) without door
openings. Except for operating
characteristics that are affected by
ambient temperature (for example,
compressor percent run time), the unit,
when tested under this test procedure,
shall operate in a manner equivalent to
the unit in typical room conditions.
(i) The energy used by the unit shall
be calculated when a calculation is
provided by the test procedure. Energy
consuming components that operate in
typical room conditions (including as a
result of door openings, or a function of
humidity), and that are not exempted by
this test procedure, shall operate in an
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
22349
equivalent manner during energy testing
under this test procedure, or be
accounted for by all calculations as
provided for in the test procedure.
Examples:
(A) Energy saving features that are
designed to operate when there are no
door openings for long periods of time
shall not be functional during the
energy test.
(B) The defrost heater shall neither
function nor turn off differently during
the energy test than it would when in
typical room conditions. Also, the
product shall not recover differently
during the defrost recovery period than
it would in typical room conditions.
(C) Electric heaters that would
normally operate at typical room
conditions with door openings shall
also operate during the energy test.
(D) Energy used during adaptive
defrost shall continue to be tested and
adjusted per the calculation provided
for in this test procedure.
(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be
situations that the test procedures do
not completely address. In such cases, a
manufacturer must obtain a waiver in
accordance with the relevant provisions
of 10 CFR part 430 if:
(A) A product contains energy
consuming components that operate
differently during the prescribed testing
than they would during representative
average consumer use and
(B) Applying the prescribed test to
that product would evaluate it in a
manner that is unrepresentative of its
true energy consumption (thereby
providing materially inaccurate
comparative data).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Appendix A to subpart B of part
430 is amended:
■ a. By revising the introductory text;
■ b. In section 1. Definitions, by:
■ i. Redesignating section 1.18 as 1.26;
■ ii. Redesignating section 1.17 as 1.25;
■ iii. Redesignating section 1.16 as 1.23;
■ iv. Redesignating section 1.15 as 1.21;
■ v. Redesignating section 1.14 as 1.20;
■ vi. Redesignating section 1.13 as 1.19;
■ vii. Redesignating section 1.12 as 1.15;
■ viii. Redesignating section 1.11 as
1.13;
■ ix. Redesignating section 1.10 as 1.12;
■ x. Redesignating section 1.9 as 1.11
and revising the newly designated
section 1.11;
■ xi. Redesignating section 1.8 as 1.10;
■ xii. Redesignating section 1.7 as 1.9;
■ xiv. Redesignating section 1.6 as 1.7;
■ xv. Redesignating section 1.5 as 1.6;
■ xvi. Adding sections 1.5, 1.8, 1.14,
1.16, 1.17, 1.18, 1.22, and 1.24;
■ c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by:
■ i. Revising sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.8;
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22350
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
ii. Adding sections, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3,
and 2.11;
■ d. In section 3. Test Control Setting,
by:
■ i. Revising section 3.2.1;
■ ii. Revising Tables 1 and 2;
■ iii. Adding section 3.3;
■ e. In section 4. Test Period, by:
■ i. Revising sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.2.1.1,
and 4.2.3;
■ ii. Adding sections 4.2.3.1, 4.2.3.2,
4.2.3.3, 4.2.3.4, 4.2.3.4.1, and 4.2.3.4.2;
■ f. In section 5. Test Measurements, by
revising sections 5.1, 5.1.1, 5.1.2,
5.2.1.3, 5.2.1.4, and 5.3;
■ g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived
Results from Test Measurements, by:
■ i. Revising sections 6.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2,
6.2.2.1, and 6.2.2.2;
■ ii. Adding section 6.2.2.3.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
minimum (within 0.5 °F of the starting
temperature), having in the interim risen to
a maximum and subsequently fallen again to
reach the second minimum.
Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 430—
Uniform Test Method for Measuring the
Energy Consumption of Electric
Refrigerators and Electric RefrigeratorFreezers
1.16 ‘‘Multiple-compressor’’ refrigerator
or refrigerator-freezer means a refrigerator or
refrigerator-freezer with more than one
compressor.
1.17 ‘‘Precooling’’ means operating a
refrigeration system before initiation of a
defrost cycle to reduce one or more
compartment temperatures significantly
(more than 0.5 °F) below its minimum during
stable operation between defrosts.
1.18 ‘‘Recovery’’ means operating a
refrigeration system after the conclusion of a
defrost cycle to reduce the temperature of
one or more compartments to the
temperature range that the compartment(s)
exhibited during stable operation between
defrosts.
■
Beginning on September 15, 2014, the test
procedures in appendix A must be used to
determine compliance with energy
conservation standards for refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers. Prior to September 15,
2014, manufacturers may continue to use
appendix A1 or may elect to use appendix A
early to show compliance with the
September 15, 2014 energy conservation
standards. Manufacturers must use a single
appendix for all representations of energy use
of a basic model, including certifications of
compliance, and may not use appendix A1
for certain representations and appendix A
for other representations.
1. Definitions
*
*
*
*
*
1.5 ‘‘AS/NZS 44474.1:2007’’ means
Australian/New Zealand Standard
44474.1:2007, Performance of household
electrical appliances—Refrigerating
appliances, Part 1: Energy consumption and
performance. Only sections of AS/NZS
44474.1:2007 (incorporated by reference; see
§ 430.3) specifically referenced in this test
procedure are part of this test procedure. In
cases where there is a conflict, the language
of the test procedure in this appendix takes
precedence over AS/NZS 44474.1:2007.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
1.8 ‘‘Complete temperature cycle’’ means
a time period defined based upon the cycling
of compartment temperature that starts when
the compartment temperature is at a
maximum and ends when the compartment
temperature returns to an equivalent
maximum (within 0.5 °F of the starting
temperature), having in the interim fallen to
a minimum and subsequently risen again to
reach the second maximum. Alternatively, a
complete temperature cycle can be defined to
start when the compartment temperature is at
a minimum and end when the compartment
temperature returns to an equivalent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
*
*
*
*
*
1.11 ‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a
distinct sequence of control whose function
is to remove frost and/or ice from a
refrigerated surface. There may be variations
in the defrost control sequence such as the
number of defrost heaters energized. Each
such variation establishes a separate distinct
defrost cycle type. However, defrost achieved
regularly during the compressor off-cycles by
warming of the evaporator without active
heat addition, although a form of automatic
defrost, does not constitute a unique defrost
cycle type for the purposes of identifying the
test period in accordance with section 4 of
this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
1.14 ‘‘Ice storage bin’’ means a container
in which ice can be stored.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1.22 ‘‘Stable operation’’ means operation
after steady-state conditions have been
achieved but excluding any events associated
with defrost cycles. During stable operation
the average rate of change of compartment
temperature must not exceed 0.042 °F
(0.023 °C) per hour for all compartment
temperatures. Such a calculation performed
for compartment temperatures at any two
times, or for any two periods of time
comprising complete cycles, during stable
operation must meet this requirement.
(A) If compartment temperatures do not
cycle, the relevant calculation shall be the
difference between the temperatures at two
points in time divided by the difference, in
hours, between those points in time.
(B) If compartment temperatures cycle as a
result of compressor cycling or other cycling
operation of any system component (e.g., a
damper, fan, or heater), the relevant
calculation shall be the difference between
compartment temperature averages evaluated
for whole compressor cycles or complete
temperature cycles divided by the difference,
in hours, between either the starts, ends, or
mid-times of the two cycles.
*
*
*
*
*
1.24 ‘‘Through-the-door ice/water
dispenser’’ means a device incorporated
within the cabinet, but outside the boundary
of the refrigerated space, that delivers to the
user on demand ice and may also deliver
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
water from within the refrigerated space
without opening an exterior door. This
definition includes dispensers that are
capable of dispensing ice and water or ice
only.
*
2.
*
*
*
*
Test Conditions
2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement.
Temperature measuring devices shall be
shielded so that indicated temperatures are
not affected by the operation of the
condensing unit or adjacent units.
2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient
temperature shall be recorded at points
located 3 feet (91.5 cm) above the floor and
10 inches (25.4 cm) from the center of the
two sides of the unit under test. The ambient
temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1.0 °F (32.2 ±
0.6 °C) during the stabilization period and the
test period.
2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The
test room vertical ambient temperature
gradient in any foot of vertical distance from
2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or
supporting platform to a height of 1 foot (30.5
cm) above the top of the unit under test is
not to exceed 0.5 °F per foot (0.9 °C per
meter). The vertical ambient temperature
gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out
from the centers of the two sides of the unit
being tested is to be maintained during the
test. To demonstrate that this requirement
has been met, test data must include
measurements taken using temperature
sensors at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) from
the center of the two sides of the unit under
test at heights of 2 inches (5.1 cm) and 36
inches (91.4 cm) above the floor or
supporting platform and at a height of 1 foot
(30.5 cm) above the unit under test.
2.1.3 Platform. A platform must be used
if the floor temperature is not within 3 °F (1.7
°C) of the measured ambient temperature. If
a platform is used, it is to have a solid top
with all sides open for air circulation
underneath, and its top shall extend at least
1 foot (30.5 cm) beyond each side and front
of the unit under test and extend to the wall
in the rear.
2.2 Operational Conditions. The unit
under test shall be installed and its operating
conditions maintained in accordance with
HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see
§ 430.3), sections 5.3.2 through section
5.5.5.5 (excluding section 5.5.5.4).
Exceptions and clarifications to the cited
sections of HRF–1–2008 are noted in sections
2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
2.8 Rear Clearance.
(a) General. The space between the lowest
edge of the rear plane of the cabinet and a
vertical surface (the test room wall or
simulated wall) shall be the minimum
distance in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions, unless other
provisions of this section apply. The rear
plane shall be considered to be the largest flat
surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding
features that protrude beyond this surface,
such as brackets or compressors.
(b) Maximum clearance. The clearance
shall not be greater than 2 inches (51 mm)
from the lowest edge of the rear plane to the
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
vertical surface, unless the provisions of
paragraph (c) of this section apply.
(c) If permanent rear spacers or other
components that protrude beyond the rear
plane extend further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance, or if the highest edge of the rear
plane is in contact with the vertical surface
when the unit is positioned with the lowest
edge of the rear plane at or further than the
2 inch (51 mm) distance from the vertical
surface, the appliance shall be located with
the spacers or other components protruding
beyond the rear plane, or the highest edge of
the rear plane, in contact with the vertical
surface.
(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the
product has a flat rear-wall-mounted
condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted
condenser with all refrigerant tube
centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of
the condenser plane), and the area of the
condenser plane represents at least 25% of
the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet,
then the spacing to the vertical surface may
be measured from the lowest edge of the
condenser plane.
*
*
*
*
*
2.11 Refrigerators and RefrigeratorFreezers with Demand-Response Capability.
Refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers that
have a communication module for demandresponse functions that is located within the
cabinet shall be tested with the
communication module in the configuration
set at the factory just before shipping.
*
*
*
*
*
3. Test Control Settings
3.2 * * *
3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with
all compartment temperature controls set at
their median position midway between their
warmest and coldest settings. For mechanical
control systems, (a) knob detents shall be
mechanically defeated if necessary to attain
a median setting, and (b) the warmest and
coldest settings shall correspond to the
positions in which the indicator is aligned
with control symbols indicating the warmest
and coldest settings. For electronic control
systems, the test shall be performed with all
compartment temperature controls set at the
average of the coldest and warmest settings;
if there is no setting equal to this average, the
setting closest to the average shall be used.
If there are two such settings equally close to
22351
the average, the higher of these temperature
control settings shall be used. A second test
shall be performed with all controls set at
their warmest setting or all controls set at
their coldest setting (not electrically or
mechanically bypassed). For all-refrigerators,
this setting shall be the appropriate setting
that attempts to achieve compartment
temperatures measured during the two tests
that bound (i.e., one is above and one is
below) the standardized temperature for allrefrigerators. For refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers, the second test shall be
conducted with all controls at their coldest
setting, unless all compartment temperatures
measured during the first part of the test are
lower than the standardized temperatures, in
which case the second test shall be
conducted with all controls at their warmest
setting. Refer to Table 1 of this appendix for
all-refrigerators or Table 2 of this appendix
for refrigerators with freezer compartments
and refrigerator-freezers to determine which
test results to use in the energy consumption
calculation. If any compartment is warmer
than its standardized temperature for a test
with all controls at their coldest position, the
tested unit fails the test and cannot be rated.
TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR ALL-REFRIGERATORS
First test
Second test
Settings
Results
Settings
Results
Energy calculation based
on:
Mid .....................................
Low ...................................
Warm ................................
High ..................................
Cold ..................................
Low ...................................
High ..................................
Low ...................................
High ..................................
Second Test Only.
First and Second Tests.
First and Second Tests.
No Energy Use Rating.
TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERATORS WITH FREEZER COMPARTMENTS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS
First test
Second test
Energy calculation based
on:
Settings
Results
Settings
Results
Fzr Mid ..............................
FF Mid ...............................
Fzr Low .............................
FF Low .............................
Fzr Warm ..........................
FF Warm ..........................
Fzr Low .............................
FF Low.
Fzr Low .............................
FF High.
Fzr High ............................
FF Low.
Fzr High ............................
FF High.
Fzr Low .............................
FF High.
Fzr Low .............................
FF Low.
Fzr High ............................
FF Low.
Fzr Low .............................
FF Low.
Fzr Low .............................
FF Low.
Fzr Low .............................
FF High.
Fzr High ............................
FF Low.
Fzr High ............................
FF High.
Fzr Low .............................
FF High .............................
Fzr High ............................
FF Low .............................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Fzr High ............................
FF High .............................
Fzr Cold ............................
FF Cold .............................
Fzr Cold ............................
FF Cold .............................
Fzr Cold ............................
FF Cold .............................
Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Second Test Only.
First and Second Tests.
First and Second Tests.
First and Second Tests.
No Energy Use Rating.
First and Second Tests.
No Energy Use Rating.
First and Second Tests.
First and Second Tests.
No Energy Use Rating.
No Energy Use Rating.
No Energy Use Rating.
22352
*
*
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
*
*
*
3.3 Optional Test for Models with Two
Compartments and User Operable Controls.
As an alternative to section 3.2, perform three
tests such that the set of tests meets the
‘‘minimum requirements for interpolation’’ of
AS/NZS 44474.1:2007 (incorporated by
reference; see § 430.3) appendix M, section
M3, paragraphs (a) through (c) and as
illustrated in Figure M1. The target
temperatures txA and txB defined in section
M4(a)(i) of AS/NZ 44474.1:2007 shall be the
standardized temperatures defined in section
3.2 of this appendix.
4. Test Period
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
4.1 Non-automatic Defrost. If the model
being tested has no automatic defrost system,
the test period shall start after steady-state
conditions (see section 2.9 of this appendix)
have been achieved and be no less than three
hours in duration. During the test period, the
compressor motor shall complete two or
more whole compressor cycles. (A
compressor cycle is a complete ‘‘on’’ and a
complete ‘‘off’’ period of the motor.) If no
‘‘off’’ cycling occurs, the test period shall be
three hours. If fewer than two compressor
cycles occur during a 24-hour period, then a
single complete compressor cycle may be
used.
4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model being
tested has an automatic defrost system, the
test period shall start after steady-state
conditions have been achieved and be from
one point during a defrost period to the same
point during the next defrost period. If the
model being tested has a long-time automatic
defrost system, the alternative provisions of
section 4.2.1 may be used. If the model being
tested has a variable defrost control, the
provisions of section 4.2.2 shall apply. If the
model is a multiple-compressor product with
automatic defrost, the provisions of section
4.2.3 shall apply. If the model being tested
has long-time automatic or variable defrost
control involving multiple defrost cycle
types, such as for a product with a single
compressor and two or more evaporators in
which the evaporators are defrosted at
different frequencies, the provisions of
section 4.2.4 shall apply. If the model being
tested has multiple defrost cycle types for
which compressor run time between defrosts
is a fixed time of less than 14 hours for all
such cycle types, and for which the
compressor run times between defrosts for
different defrost cycle types are equal to or
multiples of each other, the test period shall
be from one point of the defrost cycle type
with the longest compressor run time
between defrosts to the same point during the
next occurrence of this defrost cycle type. For
such products not using the procedures of
section 4.2.4, energy consumption shall be
calculated as described in section 5.2.1.1 of
this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. For a
system with a cycling compressor, the second
part of the test starts at the termination of the
last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle. The
average temperatures of the fresh food and
freezer compartments measured from the
termination of the previous compressor ‘‘on’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
cycle to the termination of the last regular
compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must both be within
0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of their average temperatures
measured for the first part of the test. If any
compressor cycles occur prior to the defrost
heater being energized that cause the average
temperature in either compartment to deviate
from its average temperature for the first part
of the test by more than 0.5 °F (0.3 °C), these
compressor cycles are not considered regular
compressor cycles and must be included in
the second part of the test. As an example,
a ‘‘precooling’’ cycle, which is an extended
compressor cycle that lowers the
temperature(s) of one or both compartments
prior to energizing the defrost heater, must be
included in the second part of the test. The
test period for the second part of the test ends
at the termination of the first regular
compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle after both
compartment temperatures have fully
recovered to their stable conditions. The
average temperatures of the compartments
measured from this termination of the first
regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle until the
termination of the next regular compressor
‘‘on’’ cycle must both be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C)
of their average temperatures measured for
the first part of the test. See Figure 1. Note
that Figure 1 illustrates the concepts of
precooling and recovery but does not
represent all possible defrost cycles.
4.2.3 Multiple-compressor Products with
Automatic Defrost.
4.2.3.1 Measurement Frequency.
Measurements of power input, cumulative
electric energy consumption (watt-hours or
kilowatt-hours), and compartment
temperature shall be taken at regular
intervals not exceeding one minute.
4.2.3.2 Steady-state Condition. Steady
state shall be considered to have been
attained after 24 hours of operation after the
last adjustment of the temperature controls.
4.2.3.3 Primary Compressor. If at least
one compressor cycles, test periods shall be
based on compressor cycles associated with
the primary compressor system (these are
referred to as ‘‘primary compressor cycles’’).
If the freezer compressor cycles, it shall be
the primary compressor system.
4.2.3.4 Test Periods. The two-part test
described in this section shall be used. The
first part is a stable continuous period of
compressor operation that includes no
defrost cycles or events associated with a
defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery,
for any compressor system. The second part
is a continuous test period designed to
capture the energy consumed during all of
the events occurring with the defrost control
sequence that are outside of stable operation.
The second part of the test shall be
conducted separately for each automatic
defrost system present.
4.2.3.4.1 First Part of Test. If at least one
compressor cycles, the test period for the first
part of the test shall include a whole number
of complete primary compressor cycles
comprising at least 24 hours of stable
operation, unless a defrost occurs prior to
completion of 24 hours of stable operation,
in which case the first part of the test shall
include a whole number of complete primary
compressor cycles comprising at least 18
hours of stable operation. If no compressor
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cycles, the first part of the test shall comprise
at least 24 hours of stable operation, unless
a defrost occurs prior to completion of 24
hours of stable operation, in which case the
first part of the test shall comprise at least 18
hours of stable operation.
4.2.3.4.2 Second Part of Test. (a) If at least
one compressor cycles, the test period for the
second part of the test starts during stable
operation before all portions of the defrost
cycle, at the beginning of a complete primary
compressor cycle. The test period for the
second part of the test ends during stable
operation after all portions of the defrost
cycle, including recovery, at the termination
of a complete primary compressor cycle. The
start and stop for the test period shall both
occur either when the primary compressor
starts or when the primary compressor stops.
For each compressor system, the
compartment temperature averages for the
first and last complete compressor cycles that
lie completely within the second part of the
test must be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the
average compartment temperature measured
for the first part of the test. If any one of the
compressor systems is non-cycling, its
compartment temperature averages during
the first and last complete primary
compressor cycles of the second part of the
test must be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the
average compartment temperature measured
for the first part of the test.
(b) If no compressor cycles, the test period
for the second part of the test starts during
stable operation before all portions of the
defrost cycle, when the compartment
temperatures of all compressor systems are
within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of their average
temperatures measured for the first part of
the test. The test period for the second part
ends during stable operation after all portions
of the defrost cycle, including recovery,
when the compartment temperatures of all
compressor systems are within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C)
of their average temperatures measured for
the first part of the test.
5. Test Measurements
*
*
*
*
*
5.1 Temperature Measurements. (a)
Temperature measurements shall be made at
the locations prescribed in Figures 5.1 and
5.2 of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by
reference; see § 430.3) and shall be accurate
to within ±0.5 °F (0.3 °C). No freezer
temperature measurements need be taken in
an all-refrigerator model.
(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit
under test do not conform with those shown
in Figure 5.1 and 5.2 of HRF–1–2008, the
unit must be tested by relocating the
temperature sensors from the locations
specified in the figures to avoid interference
with hardware or components within the
unit, in which case the specific locations
used for the temperature sensors shall be
noted in the test data records maintained by
the manufacturer in accordance with 10 CFR
429.71, and the certification report shall
indicate that non-standard sensor locations
were used. If any temperature sensor is
relocated by any amount from the location
prescribed in Figure 5.1 or 5.2 of HRF–1–
2008 in order to maintain a minimum 1-inch
air space from adjustable shelves or other
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Where:
1440, EP1, T1, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2;
i = a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more that
identifies each individual compressor
system that has automatic defrost;
D = the total number of compressor systems
with automatic defrost;
EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours
during the second part of the test for
compressor system i;
T2i = length of time in minutes of the second
part of the test for compressor system i;
CTi = the compressor run time between
defrosts for compressor system i in hours
rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour,
for long-time automatic defrost control
equal to a fixed time in hours, and for
variable defrost control equal to
(CTLi × CTMi)/(F × (CTMi ¥ CTLi) + CTLi);
Where:
CTLi = for compressor system i, the shortest
compressor run time between defrosts used
in the variable defrost control algorithm
(greater than or equal to 6 but less than or
equal to 12 hours), or the shortest compressor
run time between defrosts observed for the
test (if it is shorter than the shortest run time
used in the control algorithm and is greater
than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the shortest
observed run time is less than 6 hours), in
hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an
hour;
CTMi = for compressor system i, the
maximum compressor run time between
defrosts in hours rounded to the nearest
tenth of an hour (greater than CTLi but
not more than 96 hours); and
F = default defrost energy consumption
factor, equal to 0.20.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
that is neither long-time nor variable defrost,
the compartment temperature shall be an
average of the measured temperatures taken
in a compartment during a stable period of
compressor operation that (a) includes no
defrost cycles or events associated with a
defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery,
(b) is no less than three hours in duration,
and (c) includes two or more whole
compressor cycles. If the compressor does
not cycle, the stable period used for the
temperature average shall be three hours in
duration.
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 * * *
5.2.1 * * *
5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The
energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per
day shall be calculated equivalent to:
ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × T2/
T1)) × (12/CT),
Where:
1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1,
T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2;
CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL);
CTL = the shortest compressor run time
between defrosts used in the variable
For variable defrost models with no values
for CTLi and CTMi in the algorithm, the
default values of 6 and 96 shall be used,
respectively.
*
*
*
*
*
5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit’s
total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be
measured in accordance with HRF–1–2008
(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3),
section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 4.3.
The measured volume shall include all
spaces within the insulated volume of each
compartment except for the volumes that
must be deducted in accordance with section
4.2.2 of HRF–1–2008, and be calculated
equivalent to:
VT = VF + VFF
Where:
VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet,
VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic
feet, and
VFF = fresh food compartment volume in
cubic feet.
(b) In the case of products with automatic
icemakers, the volume occupied by the
automatic icemaker, including its ice storage
bin, is to be included in the volume
measurement.
(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined
by physical measurement of the test unit.
Measurements and calculations used to
determine the total refrigerated volume shall
be retained as part of the test records
underlying the certification of the basic
model in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00035
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
defrost control algorithm (greater than or
equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12
hours), or the shortest compressor run
time between defrosts observed for the
test (if it is shorter than the shortest run
time used in the control algorithm and
is greater than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the
shortest observed run time is less than 6
hours), in hours rounded to the nearest
tenth of an hour;
CTM = maximum compressor run time
between defrosts in hours rounded to the
nearest tenth of an hour (greater than
CTL but not more than 96 hours);
F = ratio of per day energy consumption in
excess of the least energy and the
maximum difference in per-day energy
consumption and is equal to 0.20.
For variable defrost models with no values
for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the default
values of 6 and 96 shall be used, respectively.
5.2.1.4 Multiple-compressor Products
with Automatic Defrost. For multiplecompressor products, the two-part test
method in section 4.2.3.4 of this appendix
must be used. The energy consumption in
kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated
equivalent to:
6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test
Measurements
*
*
*
*
*
6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy
Consumption. The average per-cycle energy
consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed
in kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one
hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall be
calculated according to the sections below.
6.2.1 All-Refrigerator Models. The
average per-cycle energy consumption shall
depend upon the temperature attainable in
the fresh food compartment as shown below.
*
*
*
*
*
6.2.2 Refrigerators and RefrigeratorFreezers. The average per-cycle energy
consumption shall be defined in one of the
following ways as applicable.
6.2.2.1 If the fresh food compartment
temperature is at or below 39 °F (3.9 °C)
during both tests and the freezer
compartment temperature is at or below 15°F
(¥9.4 °C) during both tests of a refrigerator
or at or below 0°F (¥17.8 °C) during both
tests of a refrigerator-freezer, the average percycle energy consumption shall be:
E = ET1 + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle,
equals 0 (zero) for products without an
automatic icemaker, and equals 0.23 for
products with an automatic icemaker;
and
The number 1 indicates the test period
during which the highest freezer
compartment temperature was measured.
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
ER21AP14.014
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
components that could be relocated by the
consumer, this constitutes a relocation of
temperature sensors that shall be recorded in
the test data and reported in the certification
report as described above.
5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The
measured temperature of a compartment is
the average of all sensor temperature readings
taken in that compartment at a particular
point in time. Measurements shall be taken
at regular intervals not to exceed 4 minutes.
Measurements for products with multiplecompressor systems shall be taken at regular
intervals not to exceed one minute.
5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The
compartment temperature for each test
period shall be an average of the measured
temperatures taken in a compartment during
the test period as defined in section 4 of this
appendix. For long-time automatic defrost
models, compartment temperatures shall be
those measured in the first part of the test
period specified in section 4.2.1 of this
appendix. For models with variable defrost
controls, compartment temperatures shall be
those measured in the first part of the test
period specified in section 4.2.2 of this
appendix. For models with automatic defrost
22353
22354
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
6.2.2.2 If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do not
exist, the average per-cycle energy
consumption shall be defined by the higher
of the two values calculated by the following
two formulas:
E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/(TR2
¥ TR1)) + IET
and
E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (k ¥ TF1)/(TF2
¥ TF1)) + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
IET is defined in 6.2.2.1;
TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in
6.2.1.2;
TF = freezer compartment temperature
determined according to 5.1.4 in degrees
F; 39.0 is the standardized temperature
for fresh food compartments in degrees
F; and
k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 0.0 for
refrigerator-freezers, each being
standardized freezer compartment
temperatures in degrees F.
6.2.2.3 Optional Test for Models with
Two Compartments and User Operable
Controls. If the procedure of section 3.3 of
this appendix is used for setting temperature
controls, the average per-cycle energy
consumption shall be defined as follows:
E = Ex + IET
Where:
E is defined in 6.2.1.1;
IET is defined in 6.2.2.1; and
Ex is defined and calculated as described in
AS/NZS 44474.1:2007 (incorporated by
reference; see § 430.3) appendix M,
section M4(a). The target temperatures
txA and txB defined in section M4(a)(i) of
AS/NZS 44474.1:2007 shall be the
standardized temperatures defined in
section 3.2 of this appendix.
*
*
*
*
*
10. Appendix B to subpart B of part
430 is amended:
■ a. By revising the introductory text;
■ b. In section 1. Definitions, by:
■ i. Redesignating section 1.15 as 1.21;
■ ii. Redesignating section 1.14 as 1.19;
■ iii. Redesignating section 1.13 as 1.17;
■ iv. Redesignating section 1.12 as 1.16;
■ v. Redesignating section 1.11 as 1.15;
■ vi. Redesignating section 1.10 as 1.13;
■ vii. Redesignating section 1.9 as 1.11;
■ viii. Redesignating sections 1.6
through 1.8 as 1.7 through 1.9
respectively;
■ ix. Adding sections 1.6, 1.10, 1.12,
1.14, 1.18, and 1.20;
■ c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by;
■ i. Revising sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and
2.6;
■ ii. Adding sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3,
2.8, and 2.9;
■ d. Revising section 3.2.1 and Table 1
in section 3. Test Control Settings;
■ e. Revising sections 4.1 and 4.2.1.1 in
section 4. Test Period;
■ f. Revising sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 5.2.1.3,
and 5.3 in section 5. Test
Measurements;
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived
Results from Test Measurements, by:
■ i. Revising section 6.2;
■ ii. Removing section 6.2.1;
■ iii. Redesignating section 6.2.1.1 as
6.2.1 and revising the newly designated
section 6.2.1;
■ iv. Redesignating section 6.2.1.2 as
6.2.2 and revising the newly designated
section 6.2.2;
■ v. Redesignating section 6.2.2 as 6.2.3
and revising the newly designated
section 6.2.3.
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
■
Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 430—
Uniform Test Method for Measuring the
Energy Consumption of Freezers
Beginning on September 15, 2014, the test
procedures in appendix B must be used to
determine compliance with energy
conservation standards for freezers. Prior to
September 15, 2014, manufacturers may
continue to use appendix B1 or may elect to
use appendix B early to show compliance
with the September 15, 2014 energy
conservation standards. Manufacturers must
use a single appendix for all representations
of energy use of a basic model, including
certifications of compliance, and may not use
appendix B1 for certain representations and
appendix B for other representations.
1. Definitions
*
*
*
*
*
1.6 ‘‘Complete temperature cycle’’ means
a time period defined based upon the cycling
of compartment temperature that starts when
the compartment temperature is at a
maximum and ends when the compartment
temperature returns to an equivalent
maximum (within 0.5 °F of the starting
temperature), having in the interim fallen to
a minimum and subsequently risen again to
reach the second maximum. Alternatively, a
complete temperature cycle can be defined to
start when the compartment temperature is at
a minimum and end when the compartment
temperature returns to an equivalent
minimum (within 0.5 °F of the starting
temperature), having in the interim risen to
a maximum and subsequently fallen again to
reach the second minimum.
*
*
*
*
*
1.10 ‘‘Ice storage bin’’ means a container
in which ice can be stored.
*
*
*
*
*
1.12 ‘‘Precooling’’ means operating a
refrigeration system before initiation of a
defrost cycle to reduce one or more
compartment temperatures significantly
(more than 0.5 °F) below its minimum during
stable operation between defrosts.
*
*
*
*
*
1.14 ‘‘Recovery’’ means operating a
refrigeration system after the conclusion of a
defrost cycle to reduce the temperature of
one or more compartments to the
temperature range that the compartment(s)
exhibited during stable operation between
defrosts.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00036
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
1.18 ‘‘Stable operation’’ means operation
after steady-state conditions have been
achieved but excluding any events associated
with defrost cycles. During stable operation
the average rate of change of compartment
temperature must not exceed 0.042 °F (0.023
°C) per hour. Such a calculation performed
for compartment temperatures at any two
times, or for any two periods of time
comprising complete cycles, during stable
operation must meet this requirement.
(a) If compartment temperatures do not
cycle, the relevant calculation shall be the
difference between the temperatures at two
points in time divided by the difference, in
hours, between those points in time.
(b) If compartment temperatures cycle as a
result of compressor cycling or other cycling
operation of any system component (e.g., a
damper, fan, or heater), the relevant
calculation shall be the difference between
compartment temperature averages evaluated
for whole compressor cycles or complete
temperature cycles divided by the difference,
in hours, between either the starts, ends, or
mid-times of the two cycles.
*
*
*
*
*
1.20 ‘‘Through-the-door ice/water
dispenser’’ means a device incorporated
within the cabinet, but outside the boundary
of the refrigerated space, that delivers to the
user on demand ice and may also deliver
water from within the refrigerated space
without opening an exterior door. This
definition includes dispensers that are
capable of dispensing ice and water or ice
only.
*
*
*
*
*
2. Test Conditions
2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement.
Temperature measuring devices shall be
shielded so that indicated temperatures are
not affected by the operation of the
condensing unit or adjacent units.
2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient
temperature shall be recorded at points
located 3 feet (91.5 cm) above the floor and
10 inches (25.4 cm) from the center of the
two sides of the unit under test. The ambient
temperature shall be 90.0 ±1.0 °F (32.2 ±0.6
°C) during the stabilization period and the
test period.
2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The
test room vertical ambient temperature
gradient in any foot of vertical distance from
2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or
supporting platform to a height of 1 foot (30.5
cm) above the top of the unit under test is
not to exceed 0.5 °F per foot (0.9 °C per
meter). The vertical ambient temperature
gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out
from the centers of the two sides of the unit
being tested is to be maintained during the
test. To demonstrate that this requirement
has been met, test data must include
measurements taken using temperature
sensors at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) from
the center of the two sides of the unit under
test at heights of 2 inches (5.1 cm) and 36
inches (91.4 cm) above the floor or
supporting platform and at a height of 1 foot
(30.5 cm) above the unit under test.
2.1.3 Platform. A platform must be used
if the floor temperature is not within 3 °F (1.7
°C) of the measured ambient temperature. If
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
a platform is used, it is to have a solid top
with all sides open for air circulation
underneath, and its top shall extend at least
1 foot (30.5 cm) beyond each side and front
of the unit under test and extend to the wall
in the rear.
2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer
shall be installed and its operating conditions
maintained in accordance with HRF–1–2008
(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3),
sections 5.3.2 through section 5.5.5.5 (but
excluding sections 5.5.5.2 and 5.5.5.4). The
quick freeze option shall be switched off
except as specified in section 3.1 of this
appendix. Additional clarifications are noted
in sections 2.3 through 2.9 of this appendix.
2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat
heater switch is to be on during one test and
off during a second test. In the case of a
freezer with variable anti-sweat heater
control, the standard cycle energy use shall
be the result of the calculation described in
6.2.3.
*
*
*
*
*
2.6 Rear Clearance.
(a) General. The space between the lowest
edge of the rear plane of the cabinet and a
vertical surface (the test room wall or
simulated wall) shall be the minimum
distance in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions, unless other
provisions of this section apply. The rear
plane shall be considered to be the largest flat
surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding
features that protrude beyond this surface,
such as brackets or compressors.
(b) Maximum clearance. The clearance
shall not be greater than 2 inches (51 mm)
from the lowest edge of the rear plane to the
vertical surface, unless the provisions of
subsection (c) of this section apply.
(c) If permanent rear spacers or other
components that protrude beyond the rear
plane extend further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance, or if the highest edge of the rear
plane is in contact with the vertical surface
when the unit is positioned with the lowest
edge of the rear plane at or further than the
2 inch (51 mm) distance from the vertical
surface, the appliance shall be located with
the spacers or other components protruding
beyond the rear plane, or the highest edge of
the rear plane, in contact with the vertical
surface.
(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the
product has a flat rear-wall-mounted
condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted
condenser with all refrigerant tube
centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of
the condenser plane), and the area of the
condenser plane represents at least 25% of
the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet,
then the spacing to the vertical surface may
be measured from the lowest edge of the
condenser plane.
*
*
*
*
*
2.8 Freezers with Demand-Response
Capability. Freezers that have a
communication module for demand-response
functions that is located within the cabinet
shall be tested with the communication
module in the configuration set at the factory
just before shipping.
2.9 For products that require the freezer
compartment to be loaded with packages in
accordance with section 5.5.5.3 of HRF–1–
2008, the number of packages comprising the
75% load shall be determined by filling the
compartment completely with the packages
that are to be used for the test, such that the
packages fill as much of the usable
refrigerated space within the compartment as
is physically possible, and then removing
from the compartment a number of packages
so that the compartment contains 75% of the
packages that were placed in the
compartment to completely fill it. If
multiplying the total number of packages by
0.75 results in a fraction, the number of
packages used shall be rounded to the nearest
whole number, rounding up if the result ends
in 0.5. For multi-shelf units, this method
shall be applied to each shelf. For both
single- and multi-shelf units, the remaining
packages shall be arranged as necessary to
provide the required air gap and
thermocouple placement. The number of
packages comprising the 100% and 75%
22355
loading conditions shall be recorded in the
test data maintained in accordance with 10
CFR 429.71.
3. Test Control Settings
*
*
*
*
*
3.2 * * *
3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with
all temperature controls set at their median
position midway between their warmest and
coldest settings. For mechanical control
systems, (a) knob detents shall be
mechanically defeated if necessary to attain
a median setting, and (b) the warmest and
coldest settings shall correspond to the
positions in which the indicator is aligned
with control symbols indicating the warmest
and coldest settings. For electronic control
systems, the test shall be performed with all
compartment temperature controls set at the
average of the coldest and warmest settings;
if there is no setting equal to this average, the
setting closest to the average shall be used.
If there are two such settings equally close to
the average, the higher of these temperature
control settings shall be used. A second test
shall be performed with all controls set at
either their warmest or their coldest setting
(not electrically or mechanically bypassed),
whichever is appropriate, to attempt to
achieve compartment temperatures measured
during the two tests that bound (i.e., one is
above and one is below) the standardized
temperature. If the compartment
temperatures measured during these two
tests bound the standardized temperature,
then these test results shall be used to
determine energy consumption. If the
compartment temperature measured with all
controls set at their coldest setting is above
the standardized temperature, the tested unit
fails the test and cannot be rated. If the
compartment temperature measured with all
controls set at their warmest setting is below
the standardized temperature, then the result
of this test alone will be used to determine
energy consumption. Also see Table 1 of this
appendix, which summarizes these
requirements.
TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR FREEZERS
First test
Second test
Settings
Results
Settings
Results
Energy calculation based
on:
Mid .....................................
Low ...................................
Warm ................................
High ..................................
Cold ..................................
Low ...................................
High ..................................
Low ...................................
High ..................................
Second Test Only.
First and Second Tests.
First and Second Tests.
No Energy Use Rating.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
4. Test Period
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
4.1 Non-automatic Defrost. If the model
being tested has no automatic defrost system,
the test period shall start after steady-state
conditions (see section 2.7 of this appendix)
have been achieved and be no less than three
hours in duration. During the test period, the
compressor motor shall complete two or
more whole compressor cycles. (A whole
compressor cycle is a complete ‘‘on’’ and a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
complete ‘‘off’’ period of the motor.) If no
‘‘off’’ cycling occurs, the test period shall be
three hours. If less than two compressor
cycles occur during a 24-hour period, then a
single complete compressor cycle may be
used.
*
*
*
*
*
4.2 * * *
4.2.1 * * *
4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. For a
system with a cycling compressor, the second
part of the test starts at the termination of the
last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle. The
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
average temperature of the compartment
measured from the termination of the
previous compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle to the
termination of the last regular compressor
‘‘on’’ cycle must be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of
the average temperature of the compartment
measured for the first part of the test. If any
compressor cycles occur prior to the defrost
heater being energized that cause the average
temperature in the compartment to deviate
from the average temperature for the first part
of the test by more than 0.5 °F (0.3 °C), these
compressor cycles are not considered regular
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
22356
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
compressor cycles and must be included in
the second part of the test. As an example,
a ‘‘precooling’’ cycle, which is an extended
compressor cycle that lowers the
compartment temperature prior to energizing
the defrost heater, must be included in the
second part of the test. The test period for the
second part of the test ends at the
termination of the first regular compressor
‘‘on’’ cycle after the compartment
temperatures have fully recovered to their
stable conditions. The average temperature of
the compartment measured from this
termination of the first regular compressor
‘‘on’’ cycle until the termination of the next
regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must be
within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the average
temperature of the compartment measured
for the first part of the test. See Figure 1. Note
that Figure 1 illustrates the concepts of
precooling and recovery but does not
represent all possible defrost cycles.
*
*
*
*
*
5. Test Measurements
*
*
*
*
*
5.1 Temperature Measurements. (a)
Temperature measurements shall be made at
the locations prescribed in Figure 5.2 of
HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see
§ 430.3) and shall be accurate to within ±0.5
°F (0.3 °C).
(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit
under test do not conform with those shown
in Figure 5.2 of HRF–1–2008, the unit may
be tested by relocating the temperature
sensors from the locations specified in the
figures to avoid interference with hardware
or components within the unit, in which case
the specific locations used for the
temperature sensors shall be noted in the test
data records maintained by the manufacturer
in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71, and the
certification report shall indicate that nonstandard sensor locations were used. If any
temperature sensor is relocated by any
amount from the location prescribed in
Figure 5.2 of HRF–1–2008 in order to
maintain a minimum 1-inch air space from
adjustable shelves or other components that
could be relocated by the consumer, this
constitutes a relocation of temperature
sensors that shall be recorded in the test data
and reported in the certification report as
described above.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The
compartment temperature for each test
period shall be an average of the measured
temperatures taken in a compartment during
the test period as defined in section 4 of this
appendix. For long-time automatic defrost
models, compartment temperature shall be
that measured in the first part of the test
period specified in section 4.2.1 of this
appendix. For models with variable defrost
controls, compartment temperature shall be
that measured in the first part of the test
period specified in section 4.2.2 of this
appendix. For models with automatic defrost
that is neither long-time nor variable defrost,
the compartment temperature shall be an
average of the measured temperatures taken
in a compartment during a stable period of
compressor operation that (a) includes no
defrost cycles or events associated with a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:01 Apr 18, 2014
Jkt 232001
defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery,
(b) is no less than three hours in duration,
and (c) includes two or more whole
compressor cycles. If the compressor does
not cycle, the stable period used for the
temperature average shall be three hours in
duration.
*
*
*
*
*
5.2 * * *
5.2.1 * * *
5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The
energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per
day shall be calculated equivalent to:
ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × T2/
T1)) × (12/CT),
Where:
1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1,
T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2;
CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL);
CTL = the shortest compressor run time
between defrosts used in the variable
defrost control algorithm (greater than or
equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12
hours), or the shortest compressor run
time between defrosts observed for the
test (if it is shorter than the shortest run
time used in the control algorithm and
is greater than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the
shortest observed run time is less than 6
hours), in hours rounded to the nearest
tenth of an hour;
CTM = maximum compressor run time
between defrosts in hours rounded to the
nearest tenth of an hour (greater than
CTL but not more than 96 hours);
F = ratio of per day energy consumption in
excess of the least energy and the
maximum difference in per-day energy
consumption and is equal to 0.20.
For variable defrost models with no values
for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the default
values of 6 and 96 shall be used, respectively.
*
*
*
*
*
5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit’s
total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be
measured in accordance with HRF–1–2008
(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3),
section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 4.3.
The measured volume shall include all
spaces within the insulated volume of each
compartment except for the volumes that
must be deducted in accordance with section
4.2.2 of HRF–1–2008.
(b) In the case of freezers with automatic
icemakers, the volume occupied by the
automatic icemaker, including its ice storage
bin, is to be included in the volume
measurement.
(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined
by physical measurement of the test unit.
Measurements and calculations used to
determine the total refrigerated volume shall
be retained as part of the test records
underlying the certification of the basic
model in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
*
*
*
*
*
6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test
Measurements
*
*
*
*
*
6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy
Consumption. The average per-cycle energy
consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed
in kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour, and shall be
calculated according to the sections below.
6.2.1 If the compartment temperature is
always below 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C), the average
per-cycle energy consumption shall be
equivalent to:
E = ET1 + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
The number 1 indicates the test period
during which the highest compartment
temperature is measured; and
IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle,
equals 0 (zero) for products without an
automatic icemaker, and equals 0.23 for
products with an automatic icemaker.
6.2.2 If one of the compartment
temperatures measured for a test period is
greater than 0.0 °F (17.8 °C), the average percycle energy consumption shall be equivalent
to:
E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (0.0 ¥ TF1)/(TF2
¥ TF1)) + IET
Where:
IET is defined in 6.2.1 and ET is defined in
5.2.1;
TF = freezer compartment temperature
determined according to 5.1.3 in degrees
F;
The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements
taken during the first and second test
period as appropriate; and
0.0 = standardized compartment temperature
in degrees F.
6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models.
The standard cycle energy consumption of a
freezer with a variable anti-sweat heater
control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt-hours per
day, shall be calculated equivalent to:
Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is
determined by 6.2.1, or 6.2.2, whichever
is appropriate, with the anti-sweat heater
switch in the ‘‘off’’ position or, for a
product without an anti-sweat heater
switch, the anti-sweat heater in its
lowest energy use state.
Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater Power
× System-loss Factor) × (24 hrs/1 day) ×
(1 kW/1000 W)
Where:
Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater
Watts at 5%RH)
+ 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH)
+ 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH)
+ 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH)
+ 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH)
+ 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH)
+ 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH)
+ 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH)
+ 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH)
+ 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH)
Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity
= the nominal watts used by all heaters
at that specific relative humidity, 72 °F
ambient (22.2 °C), and DOE reference
freezer (FZ) average temperature of 0 °F
(¥17.8 °C).
System-loss Factor = 1.3
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2014–08644 Filed 4–18–14; 8:45 a.m.]
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\21APR3.SGM
21APR3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 76 (Monday, April 21, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 22319-22356]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-08644]
[[Page 22319]]
Vol. 79
Monday,
No. 76
April 21, 2014
Part V
Department of Energy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Parts 429 and 430
Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 76 / Monday, April 21, 2014 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 22320]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Parts 429 and 430
[Docket No. EERE-2012-BT-TP-0016]
RIN 1904-AC76
Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: On July 10, 2013, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) issued a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) to amend the test procedures for
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. That proposed
rulemaking serves as the basis for this action. This final rule amends
the test procedure that will be required for the testing of these
products starting on September 15, 2014. The amendments include test
procedures for products with multiple compressors and an alternative
method for measuring and calculating energy consumption for
refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators with freezer compartments. DOE
is also amending certain aspects of the test procedure in order to
ensure better test accuracy and repeatability. This final rule does not
address the proposal's approach regarding the measurement of energy use
associated with ice making, nor does it address the proposed treatment
of built-in products, as DOE plans to address these topics in a future
rule.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is May 21, 2014. Manufacturers
will be required to use the amendments made in this rule to rate their
products starting October 20, 2014.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in
this rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of May
21, 2014.
ADDRESSES: The docket, which includes Federal Register notices, public
meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting
documents/materials, is available for review at regulations.gov. All
documents in the docket are listed in the regulations.gov index.
However, some documents listed in the index, such as those containing
information that is exempt from public disclosure, may not be publicly
available.
A link to the docket Web page can be found at: https://www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2012-BT-TP-0016. This is a
link to the docket Web page for this final rule on the regulations.gov
site. The regulations.gov Web page contains simple instructions on how
to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
For further information on how to review the docket, contact Ms.
Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945 or by email:
Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Program, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington,
DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-1317. Email: Lucas.Adin@ee.doe.gov.
Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General
Counsel, GC-71, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-
0121. Telephone: (202) 586-8145. Email: Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
This final rule incorporates by reference into part 430 the
following standard:
AS/NZS 44474.1:2007, Performance of household electrical
appliances--Refrigerating appliances, Part 1: Energy consumption and
performance, Second edition, published August 15, 2007.
Interested parties can purchase copies of Australian/New Zealand
standards at https://www.standards.org.au/SearchandBuyAStandard/Pages/default.aspx.
Table of Contents
I. Authority and Background
II. Summary of the Final Rule
III. Discussion
A. Products Covered by the Final Rule
B. Compliance Dates for the Amended Test Procedures
C. Test Procedure Amendments Incorporated in This Final Rule
1. Multiple-compressor Test
2. Triangulation
3. Anti-Circumvention Language
4. Incomplete Cycling
5. Correction of Temperature Measurement Period
6. Mechanical Temperature Controls
7. Ambient Temperature Gradient
8. Elimination of Reporting of Product Height
9. Definitions Associated With Defrost Cycles
10. Measurement of Product Volume Using Computer-Aided Design
Models
11. Corrections to Temperature Setting Logic Tables
12. Minimum Compressor Run-Time Between Defrosts for Variable
Defrost Models
13. Treatment of ``Connected'' Products
14. Changes to Confidentiality of Certification Data
15. Package Loading
16. Product Clearance to the Wall During Testing
17. Other Minor Corrections
18. Relocation of Shelving for Temperature Sensors
D. Other Matters Related to the Test Procedure and Discussion of
Proposals not Adopted in this Final Rule
1. Icemaking Test Procedure
2. Built-In Refrigeration Products
3. Specific Volume Measurement Issues
4. Treatment of Products That Are Operable as a Refrigerator or
Freezer
5. Stabilization Period
E. Compliance With Other EPCA Requirements
1. Test Burden
2. Changes in Measured Energy Use
3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration
Act of 1974
M. Congressional Notification
N. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Authority and Background
Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (42
U.S.C. 6291, et seq.; ``EPCA'' or ``the Act'') sets forth a variety of
provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. (All references to
EPCA refer to the statute as amended through the American Energy
Manufacturing Technical Corrections Act (AEMTCA), Public Law 112-210
(Dec. 18, 2012).) Part B of title III, which for editorial reasons was
redesignated as Part A upon incorporation into the U.S. Code (42 U.S.C.
6291-6309, as codified), establishes the ``Energy Conservation Program
for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles.'' These consumer products
include refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers
(collectively, ``refrigeration products''), the subject of this final
rule. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1))
Under EPCA, the energy conservation program consists essentially of
four parts: (1) Testing, (2) labeling, (3) Federal energy conservation
standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. The
testing requirements consist of test procedures that manufacturers of
covered products must use as the basis for (1) certifying to DOE that
their products comply with the
[[Page 22321]]
applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA, and (2)
making representations about the efficiency of those products.
Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the
products comply with any relevant standards promulgated under EPCA.
By way of background, the National Appliance Energy Conservation
Act of 1987 (NAECA), Public Law 100-12, amended EPCA by including,
among other things, performance standards for refrigeration products.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(b)) On November 17, 1989, DOE amended these performance
standards for products manufactured on or after January 1, 1993. 54 FR
47916. DOE subsequently published a correction to revise these new
standards for three product classes. 55 FR 42845 (October 24, 1990).
DOE again updated the performance standards for refrigeration products
on April 28, 1997, for products manufactured starting on July 1, 2001.
62 FR 23102.
EISA 2007 amended EPCA by requiring DOE to publish a final rule
determining whether to amend the energy conservation standards for
refrigeration products manufactured starting in 2014. (42 U.S.C.
6295(b)(4)) Consistent with this requirement, DOE initiated an effort
to consider amendments to the standards for refrigeration products. As
part of this effort, DOE issued a framework document on September 18,
2008, that discussed the various issues involved with amending the
standards and potential changes to the test procedure. 73 FR 54089. DOE
later prepared preliminary analyses that examined in greater detail the
impacts amended standards would be likely to have on a national basis.
DOE published a notice of public meeting (NOPM) to initiate a
discussion of these analyses, 74 FR 58915 (Nov. 16, 2009), and held a
public meeting on December 10, 2009, to discuss its preliminary
findings. At that meeting, and in submitted written comments,
interested parties indicated that the energy conservation standards for
refrigeration products should address the energy use associated with
automatic icemakers. They added, however, that a test procedure to
measure icemaking energy use had not yet been sufficiently developed to
provide a basis for the standards. (Energy Conservation Standards for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, Docket No. EERE-
2008-BT-STD-0012; American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy
(ACEEE), No. 46 at p. 1; California Investor Owned Utilities (IOUs),
No. 39 at p. 2; LG, No. 44 at pp. 2-3; Natural Resources Defense
Council (NRDC), No. 42 at p. 2; Northeast Energy Efficiency Partnership
(NEEP), No. 41 at p. 1; Northwest Power and Conservation Council
(NPCC), No. 36 at p. 1; Sub-Zero, No. 43 at pp. 2-3; Appliance
Standards Awareness Project (ASAP), Public Meeting Transcript, No. 30
at pp. 28-29; Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (AHAM), No.
37 at p. 2; General Electric, No. 40 at p. 1)
DOE also initiated a test procedure rulemaking to help address a
variety of test procedure-related issues identified in the energy
conservation standard rulemaking's framework document by publishing a
notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) on May 27, 2010. 75 FR 29824
(hereafter referred to as ``the May 2010 NOPR''). The May 2010 NOPR
proposed to use a fixed value of 84 kilowatt-hours (kWh) per year to
represent the icemaking energy use for those refrigeration products
equipped with automatic icemakers. The NOPR also indicated that DOE
would consider adopting an approach based on testing to determine
icemaking energy use if a suitable test procedure could be developed.
(Id. at 29846-29847) A broad group of stakeholders \1\ submitted a
joint comment supporting DOE's proposal to use a temporary fixed
placeholder value to represent the energy use of automatic icemakers.
It also urged DOE to initiate a rulemaking no later than January 1,
2012, and publish a final rule no later than December 31, 2012, to
amend the test procedures to incorporate a laboratory-based measurement
of icemaking energy use. The joint comment further recommended that DOE
publish a final rule by July 1, 2013, and amend the energy conservation
standards scheduled to take effect in 2014 to account for the
differences in energy use of icemakers measured using the new test
procedure as compared with the 84 kWh per year fixed placeholder value.
(Test Procedure for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers,
Docket Number EERE-2009-BT-TP-0003; Joint Comment, No. 20 at 5-6)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The signatories to these comments included the Association
of Home Appliance Manufacturers, the American Council for an Energy-
Efficient Economy, the Natural Resources Defense Council, the
Alliance to Save Energy, the Alliance for Water Efficiency, the
Appliance Standards Awareness Project, the Northwest Power and
Conservation Council, the Northeast Energy Efficiency Partnerships,
the Consumer Federation of America, the National Consumer Law
Center, Earthjustice, and the California Energy Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In keeping with the timeline suggested in the joint comment, AHAM
provided DOE in early January 2012 with a draft test procedure that
could be used to measure automatic icemaker energy usage. (AHAM
Refrigerator, Refrigerator-Freezer and Freezer Ice Making Energy Test
Procedure, Revision 1.0--12/14/11,\2\ No. 4) Subsequently, consistent
with the suggestions made by commenters and DOE's previously stated
intentions, DOE initiated work to develop the NOPR that was published
on July 10, 2013. Prior to the NOPR's publication, AHAM had drafted a
revised test procedure and submitted it to DOE for consideration on
July 18, 2012. (AHAM Refrigerator, Refrigerator-Freezer and Freezer Ice
Making Energy Test Procedure, Revision 2.0--7/10/12,\3\ No. 5) The
proposal in the July 10, 2013 NOPR (``July 2013 NOPR'') sought to
improve the accuracy of certain aspects of the test procedure that DOE
had recently promulgated in 2012. The NOPR proposed a method for
measurement of the energy usage associated with icemaking, which was
based on the revised approach suggested by AHAM. The NOPR also proposed
several other test procedure amendments designed to clarify the test
procedures, adopt a test method for multiple-compressor products based
on an approach DOE had previously permitted certain manufacturers to
use through test procedure waivers, and allow use of an alternative
test method for products with both fresh food and freezer compartments
with separate temperature controls.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Subsequently referred to as ``AHAM Draft Test Procedure''.
\3\ Subsequently referred to as ``AHAM Revised Draft Test
Procedure''.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In response to the NOPR, AHAM submitted comments to DOE requesting
that DOE grant its members more time to respond to (1) the proposal for
measurement of energy usage associated with icemaking and (2) DOE's
request for comment regarding testing of built-in products in a built-
in configuration. (AHAM, No. 24 at p. 1) DOE granted the comment period
extension request for these two topics. See 78 FR 53374 (Aug. 29,
2013). After having carefully considered these additional comments, DOE
is finalizing an approach that temporarily declines to address the
proposed icemaking test procedure amendments and the comments received
regarding built-in products, while implementing the remainder of its
proposal.
Based on available data, this final rule is not expected to alter
the measured energy use of any covered product as measured under the
existing test procedures in Appendices A and B. Thus, these changes do
not require an amendment to the energy conservation standards with
which these products
[[Page 22322]]
must comply beginning on September 15, 2014. Additional details
regarding the adjustments made in this final rule are discussed below.
General Test Procedure Rulemaking Process
Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures
DOE follows when prescribing or amending test procedures for covered
products. EPCA provides that any test procedures prescribed or amended
under this section shall be reasonably designed to produce test results
that measure the energy efficiency, energy use or estimated annual
operating cost of a covered product during a representative average use
cycle or period of use and shall not be unduly burdensome to conduct.
(42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3))
In addition, if DOE determines that a test procedure amendment is
warranted, DOE must publish proposed test procedures and offer the
public an opportunity to present oral and written comments on them. (42
U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)) Finally, in any rulemaking to amend a test
procedure, DOE must first determine to what extent, if any, the
proposed test procedure would alter the measured energy efficiency of
any covered product as determined under the existing test procedure.
(42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) If DOE determines that the amended test
procedure would alter the measured efficiency of a covered product,
EPCA specifies the manner in which to amend the applicable energy
conservation standard. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2))
This final rule amends the test procedures that manufacturers must
use to demonstrate compliance with the energy conservation standards
starting on September 15, 2014 (i.e., 10 CFR part 430, subpart B,
appendices A and B). DOE has determined that none of the amendments to
the test procedures adopted in this final rule change the measured
energy use of the products that will be required to use the prescribed
testing methods. DOE's analyses demonstrate that the amendments to
Appendices A and B, including the incorporation of an optional
``triangulation'' method, will not affect measured energy use to an
extent that would necessitate a change to any of the energy
conservation standards for the products that would be affected by this
rule. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)(2)) To demonstrate the effects of these
amendments under consideration, the July 2013 NOPR discussed the
anticipated impacts adopted by this rule. This evaluation is discussed
in further detail in section III.E.2 of this final rule.
Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers
DOE's test procedures for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers
are found at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendices A1 (currently in
effect) and A (required for rating products starting September 15,
2014). These procedures are the result of numerous evolutionary steps
taken since DOE initially established its test procedures for
refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers in a final rule published in
the Federal Register on September 14, 1977. See 42 FR 46140. See also
78 FR 41612-41613 (July 10, 2013) (detailing the regulatory history of
the DOE test procedures for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers).
On December 16, 2010, DOE issued a final and interim final rule
that laid out a revised test procedure for refrigeration products. See
75 FR 78809. That rule established a new Appendix A, via an interim
final rule. The new Appendix A included a number of comprehensive
changes to help improve the measurement of energy consumption of
refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. These changes included, among
other things: (1) Adding new compartment temperatures and volume-
adjustment factors, (2) adding new methods for measuring compartment
volumes, (3) modifying the long-time automatic defrost test procedure
to ensure that the test procedure measures all energy use associated
with the defrost function, and (4) adding test procedures for products
with a single compressor and multiple evaporators with separate active
defrost cycles. DOE noted that the compartment temperature changes
introduced by Appendix A would significantly impact the measured energy
use and affect the calculated adjusted volume and energy factor (i.e.,
adjusted volume divided by energy use) values. Lastly, the interim
final rule addressed icemaking energy use by including a fixed value
for manufacturers to add when calculating the energy consumption of
those products equipped with an automatic icemaker. Using available
data submitted by the industry, this value was set at 84 kWh per year.
See 75 FR 78810, 78859 and 78871 (Dec. 16, 2010) (specifying the daily
value of 0.23 kWh for products equipped with an automatic icemaker).\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Multiplying 0.23 by 365 days per year yields 84 kWh.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Freezers
DOE's test procedures for freezers are found at 10 CFR part 430,
subpart B, appendices B1 (currently in effect) and B (required for the
rating of products starting in 2014). As with refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers, these procedures are the result of numerous
evolutionary steps taken since DOE established its test procedures for
freezers in a final rule published in the Federal Register on September
14, 1977. See 42 FR 46140. See also 78 FR 41612-41613 (July 10, 2013)
(detailing the regulatory history of the DOE test procedures for
freezers).
As with refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, the December 16,
2010 notice also clarified testing requirements for freezers under
Appendix B1 and created a new Appendix B, the latter of which must be
used starting in September 2014. That new test procedure changed a
number of aspects of the procedure detailed in Appendix B1, including,
among other things: (1) The freezer volume adjustment factor, (2)
methods for measuring compartment volumes, and (3) the long-time
automatic defrost test procedure. In addition, Appendix B addresses
icemaking energy use by implementing for freezers the same procedure
adopted for refrigerator-freezers; parties must apply a fixed energy
use value when calculating the energy consumption of freezers with
automatic icemakers. 75 FR 78810.
Finalization of the Test Procedure Rulemaking for Products Manufactured
Starting in 2014
The December 2010 interim final rule established comprehensive
changes to the manner in which refrigeration products are tested by
creating new Appendices A and B. In addition to the changes discussed
above, these new appendices also include the modifications to
Appendices A1 and B1 that were finalized and adopted on December 16,
2010. DOE provided an initial comment period on the interim final rule,
which ended on February 14, 2011, and subsequently reopened the comment
period on September 15, 2011 (76 FR 57612) to allow for further public
feedback in response to the promulgation of the final energy
conservation standards that were published on the same day. 76 FR
57516. This re-opening permitted interested parties to comment on the
interplay between the test procedures and the energy conservation
standards, and provided DOE with additional information to consider
before making any final changes to the test procedures of Appendices A
and B prior to their mandatory use. 76 FR 57612-57613. That comment
period ended on October 17, 2011.
DOE also considered comments related to a petition for a test
procedure waiver that had a direct bearing on elements of the test
procedures used in
[[Page 22323]]
Appendix A. See 76 FR 16760 (March 25, 2011) (Petition No. RF-018,
Samsung Electronics America, Inc. (Samsung)).
During the comment periods that DOE provided, interested parties
raised a number of issues for DOE to consider. The submitted comments
included the following suggested changes: (1) Modifying the test
procedure for multiple-compressor systems to reduce test burden; (2)
modifying the test period for the second part of the test for products
with long-time or variable defrost to assure proper accounting of all
energy use associated with defrost; (3) developing separate test
procedures and standards for products combining wine storage with fresh
food compartments; (4) allowing an alternative three-test interpolation
approach as an option to potentially improve measurement accuracy at
the cost of greater test burden for those manufacturers choosing to use
it; (5) adjusting the test procedure's anti-circumvention provisions;
and (6) adjusting the default values for CTL and
CTM (the longest and shortest duration of compressor run
time between defrosts) used in the energy use equations for products
that do not have defined values for these parameters in their control
algorithms. (Test Procedure for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers,
and Freezers, Docket Number EERE-2009-BT-TP-0003; Sub-Zero, No. 42;
AHAM, No. 43, Whirlpool, No. 44) Stakeholders recommended that all of
these changes be adopted as part of Appendices A and B. In the final
rule published on January 25, 2012 (``January 2012 Final Rule''), DOE
considered the changes recommended by stakeholders. 77 FR 3559. DOE
declined to adopt certain changes recommended for Appendices A and B
because the nature of those recommendations had not, in DOE's view,
been presented in a manner that would have afforded the public with a
sufficient opportunity to comment on those issues. (Id.)
Nevertheless, after finalizing the rule setting out Appendices A
and B, DOE reviewed these various suggestions and considered including
them as part of the test procedures for refrigeration products. As a
result of this review, DOE proposed some of these recommended
amendments in the July 2013 NOPR. In that NOPR, DOE proposed (1)
modified test procedures for products with multiple-compressor systems,
(2) use of an alternative method for measuring and calculating energy
use at standardized temperatures for refrigerator-freezers and
refrigerators with freezer compartments, and (3) the modification of
the anti-circumvention language currently applicable to testing of
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. This final rule
adopts these proposed amendments into the test procedures.
Waivers
DOE granted a limited number of petitions for waiver from the test
procedures for refrigeration products between the publication of the
December 2010 final rule and the publication of the July 2013 NOPR. On
January 10, 2012, DOE published a decision and order (D&O) responding
to two waiver petitions from Samsung addressing products with multiple
defrost cycle types. 77 FR 1474. That notice prescribed a procedure to
account for the energy use from the multiple defrost cycles of a
single-compressor-based system. The approach is identical to the
procedure established for Appendix A in the January 25, 2012 Final
Rule. 77 FR 3559. DOE also issued a D&O that granted a waiver to GE
Appliances (GE) to use the same test procedure for similar products.
See 77 FR 75426 (Dec. 20, 2012) (GE waiver). In effect, these waivers
permit these companies to test certain products that, due to their
characteristics, cannot be tested according to the prescribed test
procedure (i.e., Appendix A1) or for which use of the prescribed test
procedure evaluates the model in a manner so unrepresentative of its
true energy consumption characteristics as to provide materially
inaccurate comparative data. (See 10 CFR 430.27(a)(1))
DOE also granted a waiver to Sub-Zero, Inc. (Sub-Zero) to address
that company's multiple-compressor products. See 77 FR 5784 (Feb. 6,
2012) (Sub-Zero waiver). That waiver permitted Sub-Zero to use the same
test procedure that AHAM had recommended that DOE adopt for both
Appendix A1 and Appendix A. (Test Procedure for Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, Docket Number EERE-2009-BT-TP-
0003; AHAM, No. 43 at pp. 2-3) DOE also granted similar waivers
permitting the use of the same procedure to GE, LG, and Samsung.\5\
This final rule adopts a test procedure for multiple-compressor
products that is based on the initial Sub-Zero waiver procedure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ See 78 FR 18327 (March 26, 2013) (LG Decision and Order), 78
FR 35899 (June 14, 2013) (Samsung Decision and Order), and 78 FR
38699 (June 27, 2013) (GE Decision and Order).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, on August 16, 2012, DOE granted a waiver to Sanyo E&E
Corporation (Sanyo) to address a hybrid refrigeration product, i.e., a
product combining wine storage compartments in a product otherwise
defined by DOE as a refrigerator. See 77 FR 49443 (D&O granting Sanyo's
petition for waiver (Sanyo waiver)). The waiver cites a guidance
document that DOE published in February 2011, which indicates that
products combining a wine storage compartment and a fresh food
compartment are considered refrigerators and should be tested as
such.\6\ The waiver further explains that the Sanyo hybrid product
cannot be tested with its wine storage compartment at the standardized
temperature required for testing refrigerators using Appendix A1 (i.e.,
38[emsp14][deg]F), and that doing so would result in a non-
representative energy use measurement. Hence, DOE granted Sanyo's
request that it be allowed to test its product using a standardized
temperature of 55 [deg]F for the wine storage compartment. Id. Because
the Sanyo waiver is based upon testing in accordance with the Appendix
A1 test procedure, it will terminate on September 15, 2014, when use of
the Appendix A1 test procedure is no longer permitted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ This guidance is posted in DOE's online Guidance and FAQ
database, and is available for viewing at https://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After DOE grants a waiver, the agency must, pursuant to its waiver
provisions, initiate a rulemaking to amend its regulations to eliminate
the continued need for the waiver. 10 CFR 430.27 (m). This final rule
addresses this requirement for the Sub-Zero waiver by amending Appendix
A to include a test procedure for multiple-compressor products that is
based on the Sub-Zero waiver procedure. The Sub-Zero, Samsung, LG, and
GE waivers for multiple-compressor products will terminate on September
15, 2014, the same date that manufacturers must use the test procedures
in Appendix A for testing. DOE does not currently anticipate that
additional products on the market with single-compressor-based systems
using multiple defrost cycles will be introduced prior to September 15,
2014, since it is DOE's understanding that this is a system design
unique to those manufacturers who are currently covered by these
waivers. Hence, at this time, DOE will not amend Appendix A1 to include
this particular alternative test procedure.
Stakeholder Summary
At the public meeting held on July 25, 2013, DOE discussed the
NOPR, detailed the proposed revisions, and solicited oral comments from
meeting
[[Page 22324]]
participants. Numerous stakeholders attended the meeting and/or
provided written comments. These parties are identified in Table I.1
below.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ Because the comments of Michael Fitzgibbon and Allen
Cornelison address subjects not associated with the proposals
detailed in the NOPR, this rule will not discuss those comments in
detail.
Table I-1--Stakeholders That Submitted Comments on the Interim Final Rule
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Written
Name Acronym Type * Oral comments comments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Association of Home Appliance AHAM................... IR [squ] [squ]
Manufacturers.
BSH Home Appliances Corporation..... BSH.................... M .............. [squ]
Felix Storch, Inc................... FSI.................... M .............. [squ]
GE Appliances & Lighting............ GE..................... M [squ] [squ]
Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration PAPRSA................. M [squ] [squ]
Systems Corporation of America.
American Council for an Energy- ACEEE.................. EA [squ]
Efficient Economy.
Sub Zero Group, Inc................. Sub Zero............... M .............. [squ]
Whirlpool Corporation............... Whirlpool.............. M [squ] [squ]
Michael Fitzgibbon.................. Mr. Fitzgibbon......... I .............. [squ]
Allen Cornelison.................... Mr. Cornelison......... I .............. [squ]
Liebherr-Canada Ltd................. Liebherr............... M .............. [squ]
Underwriters Laboratory............. UL..................... TL [squ]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* IR: Industry Representative; M: Manufacturer; EA: Efficiency/Environmental Advocate; I: Individual; TL: Test
Laboratory.
II. Summary of the Final Rule
DOE's most recent amendments to the test procedures for
refrigeration products made a number of significant improvements. Even
with these amendments, there remained a number of pending issues that
DOE was unable to address. This final rule addresses those remaining
issues and finalizes the test procedure for manufacturers to use when
certifying their basic models as compliant with the energy conservation
standards starting on September 15, 2014. In finalizing these
procedures, DOE accounted for comments interested parties made in
response to the July 2013 NOPR. These amendments will not result in a
significant change in measured energy use as compared with the test
procedures as established by the previous January 2012 Final Rule.
Some of the improvements in this final rule could also have been
implemented in the current test procedures as well as the procedures
that will be required for certification starting September 15, 2014.
However, the current test procedures will continue to be used only for
a limited time. Hence, DOE did not make any substantive amendments to
these test procedures, which are contained in Appendices A1 and B1.
(The notice does, however, include amendments that would correct
certain cross-references in these appendices to sections of 10 CFR Part
429.) The amendments and issues that have been adopted are summarized
in Section III.
This rule makes a series of changes that include incorporation of a
multiple-compressor test procedure, an optional triangulation test
procedure, and other clarifications to the test procedure. This
rulemaking does not address the ice making test procedure and built-in
testing topics due to the more complex analysis required to evaluate
the merits of the proposals. DOE also extended the comment period for
those topics, as requested by interested parties. DOE expects to
publish a separate final rule addressing those topics after the
extended comment period comes to a close.
III. Discussion
This final rule contains a number of amendments to the
refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezer test procedures. The
following section discusses in further detail the various issues
addressed by this final rule. Table III-1 below lists the subsections
of this section and indicates where the amendments are located. Section
A identifies the products covered by the final rule; section B
specifies the compliance dates that apply to the amendments; section C
discusses the key test procedure amendments made in this final rule;
section D discusses additional test procedure topics, including DOE
interpretations of certain test procedure issues; and section E
discusses compliance of the final rule with other EPCA requirements.
Table III-1--Discussion Subsections
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affected appendices
Section Title ---------------------------------
A B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III.A..................................... Products Covered by the Final Rule No changes
---------------------------------
III.B..................................... Compliance Dates for the Amended X X
Test Procedures.
III.C.1................................... Multiple-compressor Test.......... X ...............
III.C.2................................... Triangulation..................... X ...............
---------------------------------
III.C.3................................... Anti-Circumvention Language....... *
---------------------------------
III.C.4................................... Incomplete Cycling................ X X
III.C.5................................... Correction of Temperature X X
Measurement Period.
III.C.6................................... Mechanical Temperature Controls... X X
III.C.7................................... Ambient Temperature Gradient...... X X
[[Page 22325]]
III.C.8................................... Elimination of Reporting of X X
Product Height.
---------------------------------
III.C.9................................... Definitions Associated with **
Defrost Cycles.
---------------------------------
III.C.10.................................. Measurement of Product Volume X X
using Computer-Aided Design
Models.
III.C.11.................................. Corrections to Temperature Setting X X
Logic Tables.
III.C.12.................................. Default Minimum Compressor Run- X X
Time Between Defrosts for
Variable Defrost Models.
III.C.13.................................. Treatment of ``Connected'' X X
Products.
---------------------------------
III.C.14.................................. Changes to Confidentiality of ***
Certification Data.
---------------------------------
III.C.15.................................. Package Loading................... ............... X
III.C.16.................................. Rear Clearance During Testing..... X X
III.C.17.................................. Other Minor Corrections [dagger].. X X
III.C.19.................................. Relocation of Shelving............ X X
---------------------------------
III.D.1................................... Icemaking
III.D.2................................... Built-In Products
III.D.3................................... Volume Measurement Issues
III.D.4................................... Treatment of Products That are No changes
Operable as a Refrigerator or
Freezer
III.D.5................................... Stabilization Period
III.E.1................................... Test Burden
III.E.2................................... Change in Measured Energy Use
III.E.3................................... Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This amendment appears in 10 CFR 430.23, but affects testing using all four appendices.
** This amendment appears in 10 CFR 429.14, but affects certification reporting for products tested using
Appendices A and B.
*** This amendment includes proposed modifications to 10 CFR 429.14.
[dagger] This section also discusses an amendment to 10 CFR 430.2.
A. Products Covered by the Final Rule
These amendments cover those products that meet the definition for
refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or freezer, as codified in 10 CFR
430.2. The definitions for refrigerator and refrigerator-freezer were
amended in the December 16, 2010 final rule. See 75 FR 78817 and 78848.
B. Compliance Dates for the Amended Test Procedures
The amendments in this final rule are made to sections 429.14,
429.72, 429.134, 430.2, 430.3, and 430.23 and in Appendices A and B.
Manufacturers are required to use the amendments made to Appendices A
and B to rate their products starting October 20, 2014.
Some of the proposed amendments that aim to improve measurement
accuracy by clarifying certain aspects of the test procedures or to
reduce test burden could potentially be considered for adoption in the
current test procedures (i.e., Appendices A1 and B1). However, these
appendices will be obsolete after September 15, 2014, so DOE did not
propose to amend them. DOE requested comments on this approach in the
July 2013 NOPR. No stakeholders indicated that DOE should adopt any of
the proposed amendments in the current test procedures. Whirlpool
commented that it did not support making changes to Appendices A1 and
B1. (Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 2) This final rule does not make any
changes to the current test procedures of Appendices A1 and B1.
The proposed amendments that apply to Appendices A and B will be
effective 30 days after issuance of a final rule, but manufacturers
will not be required to use this procedure until September 15, 2014.
Beginning on that date, Appendices A and B will be mandatory for
certifying that products comply with the applicable energy conservation
standards and for making representations regarding the energy use or
operating costs of covered refrigeration products. Pursuant to guidance
issued by DOE on June 29, 2012,\8\ DOE permits manufacturers to use
Appendices A and B before this 2014 date if they choose to do so,
provided that they indicate in their certification submissions that
their ratings are based on Appendix A or B and that the products comply
with the 2014 standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ This and other DOE guidance documents are located in the
Guidance and Frequently Asked Questions database, at https://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Test Procedure Amendments Incorporated in This Final Rule
1. Multiple-compressor Test
DOE proposed to replace the existing dual compressor test
procedures in Appendix A with test procedures for multiple-compressor
products, based on procedures developed by Sub-Zero and AHAM and
permitted for use in test procedure waivers for Sub-Zero (see 77 FR
5784 (Feb. 6, 2012)), GE (see 78 FR 38699 (June 27, 2010)), Samsung
(see 78 FR 35901 (June 14, 2013)), and LG Electronics, Inc. (see 78 FR
18327 (Mar. 26, 2013)). The July 2013 NOPR discussed the necessity of
using a unique test procedure to accommodate multiple-compressor
products to reduce the so-called ``truncation error'' that can occur
when measuring the energy use of multiple compressors whose cycles are
not synchronized. 78 FR 41629-30 (July 10, 2013). The following
sections discuss each aspect of DOE's proposal and the changes
finalized in this final rule.
Multiple-Compressor Definition
DOE proposed to define the term ``multiple-compressor'' in lieu of
the term ``dual compressor'' to provide general applicability to all
refrigeration products that have more than one compressor. Although DOE
is not aware
[[Page 22326]]
of any current refrigeration products with more than two sealed
compressor systems, taking this broader approach in defining this
particular term would ensure that products using more than two sealed
refrigeration systems that might be manufactured and sold in the future
are addressed by DOE's regulations. Because DOE did not receive any
comments objecting to this proposal, and for the reasons discussed
above, DOE is adopting its proposed definition of ``multiple-
compressor'' products in a new section 1.16 of Appendix A.
Temperature Cycles
DOE proposed to allow test periods for multiple-compressor
refrigeration products to be determined based on compartment
temperatures as an alternative to relying on compressor cycles. For
multiple-compressor products, it may be difficult to determine which
individual compressor is associated with events such as compressor
cycle starts and stops. Thus, reliably identifying individual
compressor cycles by examining power measurement data may prove
difficult. As an alternative, DOE proposed to permit test periods to be
selected based on the cycles of the compartment temperatures associated
with the compressor systems. In proposing this alternative approach,
DOE expressed its belief that complete temperature cycles are
equivalent to complete compressor cycles because temperature cycle
endpoints coincide nearly exactly with the relevant compressor cycle
endpoints. Since the operation of the compressor causes the
refrigeration system to reduce compartment temperatures, compressor and
temperature cycles are inherently equivalent. In general, these
temperature cycles would coincide with their corresponding compressor
cycles (i.e., the compartment temperature falls as the compressor
operates and rises when the compressor is not operating). However,
using an approach based on temperature cycles may be easier to apply
because the compartment temperature measurements of separate compressor
systems are not combined like total product power inputs are,
potentially making identification of test periods easier than when
using the power input measurements to identify compressor cycles.
In its comments on the NOPR, GE opposed DOE's proposal. It
indicated that using temperature cycles instead of compressor cycles to
determine the endpoints of a test period could impact the measured
energy use. GE provided data demonstrating that the impact on the
overall energy use measurement could be as large as 9.6 percent in some
cases. (GE, No. 31 at p. 2) AHAM also opposed DOE's proposal for five
reasons: (1) Temperature and compressor cycles do not always correlate
with each other, (2) selecting temperature cycle starts and stops are
more subjective than for compressor cycles, (3) unlike compressor
cycles, temperature cycles could not be used for every product, (4)
variable speed compressor products may not have true temperature cycles
reflective of operation, and (5) software for identifying temperature
cycle maxima and minima would be complicated to develop and may rely on
compressor cycles. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 11-12)
DOE notes that it proposed its temperature cycle-based approach
based on the belief that the approach may be beneficial in some
circumstances, by making identification of appropriate cycles easier.
However, the stakeholder comments clearly indicate that allowing this
alternative is unnecessary and, in some cases, potentially detrimental
to the accuracy of the energy consumption measurement of a given
product. Accordingly, DOE is not adopting its proposed temperature
cycle approach and is continuing to require that the identification of
test periods be accomplished using compressor cycles.
However, DOE will adopt the proposed definition for temperature
cycles. As described later in section III.C.9, DOE's definition for
``stable operation'' allows for confirmation of stability for products
with non-cycling compressors that have cycling temperatures; the
concept of temperature cycles is needed for this reason and is being
adopted.
Measurement Frequency
The current test procedure allows compartment temperature
measurements to be taken at up to four-minute intervals (See Appendix
A, sections 2.9 and 5.1.1). This approach, because of its lower
measurement precision, permits more truncation error to occur while
testing multiple-compressor products than would occur with shorter
measurement intervals. Truncation error occurs when a test period
comprising a whole number of one compressor's cycles includes an
incomplete portion of the other compressor's cycles. The test
procedures developed by Sub-Zero and AHAM reduce the potential
magnitude of truncation error by requiring the measurements of
multiple-compressor systems to be recorded at regular intervals not to
exceed one minute. (Test Procedure for Residential Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, Docket No. EERE-2009-BT-TP-0003,
AHAM, No. 43 at p. 3) Therefore, the July 2013 NOPR proposed to
decrease the maximum time between subsequent measurements by decreasing
the time period between intervals to not exceed one minute in duration
when testing multiple-compressor products.
Both AHAM and GE supported DOE's proposal to increase the
measurement frequency to at least once per minute. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
12; GE, No. 31 at p. 3) With no stakeholder opposition to DOE's
proposal, DOE is adopting its proposal that the measurement frequency
for multiple-compressor products be no less than once per minute to
limit truncation error.
Neither the test procedure contained in the dual- and multiple-
compressor test procedure waivers (e.g., the Sub-Zero waiver) nor the
NOPR proposal explicitly indicated which measurements would be required
to be recorded every minute. It is DOE's understanding that the data
collected on a once-per-minute basis would include product power input,
product energy use, and compartment temperature. These are the
measurements that would require higher-frequency collection in order to
improve the precision of the energy use measurement: The power input
measurement is needed to identify the applicable test period (i.e., the
time when compressors stop and start), and the measured energy use and
compartment temperature are used in the calculation of annual energy
use. To improve the clarity of the data collection requirement, this
final rule clarifies that the requirement for once-per minute
acquisition frequency applies to these three measurements. These
changes appear in a new section 4.2.3.1 of Appendix A, which addresses
measurement frequency for multiple-compressor products.
Stabilization Period
DOE proposed to apply the stabilization requirement of section 2.9
of Appendix A to multiple-compressor products instead of requiring the
24-hour stabilization period that is used in recent waivers. (The
stabilization requirement in Appendix A, required for single-compressor
products, stipulates that the average rate of temperature change of the
product's compartments must not exceed 0.042 [deg]F per hour.) DOE
proposed use of the section 2.9 approach for multiple-compressor
products to reduce the burden when testing these products, the majority
of which achieve stabilization in under 24 hours, and to ensure that
[[Page 22327]]
the existing stabilization requirement is met for any product that
requires more than 24 hours to achieve stabilization. The proposal
would also have allowed the use of temperature cycles rather than
compressor cycles to determine steady-state conditions, for example,
for products that might have non-cycling compressors but whose
compartment temperatures may cycle.
GE and AHAM opposed the DOE proposed stabilization requirements for
multiple-compressor products, claiming such products have no true
stabilization period. (GE, No. 31 at p. 4; AHAM, No. 30 at p. 13) DOE
notes that all products have a period of operation after plug-in or a
change in temperature settings during which compartment temperatures
gradually approach and eventually equate with, or at least fluctuate
near, the targeted temperatures determined by user operable controls.
The test procedures have specific provisions to ensure that
measurements are made during stable operation. This is true even for
the test procedures for multiple-compressor products that are covered
under waivers.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ See, e.g., ``Decision and Order Granting a Waiver to GE
Appliances From the Department of Energy Residential Refrigerator
and Refrigerator-Freezer Test Procedures'', Case No. RF-029, 78 FR
38699 (June 27, 2013). This waiver test procedure has specific
requirements for stability and steady state, including, for example,
``Steady State for EP1: The temperature average for the first and
last compressor cycle of the test period must be within 1.0 degrees
F (0.6 degrees C) of the test period temperature average for each
compartment.'' (Id. at pp. 38700-1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nevertheless, DOE believes that the 24-hour stabilization
requirement found in these waivers--and as suggested by commenters--
would adequately ensure stabilization is achieved for multiple-
compressor products. DOE notes that commenters have suggested that
reducing the test burden associated with a 24-hour duration for the
stabilization period is less important than avoiding the potential
complications that may arise from added test procedure complexity when
verifying stability. Therefore, this final rule adopts the longer, but
simpler, 24-hour stabilization period for multiple-compressor products,
as recommended by AHAM and GE. Because the stabilization period will be
a fixed number of hours, the proposed use of temperature cycles as an
alternative to compressor cycles to define the stabilization period is
unnecessary and is not adopted.
First Part of the Test
For multiple-compressor products with at least two cycling
compressors, DOE proposed that the first part of the test last at least
24 hours with no defrost cycle interruption. For cases in which defrost
cycles do not allow a full 24-hour test period, the July 2013 NOPR
proposed allowing a shorter 18-hour test period. In other words, if a
potential test period extends to only 18 hours before being interrupted
by a defrost, this 18-hour test period could be used as the first part
of the test rather than waiting for the next period of operation
between defrosts, which would add at least a day to the test time.
However, if the initial candidate test period extends fully to 24-hours
before being interrupted by a defrost, the full 24 hours would be used
for the test period. DOE did not propose to adopt AHAM's approach,
which allows aggregating multiple separate segments of running time to
increase the total test period time to accrue the minimum of 24 hours.
DOE explained that each individual segment of running time would
introduce its own truncation error, thus defeating the purpose of
requiring a long 24-hour test period. After quantifying the maximum
possible truncation error for refrigerators in the DOE test sample, DOE
tentatively determined that allowing an 18-hour period would be a
reasonable compromise to balance test burden and accuracy.
In response to the DOE proposal, AHAM indicated that DOE's approach
would be more complicated than the waiver approach and that some
products may require several weeks of testing to satisfy the minimum
18-hour requirement of the proposal. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.14) AHAM also
stated that the energy use differences presented in the NOPR showing
the difference between AHAM's aggregated approach and the proposed
single-segment approach were not necessarily entirely attributable to
truncation error. (Id.) In addition, AHAM stated that DOE may have
proposed not to allow multiple segments because DOE is concerned about
test circumvention. (Id.) AHAM also stated that it did not agree with
DOE's characterization of the maximum of one percent error in the
energy measurement as insignificant, asserting that such measurement
error could represent the difference between a product satisfying or
failing to meet the energy conservation standards. (Id.)
While a one percent error may, in certain cases, potentially be
significant, increasing the precision of a test can also introduce
additional test burden, and the competing demands of precision and
managing test burden generally require that compromises be made in
establishing test procedures. It is for this reason that DOE proposed
that the first part of the test be a continuous period of stable
operation. As described in the NOPR, DOE's analysis shows that
truncation error can approach and/or exceed one percent of the
measurement when the first part of the test is allowed to be less than
24 hours and/or when the first part of the test is allowed to include
separate time periods, each with an average duration under 24 hours.
(The average duration of the time period would be the total test period
time divided by the number of time segments used (e.g., the average
duration would be 12 hours if two intervals were used to comprise a 24-
hour test period).) If two time segments are included in a 24-hour
total test period, two truncation events are included, and the
potential truncation error is twice as large compared to a single,
continuous period of stable operation. Likewise, if three segments are
used, the potential truncation error is three times as large.
DOE notes that the analysis presented in the NOPR calculates
truncation error directly--it does not represent multiple measurements
for which other parameters might affect the measurement, as suggested
by AHAM. See 78 FR 41633 (July 10, 2013).
DOE believes that allowing an 18-hour test period would be an
acceptable compromise between test precision and test burden in cases
in which a defrost interrupts a candidate test period. Rather than
require waiting through the defrost and the next 24 hours of steady
operation, DOE decided to adopt an approach that allows use of the 18-
hour period as the test period for the first part of the test. In so
doing, DOE opted to make a small reduction in precision to avoid having
to add 24 hours or more test time. On the other hand, if defrosting
does not interrupt a candidate test period, allowing it to extend to 24
hours, the additional six hours of test time would be justified to
enhance the test precision. This is why DOE proposed to allow the 18-
hour test period only when the test period is interrupted by a defrost.
AHAM stated that some products could require weeks of extra testing
to sufficiently satisfy even a requirement of an 18-hour minimum
duration for the test period. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 14) However, AHAM did
not provide sufficient detail regarding this possibility to allow
quantification of the related test burden. To the extent that a product
cannot obtain 18 hours of steady operation between defrosts,
alternative test methods for such products may have to be developed. As
indicated by AHAM, should a one percent error occur with test periods
shorter than 18 hours or with test periods comprised of separate
running
[[Page 22328]]
periods, such an error could potentially make the difference between
compliance and non-compliance for a borderline-compliant product.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 15) Consequently, it would be inadvisable to allow
the potential error to be greater than this by allowing use of multiple
run segments or a reduction in the minimum test period duration. To
mitigate this risk, this final rule retains the first-part test period
requirements proposed in the NOPR. In response to AHAM's comment
regarding circumvention, DOE notes that although the agency is
concerned about circumvention, DOE evaluated the proposal primarily
based on balancing test precision and test burden.
The July 2013 NOPR also proposed that products with cycling
compressors be tested using a test period for the first part of the
test comprising a whole number of compressor or temperature cycles of a
``primary'' compressor. DOE proposed that the freezer compressor would
be considered the ``primary'' compressor if it cycles, and the fresh
food compressor would be considered the ``primary'' compressor if the
freezer compressor does not cycle. The test procedures of the multiple-
compressor product waivers require that the test period for the first
part of the test consist of a whole number of freezer compressor
cycles.\10\ The proposal was consistent with the waiver procedure,
except that it specified that the test period would be based on cycles
of the fresh food compressor if the freezer compressor does not cycle.
DOE received no comments on this topic, other than AHAM's objection to
the use of temperature cycles, which is discussed above. As a result,
DOE will adopt the proposal for basing the first-part test period on
the cycles of a primary compressor, and the proposed requirement for
selecting the primary compressor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ See, e.g., ``Decision and Order Granting a Waiver to GE
Appliances From the Department of Energy Residential Refrigerator
and Refrigerator-Freezer Test Procedures'', Case No. RF-029, 78 FR
38699, 38700 (June 27, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lastly, the July 2013 NOPR proposed to require that the first part
of the test be a period of stable operation. AHAM strongly opposed this
approach, arguing that it would be too restrictive, particularly for
products with variable speed compressors. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 15) AHAM
indicated that ``it does not matter whether the product reaches
stability during that period or not--stability is not needed for the
existing waiver approach.'' AHAM further indicated that DOE should not
mandate the design of products by requiring stability. (Id.) The DOE
test procedures--including those set forth in DOE waivers for multiple-
compressor products \11\--have specific provisions to ensure that
measurements are made during stable operation. DOE further notes that
in the waiver test procedures, the test period for the first part of
the test, ``is calculated for a whole number of freezer compressor
cycles . . .'' and that testers are instructed to, ``make this
determination [i.e., that the unit under test has reached steady state
for the first part of the test] for the fresh food compartment for the
fresh food compressor cycles closest to the start and end of the test
period.'' 78 FR 38700, 38701 (June 27, 2013). This language clearly
implies that it is written for a system with cycling compressors, and
that it requires stability to ensure that compartment temperatures do
not rise or fall significantly during the test period. The DOE
proposal, being based on the test procedure waivers, is consistent with
the requirement for stability, but it also anticipates the potential
for non-cycling compressors by providing a method to verify steady
operation for the first part of the test for such products. The test
procedure established by this final rule retains this approach. If
there are products in existence that cannot properly be tested using
this method, DOE believes that they would also not be properly tested
using the waiver test procedure and, hence, DOE believes such products
would require a different waiver with a different alternative test
procedure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ See, e.g., ``Decision and Order Granting a Waiver to GE
Appliances From the Department of Energy Residential Refrigerator
and Refrigerator-Freezer Test Procedures'', Case No. RF-029, 78 FR
38699 (June 27, 2013). This waiver test procedure has specific
requirements for stability and steady state, including, for example,
``Steady State for EP1: The temperature average for the first and
last compressor cycle of the test period must be within 1.0 degrees
F (0.6 degrees C) of the test period temperature average for each
compartment.'' Id. at pp. 38700-1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second Part of the Test
For the second part of the test, the July 2013 NOPR proposed a test
period in which either the starting or stopping of the compressor can
be used to determine both the beginning and end of the test period. For
example, if a compressor start is used to determine the beginning of a
test period, a later compressor start would be used to determine the
end of the test period. Alternatively, a test period could begin and
end when the compressor stops. Thus, a test period could extend from a
compressor start to a compressor start or a compressor stop to a
compressor stop, but not from a compressor start to a compressor stop
or vice versa. In addition, the start and end of the test period must
take place during stable operation before and after the target defrost
cycle. DOE did not propose a 24-hour test period for the second part of
the test because it concluded that increasing the period duration would
not reduce the magnitude of the truncation error that might occur. 78
FR 41634-41636 (July 10, 2013).
The DOE proposal for multiple-compressor systems was consistent
with Appendix A's requirement that the test period for the second part
of the test for products with long-time or variable defrost must start
and end during stable operation. Appendix A requires that the
compartment temperatures for the compressor cycles prior to and after
the second part of the test be within 0.5 [deg]F of their temperature
averages for the first part of the test (See Appendix A, section
4.2.1.1), as opposed to the 1.0 [deg]F requirement of the Sub-Zero
waiver and the AHAM proposal. DOE stated in the July 2013 NOPR that
this same tolerance for ensuring that the test period does not include
any events associated with the defrost cycle (such as precooling or
recovery) should apply to multiple-compressor systems as well as
single-compressor systems because the events before, during, and after
the defrost cycles of both types of products have the same basic
functions (removing frost from the evaporator) and same basic control
sequence (optional precooling, heating, temperature recovery). However,
DOE proposed a multiple-compressor system test procedure that would
also require that the compressor cycles examined to confirm stable
operation at the start and end of the second part of the test be the
first and last compressor cycles (or temperature cycles) within the
test period, consistent with the granted waivers. DOE believed that
this approach would better ensure that the test period begins and ends
during stable operation because the examination of compressor or
temperature cycles would occur within the test period, and would not
involve cycles that may fall outside the test period. In the special
case where there are no cycling compressors, DOE proposed to require
that the test period start and end when the compartment temperatures
are within 0.5 [deg]F of their averages for the first part of the test,
which is also consistent with the Appendix A test procedure (See
Appendix A, section 4.2.1.2).
Both AHAM and GE supported DOE's attempt to reduce the burden of
the second part of the test for multiple-compressor products by not
requiring that the test period last 24 hours.
[[Page 22329]]
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 15; GE, No. 31 at p. 5) However, AHAM and GE
indicated that DOE's dataset was not large enough to support the
proposal as is. (Id.) AHAM also stated that DOE's proposal would cause
an equal number of (if not more) concerns and complexity. (Id.)
However, rather than detailing any specific concerns, AHAM recommended
that DOE adopt the approach for the second part of the test found in
the test procedure waivers for multiple-compressor products. AHAM
offered to develop an improved procedure in the future.
Although the stakeholders did not clarify which aspect of DOE's
proposal could not be supported by the limited dataset, DOE assumes
that the key issue was the reduction of the test period for the second
part of the test, eliminating the need for a duration of 24 hours. DOE
notes that its conclusion that the 24-hour duration was unnecessary was
based primarily on consideration of the energy use equations, and that
its supporting data served as confirmation and demonstration of its
initial conclusions that a 24-hour test period duration did not improve
test accuracy. As discussed in the July 2013 NOPR, the term in the
energy use equation that represents the contribution of defrost is not
divided by the duration of the second part of the test, as is the term
in the equation that represents the contribution of steady-state
operation, which is divided by the duration of the first part of the
test. This means that any truncation error introduced when measuring
the energy usage for the second part of the test would not be reduced
by selecting a longer test period, as would occur for the first part of
the test. While DOE would not object to testers using continuous test
periods as long as 24 hours for the second part of the test, DOE
believes that combining multiple non-continuous running periods to
accrue 24 hours of test period duration is inappropriate, because
adding any additional running period has the potential to add
additional truncation error to the calculation. Hence, DOE is adopting
its proposed approach for the second part of the test for multiple-
compressor products.
One-Part Test Simplification
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed a one-part test for multiple-
compressor products for which (a) only one compressor system has
automatic defrost and (b) that defrost is neither long-time defrost nor
variable defrost. DOE noted in the July 2013 NOPR that the proposed
test period would start at a point during a defrost period and end at
the same point during the subsequent defrost period, which is the same
approach taken by the existing test procedure for single-compressor
products with automatic defrost that is neither long-time nor variable
(See Appendix A, section 4.2). DOE proposed using a single test period
to minimize the test burden for products with short-time automatic
defrost for only one of the compressor systems.
GE commented that it is not aware of these types of products. (GE,
No. 31 at p. 4) AHAM also questioned whether there are enough (or any)
products that satisfy DOE's description to warrant a separate procedure
or whether it would instead be sufficient to use the existing waiver
approach. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 13) DOE proposed this simplification to
reduce test burden. However, the stakeholder comments indicate that
there is no need for such a reduction in burden, due to the lack of
applicable products, so DOE is not adopting this proposal. Instead, all
products will have to be tested using the two-part test method as
described in this final rule.
Test Simplifications for Tests With One or No Cycling Compressors
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed another test simplification for
multiple-compressor products with either one or no cycling compressors.
That proposal would allow use of the provisions in sections 4.1 and 4.2
of Appendix A for the first and second part of the test. Specifically,
if only one of the compressors cycles, the test period for the first
part of the test would be at least three hours long and comprise two or
more complete cycles of the cycling compressor. Further, if none of the
compressors cycle, the test period for the first part of the test would
be three hours long. Both GE and AHAM indicated that DOE's proposal may
not accurately account for the energy use of a model that has one
cycling compressor and a second variable speed compressor. (GE, No. 31
at p. 4; AHAM, No. 30 at p. 14) DOE proposed this simplification to
reduce test burden. However, commenters indicated that there are
circumstances for which the approach would not work and suggested that
burden reduction was unnecessary in this case. Hence, this final rule
does not adopt the proposal to simplify the test procedure for
multiple-compressor products with no more than one cycling compressor.
Instead, these products will require the full first part of the test
adopted in this final rule.
Energy Use Equations
DOE proposed an energy use equation for multiple-compressor systems
similar to the equation found in Appendix A for products with single
compressors and multiple defrost cycle types. For both of these product
types, the energy use for each distinct defrost cycle is added
separately using its corresponding CT value (i.e., hours of compressor
operation between defrosts) to adjust the measurement to represent the
defrost cycle's average contribution to energy use per 24 hours (See
Appendix A, section 5.2.1.5). DOE received no comment on this proposal
and therefore adopts it in this final rule.
Effect on Measured Energy Use
DOE notes that the July 2013 NOPR proposed to replace the existing
test procedure's dual compressor system test in Appendix A with a new
test procedure that would address products using multiple-compressor
systems. When modifying test procedures, DOE considers the extent to
which the energy use or energy efficiency measurement may be altered
under a proposed procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) As noted earlier,
Appendix A will not be required for certifying compliance until the
compliance date of the new refrigeration product energy conservation
standards. 77 FR 3559 (Jan. 25, 2012). DOE is aware of very few
products that have multiple-compressor systems and has received
petitions for waiver from the existing test procedure from Sub-Zero,
GE, LG, and Samsung for testing of dual compressor products, which DOE
has granted. 77 FR 5784 (Feb. 6, 2012), 78 FR 38699 (Jun. 27, 2013), 78
FR 18327 (Mar. 26, 2013), 78 FR 35899 (Jun. 14, 2013). DOE's tentative
view, at the time of the July 2013 NOPR, was that its proposed test
procedure for multiple-compressor products would not significantly
impact the manner in which such products would be tested using the test
procedure of the waivers. DOE requested comment on the existence of
other multiple-compressor products, how these products are tested
(e.g., whether they use the existing dual compressor test procedure of
Appendix A1), and whether the measurement of energy use would change
using the proposed test procedure.
GE responded that there are differences in measured energy
consumption based on the proposal, citing the differences in the
measurement depending on whether the test periods are determined based
on compressor cycles or temperature cycles. (GE, No. 31 at p. 5) As
previously discussed, DOE is finalizing the test procedure without the
option of using temperature cycles to determine test periods--only a
compressor-cycle-based approach is being adopted, which
[[Page 22330]]
is the same one used in the test procedure waivers. Hence, DOE
concludes that the measurement differences cited by GE would no longer
be relevant.
Additionally, AHAM cited the potential one percent truncation error
as evidence that the proposed test procedure could impact measured
energy use and indicated that DOE should analyze the data that it
collected to determine if the measurement could change when using the
proposed test procedure. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 16) DOE acknowledges there
is a potential for truncation error when using the waiver test
procedure (which is a question of overall accuracy). DOE believes that
the measurement resulting from the procedure adopted in this final rule
would result in a more accurate and representative measurement of the
product's energy use rather than an actual change in measured energy
use.
Sub-Zero responded that the waiver test procedure is accurate,
repeatable, and has been verified through use at independent
laboratories and in the ``industry verification program.'' \12\ It
added that the proposed test procedure would be more complicated, time-
consuming, difficult to conduct and potentially less accurate and
repeatable than the waiver test procedure. Sub-Zero also pointed to the
specific areas of concern contained in the AHAM comments. (Sub Zero,
No. 32 at pp. 1-2) In this final rule, DOE has modified the procedure
by addressing many of the key concerns raised in the AHAM comments. As
discussed above, the remaining key difference between the procedure
finalized in this final rule and the waiver test procedure pertains to
the waiver test procedure's use of non-continuous running periods to
accrue a full 24 hours of testing time for both parts of the test. As
discussed above, DOE believes that allowing non-continuous running
periods subjects the test procedure to risk of greater error, based on
DOE's testing and analysis. DOE believes that the potential error is
likely to be greater than the one percent that AHAM separately
suggested may not be acceptable. Were DOE to accept AHAM's recommended
approach, the risk of increasing the truncation error would be even
larger than under the approach DOE is adopting today. DOE notes that it
received no details of any work by industry, to which Sub-Zero alluded
in its comments, to validate the waiver test procedure. Consequently,
DOE's views regarding the potential impacts of the procedure are based
on a review of its own data and the fundamental fact that each
additional running period introduced into the energy use equation can
compound the truncation error with the addition of another truncation
event. Hence, DOE has not adopted the waiver test procedures' allowance
of the use of non-continuous running periods. Instead, DOE will adopt
the approach proposed in the July 2013 NOPR, which requires a single
segment of time to comprise the test period. In this way, the risk of
truncation error will be substantially reduced, compared to the current
test procedure waiver approach that some manufacturers have been
permitted to use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ The Sub-Zero comment did not clarify, but DOE believes that
the ``industry verification program'' referred to in Sub-Zero's
comments may be the verification program managed by AHAM--see https://www.aham.org/industry/ht/d/Items/cat_id/49796/pid/1220/cids/389,425,49796.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE received no comments indicating the existence of other
multiple-compressor products other than those identified in waivers and
no comments indicating that any products are tested using the existing
dual compressor test procedure.
Elimination of Multiple-Compressor Test Procedure Waivers
DOE notes that, consistent with its regulations, the Sub-Zero, GE,
LG, and Samsung dual compressor waivers will terminate once parties are
required to use the multiple-compressor test procedures of Appendices A
and B to demonstrate compliance with DOE regulations (i.e., on
September 15, 2014). (See 10 CFR 430.27(m))
Multiple-Compressor Products With Manual Defrost
These new procedures for multiple-compressor products apply only to
multiple-compressor products with automatic defrost. DOE received no
comment revealing the existence of multiple-compressor products with
manual defrost and has not made changes in the test procedure to
account for such products.
2. Triangulation
The July 2013 NOPR proposed incorporating a modified version of the
so-called ``triangulation'' interpolation approach described in
Australian/New Zealand Standard 4474.1-2007 \13\ (AS/NZ 4474.1-2007) as
an option to calculate energy use. DOE's test procedures generally
require conducting the energy test for two different settings of the
temperature control. See, e.g., 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix A,
section 3.2.1. The energy use is calculated as a weighted average of
the measurements of the two tests, depending on the compartment
temperatures measured during the tests, to represent the energy use
that would occur if the compartment temperature were exactly equal to
its standardized temperature. See, e.g., Appendix A, section 6.2.1.2.
As described in the NOPR, for products with two compartments, this
calculation often represents the operation of a product in which one of
the compartments is cooler than its standardized temperature. 78 FR
41636-41637 (July 10, 2013). The triangulation approach resolves this
issue by using a weighted average of the energy use measured from three
tests, thus allowing calculation of the energy use that would occur
when both compartment temperatures exactly equal their standardized
temperatures. The July 2013 NOPR explained in detail why the triangular
interpolation of the measurements for three temperature settings
results in a more accurate measurement of energy when compared to the
linear interpolation using two temperature settings. (Id. at 41637).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ ``Australian/New Zealand Standard, Performance of Household
Electrical Appliances--Refrigerating Appliances, Part 1: Energy
Consumption and Performance'', AS/NZS 4474. 1:2007, Appendix M,
available for purchase at https://infostore.saiglobal.com/store/results2.aspx?searchType=simple&publisher=all&keyword=AS/NZS%204474.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The NOPR proposed to incorporate by reference parts of Appendix M
of AS/NZS 4474.1-2007 as an optional interpolation method. A new
section 3.3 of the test procedure would reference subsections M3.a
through M3.c and Figure M1 of appendix M of AS/NZS 4474.1-2007 to
specify the requirements for the three-setting test procedure as an
alternative to using the requirements of section 3.2 of Appendix A. The
procedure would clarify that the target temperatures txA and
txB discussed in the Australia/New Zealand procedure would
be the standardized temperatures as defined in section 3.2 of the DOE
test procedure. However, DOE proposed to require that the first two of
the three tests comply with the requirements for the two-test method
contained in Appendix A, section 3.2.1. DOE included this requirement
because it would also allow for use of the current energy calculations
as well as the triangulation energy calculations. 78 FR 41639 (July 10,
2013).
AHAM submitted comments supporting the adoption of a triangulation
approach. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 17) However, AHAM suggested that DOE not
require that the first two settings of the triangulation test adhere to
the provisions in Appendix A for a two-setting test because AS/NZS
4474.1-2007 allows test facilities to
[[Page 22331]]
choose the settings of all tests for more accurate results. (Id.) As a
result, AHAM asked DOE to reconsider this aspect of its proposal in
order to harmonize with AS/NZS 4474.1-2007 as well as with the
refrigerator test standard currently under development by the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), as represented by its
Committee Draft for Vote (CDV) of Part 1 of IEC 62552.2 Household
refrigerating appliances--Characteristics and test methods. (Id.)
DOE agrees with AHAM that allowing greater flexibility in the
selection of temperature settings may provide more accurate results. As
described in AS/NZS 4474.1-2007, when the three sets of measured
compartment temperatures (freezer compartment temperature paired with
fresh food compartment temperature) are plotted on a graph of freezer
temperature versus fresh food compartment temperature, the triangle
formed by the points must enclose the point representing the pair of
standardized temperatures (i.e., 0 [deg]F freezer compartment
temperature and 39 [deg]F fresh food compartment temperature). Ensuring
that the three tests meet this requirement may be much more difficult
if the first two tests must be conducted exactly as dictated by the DOE
test procedure. Therefore, DOE is permitting any three sets of
temperature control settings to be selected for the optional
triangulation approach, provided that the temperature settings for each
individual compartment all represent median, coldest, or warmest
settings. DOE is adopting this approach based on its belief that it is
important to provide a valid measurement of energy use at the
standardized compartment temperatures, and that using the settings
prescribed for the current two-test approach is not essential to
achieving this objective because the triangulation interpolation method
is designed to work with any three settings with temperatures that
surround the target standardized temperatures (i.e., for which the
plotted triangle encloses the standardized temperature point, as
described above).
The July 2013 NOPR proposed a new section 6.2.2.3 detailing the
calculation of energy use under the proposed triangulation approach.
This proposed section would require using the calculations described in
section M4.a of AS/NZS 4474.1-2007 to determine the energy consumption
of the tested unit but excluding the energy use contribution of
icemaking. The fixed value of energy use associated with icemaking,
defined in section 6.2.2.1, would be added to this result for products
with automatic icemakers. DOE received no comment on this proposal.
Accordingly, DOE is adopting its proposed approach.
Finally, during the 2013 public meeting, GE commented that DOE
should consider incorporation of the single test to measure energy
consumption found in Appendix L of AS/NZS 4474.1-2007. (This test
requires that the compartment temperatures measured during the test are
both no higher than their standardized temperatures.) (GE, NOPR Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 23 at p. 99) Using a single test would reduce
test burden, assuming the measured compartment temperatures are lower
than their standardized temperatures for the first selected test
setting and additional tests are not needed. However, in this final
rule, DOE has decided not to incorporate a single setting test because
stakeholders have not been provided adequate time to review the details
of the suggested procedure. DOE may consider this procedure in the
future.
Certification
DOE proposed to amend section 429.14(b) to require manufacturers to
identify which interpolation method they used to rate and certify a
particular basic model (i.e., triangulation or a two-setting test). In
the NOPR, DOE noted that more than one unit is tested for each rating
(See, for example, 10 CFR 429.11(b), which indicates a sample size
minimum of two units). Therefore, DOE proposed to require that all
units of a given model that are tested for certification purposes be
tested using the same test method and that the certification report
indicate whether the triangulation method was used.
AHAM suggested that DOE not require manufacturers to report which
method was used for certification testing (i.e., whether the two-test
method or the triangulation method was used) because this would add to
manufacturer reporting burden, and because DOE can request to see test
reports of certified models if it wishes to confirm whether products
were tested using triangulation. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 17) AHAM also
indicated that test facilities should be permitted to use different
methods for each unit within a model's sample to prevent unnecessary
added test burden. (Id.) For example, individual units may have
refrigeration and control systems tuned so that both compartments have
temperatures equal to their standardized temperatures at equivalent
temperature control settings. For such units, the calculated energy use
(e.g., per Appendix A, section 6.2.2.2) would be the same when using
the freezer compartment interpolation and the fresh food interpolation,
and use of a third test and a triangular interpolation would not change
the result.
Viewed from within the context of compliance with the applicable
energy conservation standard, an individual unit may satisfy the
applicable standard with sufficient margin using the two-test method
while other units within the same model sample may require the
triangulation method to satisfy the relevant energy standard with
sufficient margin. Because triangulation might not be required for
testing of all units in a sample to show that the model meets the
applicable energy conservation standard, and to limit the required test
burden, DOE will not adopt the proposed requirement that triangulation
must be used for all units tested to certify compliance for a given
model if the test for one of the units uses the method. Further,
because measurements using the two-test method would generally be more
conservative (indicating higher energy use), but be only slightly
different than measurements made using triangulation, DOE considers
both methods to be valid. Hence, in order to further reduce the burden
associated with certification, DOE will not require certification
reports to indicate whether triangulation was used for testing.
Regarding testing options generally, DOE notes that because the
two-test method generally yields results that are more conservative
than the triangulation test (i.e., higher energy use), DOE proposed to
permit manufacturers to continue using the two-part test at their
discretion. By permitting manufacturers to continue using the simpler
two-part test, DOE intended to limit the overall burdens that are
placed on the industry. However, given that tests conducted using the
triangulation approach may potentially, for certain basic models, yield
more representative results, DOE proposed to use this particular method
when conducting assessment testing, pursuant to 10 CFR 429.104, and
enforcement testing, pursuant to 10 CFR 429.110, if either (a) the
manufacturer indicates that the triangulation method was used for
rating the model, or (b) certain conditions are observed during the
first two tests of a given unit of a basic model that suggest that a
third test might yield a more representative measurement than the two-
test method. Specifically, if the calculated energy use using Appendix
A, section 6.2.2.2 (one measurement based on use of the fresh food
compartment temperature and the other based on the freezer compartment
temperature) differs by more than five
[[Page 22332]]
percent of the greater of the two results for any tested unit of the
basic model, DOE proposed that it would use the triangulation method
for any assessment or enforcement testing for all units of that basic
model. This approach may, in certain circumstances, require retesting
of a unit previously tested if, for example, condition (b) above did
not apply for the test conducted for a first unit of a tested model but
did apply for later tests. AHAM suggested that DOE use the
triangulation approach whenever testing units within its verification
programs to guarantee accuracy. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 17) DOE is
specifying in a new section 429.134 that DOE will use the triangulation
test prior to making a finding of noncompliance with respect to a
particular basic model for that particular sample of tested units
because the two-test method in some cases will result in a more
conservative measure of energy use. In other circumstances, however, to
limit unnecessary testing, DOE will not necessarily use the
triangulation method.
3. Anti-Circumvention Language
Revisions Addressing Past Stakeholder Comments
DOE proposed to revise the anti-circumvention language in sections
10 CFR 430.23(a)(10)(ii) and 10 CFR 430.23(b)(7)(ii) to better reflect
the wording found in the AHAM's HRF-1-2008 procedure, as had been
recommended in comments by AHAM and Whirlpool that were provided during
the December 2010 interim final rule comment period. (See ``Test
Procedure for Residential Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers,'' Docket No. EERE-2009-BT-TP-0003, No. 16 at p. 4, No. 12 at
p. 2) The current DOE anti-circumvention language was modeled after
section 1.2 of HRF-1-2008 and parts of the DOE language are nearly
identical to the HRF-1-2008 language. DOE proposed to bring the DOE
language into even closer alignment with HRF-1-2008 in the July 2013
NOPR because such changes would not weaken the requirements and would
help achieve better consistency with the nearly identical industry
standard, which would generally make testing more consistent. DOE also
proposed to move the four examples (currently section 10 CFR
430.23(a)(10)(ii)A-D) describing components operating in a manner
inconsistent with operation under typical room conditions to follow the
paragraph describing operational behavior that DOE identifies as
constituting anti-circumvention. 10 CFR 430.23(a)(10)(i)
In response to the July 2013 NOPR, AHAM and Whirlpool supported the
proposed revisions to the anti-circumvention sections. (AHAM, No. 30 at
p. 17; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 2) However, BSH commented that DOE
should refer to the draft IEC test procedure \14\ for guidance on how
to improve DOE's anti-circumvention sections. (BSH, No. 21 at p. 1) DOE
notes that changes to the anti-circumvention sections were proposed in
response to earlier industry feedback and comment, which did not
mention the IEC draft test procedure language. DOE reviewed the IEC
draft test procedure, which has two key provisions that are not in the
DOE test procedure--(a) the IEC draft test procedure provides detailed
guidance on how to detect circumvention once suspected, and (b) the IEC
draft test procedure identifies what is not considered to be
circumvention. The IEC draft describes these provisions in detail.
While DOE believes that the inclusion of these provisions may have
merit, the agency wishes to ensure that the public receives a
sufficient opportunity to review these provisions. Therefore, DOE is
not adopting BSH's suggestion at this time but may consider proposing
these provisions in the future. DOE received no other comments on its
proposed revisions to the anti-circumvention language and is adopting
its proposed changes for these sections.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ Committee Draft for Vote (CDV) of Part 1 of IEC 62552.2
Household refrigerating appliances--Characteristics and test
methods.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components That Operate Differently During Testing
The July 2013 NOPR discussed inquiries from Whirlpool and Samsung
about when to apply for a test procedure waiver for products that
operate differently during testing as compared to typical field
operation. This scenario is addressed in a clause of the existing anti-
circumvention language of the DOE test procedure that DOE did not
propose to modify. See, e.g., 10 CFR 430.23(a)(10) (indicating that a
manufacturer must obtain a waiver if (i) a product contains energy
consuming components that operate differently during the prescribed
testing than they would during representative average consumer use, and
(ii) applying the prescribed test to the product would evaluate it in a
manner that is unrepresentative of its true energy consumption). DOE
also issued guidance on this matter on May 28, 2013. That guidance
provides a framework for assessing the potential need for a waiver
within the context of the existing anti-circumvention provisions.\15\
As a result, the July 2013 NOPR did not propose a specific amendment to
the provisions of 430.23(a)(10) (and 430.23(b)(7) for freezers) to
further address the concerns raised by the Whirlpool and Samsung
inquiries. The NOPR did, however, request comment on the need for a
potential test procedure revision.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ This guidance is posted in DOE's online Guidance and FAQ
database, and is available for viewing at: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AHAM agreed with DOE's approach--i.e., not to modify the current
anti-circumvention language to accommodate products that operate
differently during testing. AHAM indicated that the May 2013 guidance
document sufficiently addresses this issue. This final rule makes no
changes to the current anti-circumvention language.
4. Incomplete Cycling
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed changing the incomplete cycling
compressor test procedure to improve its accuracy and ease test burden.
Specifically, DOE proposed to eliminate the 24-hour test period
requirement for products exhibiting compressor cycles that exceed 12
hours in length, and instead require that the test period be comprised
of a single compressor cycle. The July 2013 NOPR discusses the
advantages of the proposal compared to the current requirement in
section 4.1 of Appendices A and B. 78 FR 41640-41641 (July 10, 2013).
During the NOPR public meeting, GE mentioned that based on its
experience, test facilities in the U.S. and abroad base test periods on
a whole number of compressor cycles rather than using the 24-hour test
period that is required in the DOE procedure for products with
incomplete cycling. (GE, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 23 at p. 105;
GE, No. 31 at p. 7) In DOE's view, using a whole number of compressor
cycles yields an accurate measurement of the energy use of a product
with incomplete cycling. GE supported the DOE proposal and agreed with
DOE that test periods should be based on whole numbers of compressor
cycles rather than be set at 24 hours for incomplete cycling products.
(Id.) AHAM also agreed with the DOE proposal. However, AHAM recommended
that DOE remove the term ``incomplete cycling'' from the test
procedures and instead modify section 4.1 of Appendices A and B to
simply state, ``If fewer than two compressor
[[Page 22333]]
cycles occur during a 24-hour period, then a single complete compressor
cycle may be used.'' (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 18) DOE notes that section 4.1
is the only place in either Appendix A or B that uses the term
incomplete cycling. DOE agrees that the term is not needed and is
adopting the change suggested by AHAM.
Additionally, AHAM suggested that DOE modify the test procedures to
allow the data used to establish steady state conditions (e.g., as
described in Appendix A, section 2.9) to be used when performing the
first part of the two-part test for products with long-time or variable
defrost. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 18) AHAM argued that its approach would be
better than requiring separate periods for verifying stabilization and
the test period because of the shortened test time. (Id.) AHAM
indicated that requiring a separate period to comprise the first part
of the test made sense when data were collected manually because
stability needed to be determined before collecting test data. However,
current electronic data acquisition systems can collect data during the
stability period without added burden. Finally, AHAM recommended that
DOE adopt AHAM's proposal for all products and not just incomplete
cycling products. (Id.) GE made essentially the same comment during the
public meeting. (GE, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 23 at pp. 105-6)
DOE notes that adopting these changes at this time would not allow
adequate time for stakeholder input, but DOE may consider this approach
in a future rulemaking.
5. Correction of Temperature Measurement Period
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed to address an inconsistency in
the existing test procedure associated with temperature measurements
for short-time defrost products (i.e., products whose defrost is
neither long-time nor variable). Specifically, DOE proposed to require
that the compartment temperatures used in energy use calculations for
these products be the averages of the measured temperatures taken in a
compartment during a stable period of compressor operation containing
no defrost cycle or events associated with a defrost cycle, such as
precooling or recovery, that includes at least two complete compressor
or temperature cycles (if the compressor cycles on and off or the
temperature cycles up and down) and is at least three hours in
duration--essentially the same test period specified in section 4.1 of
the test procedure for products with manual defrost, except that for
these short-time defrost products this test period would be used for
temperature measurement only, whereas it is used for both energy and
temperature measurement for manual defrost products. DOE received no
comments regarding this proposal. However, as discussed in section
III.C.1, stakeholders objected to using temperature cycles to define
test periods. Hence, DOE is adopting its proposed amendments to section
5.1.2 of Appendices A and B for correcting the test procedure
requirements for measuring compartment temperatures, except for the
option to select test periods based on temperature cycles.
6. Mechanical Temperature Controls
Recently, third-party test facilities have asked DOE to clarify how
to determine the proper settings for mechanical temperature controls.
Specifically, they inquired whether, when setting mechanical controls
to the warmest or coldest setting, the control should be adjusted to
the position at the last number or symbol on the control, or whether it
should be positioned to the most extreme physical positions of the
control. In response to these inquiries, DOE proposed requiring that
mechanical controls be set to the highest or lowest number or symbol
indicated on the control. DOE proposed this method instead of the
alternative because of the possibility of unintentionally turning off
the unit when moving the control to the extreme physical position for
the warmest setting.
GE noted that different test facilities follow different methods
for determining the warmest and coldest settings. (GE, No. 31 at p. 7)
GE and Whirlpool supported DOE's proposal because it would ensure that
all test setups are the same, and because the proposal is consistent
with the current Canadian Standards Association (CSA) test standard
C300-08, ``Energy Performance and Capacity of Household Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, Freezers, and Wine Chillers,'' (``CSA C300-
08''). Section 5.1.7.1(b) of CSA C300-08 requires that control settings
must be at the ``marked warmest or coldest settings.'' (GE, No. 31 at
p.7; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 3))
FSI supported DOE's intent to limit the interpretive nature of the
test procedure, but stated that some products use temperature controls
with ``extreme cold'' positions that bypass the thermostat and are
intended only for short-duration, rapid cool-down of newly inserted
food. It also noted that the behavior of some compact products may be
erratic at extreme temperature control settings. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7)
(FSI did not provide details of this erratic nature or why this
behavior would occur specifically in compact products.) FSI recommended
that the procedure use control settings for warm and cold operation
that are one position higher and lower than the median position. (Id.)
DOE notes that this method has not been previously raised or
considered, and FSI provided no data to support its suggested approach.
As a result, in the absence of any supporting data and with no
opportunity for public comment on this approach, DOE is declining to
include FSI's additional recommendations and is adopting into section
3.2.1 of Appendices A and B the proposed amendment for mechanical
controls. DOE notes, however, that any party that believes that testing
a given model in accordance with the DOE test procedure will yield
materially inaccurate comparative data must apply for a test procedure
waiver.
7. Ambient Temperature Gradient
Location of Ambient Temperature Sensors
Appendices A and B reference HRF-1-2008 for ambient temperature
measurement requirements. However, the version of HRF-1-2008 in use at
the time DOE was preparing the July 2013 NOPR did not specify the
location of sensors to measure ambient temperature. As a result, DOE
proposed to add sensor location requirements in a new section 2.1.1.
The proposal specified that the ambient temperature be recorded at
points located 3 feet above the floor and 10 inches from the center of
the two sides of the unit, the same locations that have been used for
refrigerator testing for decades. See, e.g., HRF-1-1979, sec. 7.4.3.1,
incorporated by reference in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix A1.
FSI opposed DOE's proposal to measure ambient temperature on the
sides of the units. (FSI, No. 20 at pp. 7-8) However, based on FSI's
additional comments, DOE believes that FSI objected to DOE's proposal
to require additional measurement of ambient temperature at heights of
2 inches and 7 feet (or one foot above the top of the unit, whichever
is higher) rather than its proposal to require the two ambient
temperature measurements at the locations used in the current test
procedure. DOE believes that FSI's concern is about the proposed
requirement for four additional ambient temperature sensors. This issue
is associated with maintenance of the ambient temperature gradient
rather than specifically the measurement of
[[Page 22334]]
ambient temperature, which is discussed below.
AHAM, GE, and Whirlpool supported the proposed sensor locations.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 19; GE, No. 31 at p. 7; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 4)
AHAM stated that it issued an errata document in April 2013 for HRF-1-
2008 to correct its inadvertent omission of specified temperature
sensor locations. Given the publication of the errata, AHAM indicated
that the new section of Appendices A and B proposed in the NOPR to
address this issue may not be required (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 19), likely
basing this statement on the assumption that, once the errata were
published, they would be considered to be incorporated by reference in
DOE's test procedures with the surrounding sections of HRF-1-2008. DOE
notes that its test procedures would have to be amended to clarify that
the new section of HRF-1-2008 is incorporated by reference; when DOE
incorporates a standard, the standard is only incorporated as it exists
at the time of incorporation. As such, DOE had to specifically
incorporate the November 17, 2009 Errata to make them a part of the DOE
test procedure.\16\ However, some of the proposals for the new ambient
temperature section in Appendices A and B that DOE is adopting,
discussed below, are not the same as the language in HRF-1-2008. Hence,
DOE has decided to adopt the proposal to insert the ambient temperature
requirements directly in section 2.1.1 of Appendices A and B. DOE notes
that its requirements for ambient temperature measurement are
consistent with the requirements in HRF-1-2008, including the recent
errata, but that the adopted text more clearly describes the
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ See 10 CFR 430.3(h)(6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Relocation and Shielding
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE noted that the requirements in
Appendices A and B suggest that relocating ambient temperature sensors
is appropriate when necessary to avoid the impact of the warming effect
of the condensing unit. DOE does not believe that this relocation is
appropriate for the reasons outlined in the NOPR. See 78 FR 41643 (July
10, 2013). Hence, DOE proposed to eliminate the temperature sensor
relocation option. This option is suggested by section 5.3.1 of HRF-1-
2008, which is incorporated by reference in Appendices A and B:
``Temperature measuring devices shall be located or shielded so that
indicated temperatures are not affected by the operation of the
condensing unit or adjacent units.'' DOE proposed language to clarify
that shielding is allowed but not relocation of the sensor. DOE
proposed to include the modified language in Appendices A and B in the
revised section 2.1 addressing ambient temperature requirements. DOE
received no stakeholder comments opposed to the modified language.
Hence, DOE adopts this proposal in this final rule.
Condenser Temperature Sensor
FSI commented that heat can build up behind refrigerators with
rear-wall condensers, especially if they are placed near a wall. FSI
recommended that DOE require placing a temperature sensor behind any
unit with a rear mounted condenser. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7) FSI provided
no details on the exact placement of such a sensor, nor recommendations
regarding the purpose or use of the measurement. DOE agrees that heat
can build up behind any refrigeration product when placed close to a
rear wall, which is the positioning required in the test procedure. The
test procedure requires units to be placed with minimal clearance to a
rear wall because such placement is very common in consumers' homes--
and the test procedure attempts to reproduce any impact that such field
placement can have on a refrigerator's performance. See 75 FR 78820-
78821. Because FSI provided no supporting details regarding its
recommendation and because DOE has no other basis on which to require
accounting for heat buildup behind the cabinet, DOE is declining to
adopt it.
Maintaining the Ambient Temperature Gradient During Testing
Appendices A and B currently require that the ambient temperature
gradient be ``maintained during the test.'' Further, section 5.3.1 of
HRF-1-2008, incorporated by reference in section 2.2 of Appendices A
and B, indicates that, ``Unless the area is obstructed by shields or
baffles, the gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches (5.1 cm) above
the floor or supporting platform to a height 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the
unit under test.'' DOE explained that this language from HRF-1-2008 is
vague as to whether the ambient temperature gradients must be
maintained if there are shields or baffles present. DOE proposed to
eliminate this ambiguity by (1) removing the reference to HRF-1-2008
section 5.3.1 from section 2.2 of Appendices A and B and (2) revising
section 2.1 of Appendices A and B to explain that parties must shield
temperature measuring devices when measuring ambient temperature, if
necessary to prevent the indicated temperatures from being affected by
the condensing unit or adjacent units. DOE received no stakeholder
opposition on this proposal and is adopting this proposal.
Regarding the maintenance of ambient temperature gradients, DOE
recognized that at least some test facilities have faced difficulties
with this requirement, particularly in light of the current lack of
specificity in Appendices A and B on how to demonstrate that the
temperature gradient is being maintained during testing. DOE proposed
to require the use of temperature sensors on both sides of the test
sample at 2 inches above the floor, 36 inches above the floor, and
either 7 feet above the floor or one foot above the top of the cabinet,
whichever is higher. The 36-inch sensors have always been required, as
discussed above, and the proposal added four additional required
sensors. However, as discussed in the NOPR, most test laboratories
already employ the four additional ambient temperature sensors. 78 FR
41644 (July 10, 2013). In addition, DOE proposed that the gradient
would be maintained during testing at locations between the two pairs
of vertically-adjacent sensors on each side (i.e., between the 2-inch
and 36-inch temperature sensors and also between the 36-inch and
highest positioned sensors).
FSI objected to the proposed additional temperature sensors to
measure the temperature gradient, indicating that while this approach
might be suitable for large products with condensers mounted underneath
the cabinets, most compact refrigerators have condensers mounted on
their rear walls. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 7) The comment did not clarify why
maintaining the ambient temperature gradient would not be necessary for
accurately measuring the energy use of compact refrigerators. However,
FSI also recommended that DOE investigate the frequency at which tests
are likely to be invalidated under the proposed requirements due to
occurrence of excessive temperature gradients. (Id. at p. 8) In DOE's
work with test laboratories testing refrigerators, all of these test
laboratories have used the four additional temperature sensors to
document maintenance of the temperature gradient. While most of the
laboratories have had no trouble maintaining the gradient, in some
cases there have been issues with maintaining it. However, in such
situations, both the laboratory and DOE have agreed that the inability
to show that the gradient has been maintained indicates that the test
does not follow the existing test procedure,
[[Page 22335]]
not simply the procedure as proposed in the July 2013 NOPR. Therefore,
DOE believes that the 2013 NOPR proposal for ambient temperature
gradients would not increase the frequency at which tests would be
invalidated due to excessive temperature gradients. The requirement to
maintain the gradient has been part of the procedure since development
of HRF-1-1979 and the proposal to document maintenance of the gradient
is simply a clarification that DOE is at this time adding to the test
procedure instructions.
AHAM requested that DOE revise the language of the proposal to
better accommodate compact products and products that are less than six
feet tall by eliminating the clause ``7 feet (2.2 m) or to a height''
from the proposal in section 2.1.2. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 19) For a
product less than six feet tall, the clause in question would require
ambient temperature sensors at locations more than 1 foot above the top
of the unit. DOE agrees that maintaining the temperature gradient at
heights greater than 1 foot above the unit is not necessary, since the
temperature gradient at a distance more than 1 foot from the unit is
not likely to affect its performance. Therefore, DOE is adopting AHAM's
suggested modification to the DOE proposal in section 2.1.2 of
Appendices A and B because the ambient temperature gradient in the
space more than one foot above the unit should not affect test results.
Finally, DOE proposed that the temperature measured by ambient
temperature sensors be recorded in the test data underlying
certifications in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71. DOE received no
comment specific to this proposal and therefore adopts this proposal in
section 2.1.2 of Appendices A and B.
Revising Ambient Temperature Requirements for Appendices A and B
As mentioned previously, the ambient temperature requirements in
Appendices A and B as finalized in the January 2012 Final Rule
incorporate by reference certain sections of HRF-1-2008. Because DOE
proposed in the July 2013 NOPR to modify some of these requirements, it
also proposed to adopt directly into the appendices a modified version
of the ambient temperature requirements of HRF-1-2008. This would
create new sections 2.1.1 through 2.1.4 for both Appendices A and B and
would remove the incorporation by reference for HRF-1-2008, section
5.3.1. DOE received no comments opposed to this amendment and therefore
adopts it in this final rule.
8. Elimination of Reporting of Product Height
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed to eliminate the requirement
for manufacturers to report product height in certification reports as
currently specified in 10 CFR 429.14(b)(2). DOE made this proposal
because the September 2011 Energy Conservation Standard final rule
eliminated the 36-inch height restriction in the definition for compact
products, effectively expanding the ``compact'' definition to include
products with a total volume less than 7.75 cubic feet and height
exceeding 36 inches. FSI, GE, Whirlpool, and AHAM all supported the DOE
proposal. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 8; GE, No. 31 at p. 7; Whirlpool, No. 27
at p. 4; AHAM, No. 30 at p. 21) No commenter objected to this approach.
As a result, DOE is adopting its proposal.
9. Definitions Associated With Defrost Cycles
In its proposal, DOE noted that the January 2012 Final Rule
amendments modified the test periods for products with long-time or
variable defrost (See, e.g., Appendix A, section 4.2.1). 77 FR 3563-
3568 (Jan. 25, 2012). That rule provided that the first part of the
test would be a stable period of compressor operation that includes no
portions of the defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery. See 77
FR 3563 (Jan. 25, 2012) for a detailed explanation of the concepts of
``precooling'' and ``temperature recovery.'' However, DOE did not
define the terms ``precooling'' and ``temperature recovery,'' nor did
it define what comprises a ``stable period of compressor operation.''
As a result, DOE proposed definitions for each of these terms in the
July 2013 NOPR to clarify the requirements of the test procedure.
Stable Operation Definition
The July 2013 NOPR proposed to establish a definition for the term
``stable operation,'' for which the rate of change of the compartment
temperature would be no more than 0.042 [deg]F per hour. This is
consistent with the existing test procedure requirement for determining
steady-state operation (See, for example, Appendix A, section 2.9). For
products with compressor cycles, or temperature cycles resulting from
the cycling of a system component such as a damper or fan, the average
compartment temperatures measured for two separate cycles within a
selected period would be compared to determine stability. For products
with no temperature cycling, any two points within a period would be
compared to determine stability.
AHAM's comment supported the DOE proposal to establish a definition
for stable operation. AHAM did, however, suggest that DOE change ``rate
of change'' to ``difference in compartment temperatures,'' explaining
that this description ``more accurately represents the fact that the
test compares the temperature difference between two two-hour periods
based on the time between those periods.'' (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 21) DOE
agrees that the rate of change is calculated as the difference between
two temperature values (measured either at two different times or as
the average temperatures during two different time periods representing
cycles) divided by the elapsed time between those times (or time
periods). This is described explicitly in sections (A) and (B) of the
proposed definition. In order to avoid potential misinterpretation that
the words ``rate of change'' might mean something different, DOE will
modify the definition to call this ``average rate of change''.
AHAM also suggested that DOE include a diagram to assist with the
definition of stable operation. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 21) DOE notes that
the figure provided in AHAM's written comments suggests a more
restrictive approach in defining stable operation than DOE had
intended. AHAM's figure indicates that the two periods that are
compared to quantify the temperature rate of change are at least two
hours long and that they are separated by at least 3 hours. The
definition of stable operation neither has nor was intended to have
this restriction, which is part of the current requirement for
verifying that steady-state conditions exist (see Appendix A, section
2.9). The section 2.9 requirements are used at the start of a test to
verify that the compartment temperatures of a product are no longer
rapidly decreasing. In contrast, the stable operation definition, while
based on the same 0.042 [deg]F per hour (equal to 1 [deg]F per 24
hours), is used to identify periods when the compartment temperatures
are not changing or are changing in a repetitive cyclic pattern with
minimal upward or downward drift of the per-cycle average temperature.
DOE believes that the definition, with the revision regarding
temperature difference as suggested by AHAM, is sufficiently clear.
DOE also notes that the definition allows for the evaluation of
stable operation for products that do not have cycling compressors but
have cycling compartment temperatures. The cycles evaluated to
determine existence of
[[Page 22336]]
stable operation may be temperature cycles. For this reason, DOE
retains its proposed definition of temperature cycles in the test
procedures.
DOE also proposed to define ``stable period of compressor
operation'' as a period of stable operation for a product with a
compressor. 78 FR 41645 (July 10, 2013). AHAM commented that this term
was not needed, since the concept is sufficiently clear without having
to explicitly define the term, once ``stable operation'' has been
defined. DOE acknowledges that the added definition for ``stable period
of compressor operation'' is not necessary and has not added it to
appendices A or B in this final rule.
Precooling & Recovery Definitions
AHAM also objected to DOE's proposed definitions for precooling and
recovery, indicating that Figure 1, which is in Appendices A and B,
adequately defines these terms. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 20) In addition,
AHAM claimed that the DOE proposal conflicts with the graphical
representation in Figure 1 of Appendices A and B. AHAM indicated that
if definitions are established, they should agree with the illustration
of ``T2'' in the figure, the test period for the second part of the
test. AHAM further suggested that Figure 1 does not define the end of
the precool or the start of recovery and that definitions for the terms
also should not define these times. (Id.)
DOE notes that Figure 1 provides an example illustrating the test
period for the second part of the test for a product with a cycling
compressor. The figure includes examples of precool and recovery
cycles, but it does not illustrate precooling and/or recovery for all
situations. Furthermore, the intent of the second part of the test is
to capture all product operation that either (1) significantly lowers
the compartment temperature before defrost initiation or (2) restores
compartment temperatures afterwards. This intent is clear from at least
two provisions in the current regulatory text. First, the last sentence
in section 4.2.1 of Appendix A as finalized by the January 2012 Final
Rule states that ``[t]he second part is designed to capture the energy
consumed during all of the events occurring with the defrost control
sequence that are outside of stable operation.'' This section clearly
identifies operation that is associated with defrost activity and is
not consistent with stable operation, i.e., activity that the second
part of test is designed to capture. Second, section 4.2.1.1 notes that
a ``precooling'' cycle, which is an extended compressor cycle that
lowers the temperature(s) of one or both compartments prior to
energizing the defrost heater, must be included in the second part of
the test.
DOE believes that the proposed definitions for precooling and
recovery are consistent with the language in section 4.2.1 describing
the second part of the test. AHAM provided an example of a product that
cycles from +1 [deg]F to -1 [deg]F and then changes its cycling from +2
[deg]F to -2 [deg]F with equivalent temperature averages. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 20) AHAM indicated that the second cycle would be considered
precooling according to the proposed definition. (Id.) DOE agrees that
in AHAM's example, the second cycle would be considered precooling
because it would have had to include an ``extended compressor cycle
that lowers the temperature(s) of one or both compartments prior to
energizing the defrost heater.'' In order to cool the compartment the
four degrees from +2 [deg]F to -2 [deg]F, the compressor would likely
have had to operate twice as long as it would have taken to cool the
compartment the two degrees from +1 [deg]F to -1 [deg]F. This would
clearly be an extended compressor cycle and would be considered part of
the second part of the test under the test procedure of Appendix A as
finalized in the January 2012 Final Rule.
AHAM also recommended that DOE use the same terms already existing
in Figure 1 (i.e., ``precool cycles'' instead of ``precooling'' and
``recovery cycle'' instead of ``recovery''). (Id.) DOE reiterates that
Figure 1 illustrates the concepts of precooling and recovery but does
not represent all possible defrost cycles. For example, Figure 2 of
Appendix A shows a different example, which has ``precool'' and
``recovery'' periods, rather than cycles. DOE does not agree that it
should avoid defining the term ``precooling'', which is already used in
section 4.2.1 of Appendix A. Hence, DOE does not consider it necessary
to use the identical terminology used in Figure 1, as AHAM recommended,
and is adopting the ``precooling'' definition as proposed, but has
added text to section 4.2.1.1 of Appendices A and B to emphasize that
the figure is for illustrative purposes and does not represent all
possible defrost cycles.
In response to the proposed definition for ``recovery,'' AHAM
indicated that the proposal was problematic because it does not give a
numerical definition of when the product has recovered and only
references the temperature range. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 20) DOE notes
that the proposed recovery definition does not need a quantitative
criterion. It is the period of refrigeration system operation that
occurs after the defrost heater has been energized and before steady
operation resumes. Hence, recovery can be considered to be complete
when steady operation has resumed. This final rule adopts the recovery
definition as proposed.
10. Measurement of Product Volume Using Computer-Aided Design Models
To facilitate the accurate measurement of product volume, DOE
proposed to permit the use of computer-aided design (CAD) models for
measuring and computing the volume of refrigerators, refrigerator-
freezers, and freezers for the purposes of certifying compliance with
the DOE energy conservation standards for these products. 78 FR 41645-
41646 (July 10, 2013). AHAM supported the DOE proposal and indicated
that the proposal is consistent with current industry practice. AHAM,
No. 30 at pp. 5-6) As a result, DOE is allowing CAD volume calculations
to be used. This change will be made in a new section 429.72(c) of 10
CFR part 429.
DOE also proposed regulatory language explaining how DOE would
measure volume and calculate the maximum allowable energy use for the
purpose of assessment and enforcement testing. DOE proposed to use the
average of the adjusted volumes measured for the tested units, rather
than the rated adjusted volume, for calculating the allowable energy
use, if the average of the total refrigerated volume measurements is
not within a prescribed tolerance of the rated total refrigerated
volume. This tolerance would be 2 percent of the rated volume or 0.5
cubic feet, whichever is larger, for standard-size products and 2
percent of the rated volume or 0.2 cubic feet, whichever is larger, for
compact products. Whirlpool supported this proposal. (Whirlpool, No. 27
at p. 4) DOE proposed to add a new section 429.134 of 10 CFR part 429
to include the proposed volume requirements. DOE received no objections
to this approach and is adopting these proposals.
11. Corrections to Temperature Setting Logic Tables
The July 2013 NOPR proposed corrections to the temperature setting
logic tables in Appendices A and B. 78 FR 41646-41647 (July 10, 2013).
The December 16, 2010 Interim Final Rule established these tables to
illustrate the requirements for setting temperature controls during
testing. However, these tables were added to the CFR with extra
horizontal lines that make the requirements unclear. DOE received no
[[Page 22337]]
comment opposing the proposal to correct these logic tables. As a
result, DOE will adopt the proposed revisions to the setting logic
tables.
12. Minimum Compressor Run-Time Between Defrosts for Variable Defrost
Models
The DOE test procedures in Appendices A and B provide specific
provisions for calculating the energy use of models with variable
defrost, which DOE defines generally as an automatic defrost system in
which successive defrost cycles are determined by an operating
condition variable or variables other than solely compressor operating
time. These calculations include CTL (minimum compressor run
time between defrosts in hours) and CTM (maximum compressor
run time between defrosts in hours). Parties must report CTL
and CTM values to DOE in their certification reports. If a
party does not report such values for a given basic model, DOE would,
in any verification or enforcement testing of the basic model,
calculate the energy use of the basic model using the default values of
6 and 96 for CTL and CTM.
When DOE uses the CTL and CTM values reported
by the manufacturer rather than the default values, the resulting
energy use measurements are typically more representative of the
product's actual operation because they represent the actual minimum
and maximum amounts of compressor run time between defrosts that the
model's control system is designed to use. Thus, the actual compressor
run time between defrosts should never be less than CTL and
never greater than CTM. However, in certain DOE testing of
models for which the manufacturer reported values of CTL and
CTM in the certification report, DOE has found that the
number of hours of compressor operation between defrost cycles observed
in the test data was less than the CTL value reported by the
manufacturer in its certification report. This difference suggests
either that the certified value was erroneous or that the model did not
operate as designed. In either case, the energy use calculated using
the values reported by the manufacturer would not be representative of
how the model actually performed during the test and how it would be
expected to perform in the field. In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE proposed
to require that the value for CTL be the shortest compressor
run time between defrosts observed during the test, if this observed
time is less than the value of CTL reported in the
certification report. 78 FR 41647 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM supported this proposal but explained that products with
demand defrost (i.e., those that do not have an algorithm with values
of CTL and CTM, but instead defrost when
necessary) should not be penalized for an observed value of compressor
run time between defrosts lower than six hours, which is the
CTL value that would be used according to Appendix A as
finalized by the January 2012 final rule. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 22)
(Decreasing CTL would increase the calculated annual energy
use.) DOE is not convinced that a CTL value equal to 6 hours
is the most appropriate value to represent defrost energy use, if a
shorter value is observed during testing, because it would yield an
inaccurate representation of the tested unit's energy use. However, DOE
is concerned about inconsistency in test results that may occur if the
proposal is adopted. For instance, the observation of compressor
operation less than six hours between defrosts may be a random
occurrence, dependent on a variety of factors that lead to the control
system determining that a defrost is necessary. Such an event may occur
sporadically, which could yield inconsistent test results for different
tests of the same unit or different units of the same model. DOE may
revisit the issue in a future rulemaking, but is not adopting the
proposal for use of the observed value of minimum compressor run-time
between defrosts in this final rule for products with no values of for
CTL and CTM in the algorithm. Instead, the test
procedure retains the existing requirements pertaining to the use of a
minimum CTL value of 6 hours where there are no values for
CTL and CTM in the algorithm, and will require
use of the minimum observed value of CTL if less than the
certified value, but will require that it be no less than 6 and no
greater than 12.
13. Treatment of ``Connected'' Products
As part of the Version 5.0 ENERGY STAR Specification for
Residential Refrigerators and Freezers, DOE developed, in cooperation
with the EPA, specifications and test methods for refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers that have the capability to enable consumer-
authorized energy related commands, such as demand-response signals
from a utility.\17\ Products with this capability are referred to
generally as ``connected'' products in the final draft version of
ENERGY STAR Version 5.0 and its associated test method. (ENERGY STAR
Connected Refrigerators and Freezers Final Draft Test Method, No. 14)
The draft test method addresses aspects of testing specific to the
demand response functionality, but refers to the DOE test procedure in
Appendix A to Subpart B of 10 CFR Part 430 for test setup and test
conditions. However, the Appendix A test procedure finalized in the
January 2012 Final Rule does not address whether the communication
module of a connected product should be in active communication mode or
a non-communicating mode during the standard DOE energy test, which is
used in section 6 of the demand response test to establish the baseline
energy consumption. (ENERGY STAR Connected Refrigerators and Freezers
Final Draft Test Method, No. 14, p. 3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ For additional background on the ENERGY STAR Version 5.0
Specification for Residential Refrigerators and Freezers, go to
https://energystar.gov/products/specs/node/125.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After carefully considering how to address connected products, DOE
views connectivity as a feature that is subject to section 5.5.2.e of
HRF-1-2008, which Appendix A incorporates by reference. That provision
states that customer accessible features, not required for normal
operation, which are electrically powered, manually initiated, and
manually terminated, shall be set at their lowest energy usage
positions when adjustment is provided. In the NOPR, DOE applied this
approach to cabinet-integrated communications modules on the basis that
this feature is not required for normal operation of the product. To
ensure that Appendix A provides sufficient clarity on the condition of
the communication module of connected products during the DOE energy
test, DOE proposed to amend section 2 of the Appendix A test procedure
to specify that the communication module, if integrated into the
cabinet, must be energized but placed in the lowest energy use
position, and there shall be no active communication during testing.
DOE noted that some products may be manufactured without an integrated
communication module, and instead will have the capability to allow
connection of a module supplied by another manufacturer. In these
cases, DOE would not specify a test condition for the communication
module since the module used for the test will not be part of the basic
model produced by the manufacturer. Thus, the proposed amendment to
section 2 of the test procedure did not require connection of
communication modules for products designed for use of an externally-
connected module. Finally, while the ENERGY STAR specification for
connected products addresses only refrigerators and refrigerator-
freezers, DOE also proposed to add the same provisions to Appendix B to
[[Page 22338]]
accommodate any future provisions made for connected freezers. 78 FR
41647 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM opposed the DOE proposal. AHAM indicated that a communication
module's connection to a network may not be the lowest energy use
position because the energy consumed is not completely in the
manufacturer's control. AHAM claimed that the energy consumption when
connected to a network mode will vary depending on transmission range,
networking technology deployed, and the size and frequency of the data
transmissions, all of which may be influenced by devices outside the
refrigerator or by parties other than the manufacturer. (AHAM, No. 30
at p. 22)
AHAM also stated that the DOE proposal encourages manufacturers to
not integrate communication modules within units because models that do
not have integrated communication modules would not need to be tested
while connected to a network. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 22) DOE noted in the
July 2013 NOPR that it could not require that models without integrated
communication modules be tested with the modules energized, because the
designs of third-party modules are not standardized and manufacturers
of the refrigeration products cannot generally specify which modules
are used with their products. Therefore, requiring products to be
tested with an external communication device would not be appropriate.
DOE's key concern regarding on-board communication modules is that
the test procedure should measure the energy that the module may use
even when the product is not connected to a network for demand-response
control. However, DOE recognizes that there would be a potential
disincentive to design products with on-board modules if the test
required that they be energized and connected during the test. Hence,
DOE has modified its proposed approach concerning communication modules
by requiring that products with on-board modules be tested in the
configuration in which they leave the factory, rather than being
energized and connected to a network. These changes are made in section
2.11 of Appendix A and 2.8 of Appendix B. DOE expects that, under this
requirement, manufacturers will ship the units in their lowest energy
use state, and the energy use associated with the communication module
should be nearly or exactly zero, essentially equivalent to the non-
existent module power contribution for test of a product designed to
use an external communication module.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ Since units will be tested in their ``as shipped''
condition, a unit that is not shipped in its lowest energy use
condition will use a higher amount of energy than if it had been
shipped in the lowest energy use condition. Consequently,
manufacturers will have a strong incentive to ensure that all units
are shipped set to their lowest energy use setting.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
While DOE has some concerns about communication modules engaged in
intermittent higher-energy-use operations when in the presence of
communications networks, there is insufficient information at this time
regarding the potential for such operation and the likely energy use
impact. Furthermore, DOE recognizes that it may be a challenge to
develop a test procedure that provides consistent and accurate
measurement of the energy use of such communications modules that is
representative of their field energy use. DOE may consider development
of such a test in the future.
14. Changes to Confidentiality of Certification Data
Section 429.14(b) specifies the data that manufacturers of
residential refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers must
provide to DOE when certifying compliance for each basic model. Data
submitted for the items in paragraph (b)(2) (e.g., annual energy use
and total adjusted volume) are treated by DOE as public data whereas
the data for items in paragraph (b)(3) (e.g., the values for
CTL and CTM used in the energy use calculation in
section 5.2.1.3) are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The items
listed in paragraph (b)(3) include specific information related to
variable defrost control, variable anti-sweat heater control, and the
use of alternate temperature sensor locations. For models with variable
defrost and variable anti-sweat heaters, manufacturers must notify DOE
whether certain products have these features, the values for anti-sweat
heater power levels at 10 different relative humidity conditions, and
the values of the variable defrost parameters, CTL, and
CTM. Since publishing the current version of section 429.14,
DOE has determined that there is no clear reason why whether a model
has variable defrost, whether a model has variable anti-sweat heater
control or whether the manufacturer used alternate temperature sensor
locations should not be public information. DOE proposed to move these
items to paragraph (b)(2), making them public data. The other details
of variable defrost operation and variable anti-sweat heater control
would remain in paragraph (b)(3).
GE, AHAM, Whirlpool, and FSI all submitted comments opposing the
DOE proposal. AHAM's comment stated its preference that this
information not be made public. (AHAM, No. 30 at pp. 23-24) AHAM stated
that DOE could seek additional information from manufacturers on a
case-by-case basis, such as the specific locations of temperature
sensors. (Id.) For its explanation of why the information should be
treated as confidential, AHAM referred to the comments it made in
response to the compliance, certification, and enforcement rulemaking
that resulted in the March 7, 2011 final rule (see Docket EERE-2010-BT-
CE-0014, No. 98 at p. 6). DOE notes, however, those comments addressed
the confidentiality of the CTL and CTM values and
the actual sensor placement locations--none of which DOE proposed to
make public. FSI commented that how each manufacturer obtains the
energy consumption of models should be kept confidential. FSI also
stated that simplifying the CCMS reporting would be beneficial to all
companies, especially smaller companies. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 8) DOE
notes that variable defrost can be considered a standard feature for
products with electronic controls, which provide the capability to
determine the appropriate defrost frequency. GE stated, without further
explanation, that information regarding the presence of either variable
defrost or variable anti-sweat heaters constitute trade secrets and
should not be made public. (GE, No. 31 at p. 9) Contrary to GE's
assertion, however, many manufacturers, including GE, have applied for
test procedure waivers for models with variable anti-sweat heater
controls and have publicly provided a list of models that have this
feature. DOE also notes that 33 percent of the models in the CCMS
database have been reported to have variable defrost and 5 percent have
been reported to have variable anti-sweat heaters, suggesting that
these features are fairly common among models available in the
industry. For these reasons, and the absence of any specific reasons
demonstrating that the presence of these features in already-marketed
products constitutes a trade secret or that their disclosure would be
likely to cause substantial competitive harm, DOE does not believe that
revealing the presence of these features reveals any part of a model's
design that could be considered a trade secret or confidential
commercial information. However, because several of the comments
suggest that parties may have misunderstood the
[[Page 22339]]
information DOE proposed to make public, DOE will allow another
opportunity for comment in another rulemaking prior to reaching a final
decision regarding this aspect of its proposal.
15. Package Loading
Section 2.2 of the DOE test procedure for residential freezers,
which is located in appendix B1 to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430
(Appendix B1), references the HRF-1-1979 test procedure for provisions
related to certain operational conditions and product set-up
procedures. Among these is a specific provision described in section
7.4.3.3 of HRF-1-1979, which requires that the freezer compartment be
loaded to 75% of the maximum number of filled packages that can be
fitted into the compartment, and that the 75% load be fitted into the
compartment to permit air circulation around and above the load. The
requirements applicable to these products in appendix B to subpart B of
10 CFR part 430 (Appendix B) and the section it references in the HRF-
1-2008 procedure (section 5.5.5.3) are identical except that package
loading is required only for manual defrost freezers, whereas it is
required by HRF-1-1979 for all freezer types.
DOE learned that test laboratories may not all use the same
approach to determine the number of packages they must load into a unit
prior to testing. To ensure consistency, DOE proposed a method that
would require an initial step of filling the compartment completely
with as many packages as physically possible. This step would provide
an indication of the number of packages required for a 100% fill. The
tester would then calculate the number of packages required for a 75%
fill, remove packages based on the calculation to achieve the required
75% fill, and adjust the packages to assure the necessary air gaps and
the tiered or pyramid form needed for thermocouple placement. DOE
proposed placing the description of this method in section 2.9 of
Appendix B. The proposed text specified that the number of packages
representing the completely filled condition and the number left in the
compartment for the test should both be recorded in the test data and
maintained as part of the test record in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
Because section 5.5.5.3 of HRF-1-2008 also applies these requirements
to each shelf of a multi-shelf freezer, the requirement to count and
record the number of packages would apply on a per-shelf basis for such
products. 78 FR 41649 (July 10, 2013).
GE, Whirlpool, and AHAM all agreed with DOE's proposed package
loading procedures. (GE, No. 31 at p. 8; Whirlpool, No. 27 at p. 4;
AHAM, No. 30 at p. 23) Therefore, this final rule adopts this amendment
with one further minor clarification: In the event that the 75% loading
calculation results in a fraction, parties shall round to the nearest
whole number to determine the required number of packages for loading.
16. Product Clearance to the Wall During Testing
In the December 16, 2010 interim final rule, which established
Appendices A and B, DOE included provisions to address product
clearances to the wall during testing. 75 FR 78810. Specifically,
section 2.8 of Appendix A and section 2.6 of Appendix B both require
that the space between the plane of the cabinet's back panel and the
vertical surface behind the cabinet (i.e., the test chamber wall or
simulated wall) be the minimum distance in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions or 2 inches, whichever is less. These
sections specified that if the product has permanent rear spacers that
extend beyond this distance, the product must be located with the
spacers in contact with the vertical surface. However, DOE received a
request for guidance from AHAM dated May 22, 2013 (AHAM Guidance
Request) indicating that these provisions may not be sufficiently clear
for cases in which the back of the test unit is not all on one plane
due to protrusions or surface irregularities. (AHAM Guidance Request,
No. 15, p. 2) AHAM requested that DOE clarify these sections by
referencing the Committee Draft for Vote (CDV) version of Part 1 of IEC
62552.2 Household refrigerating appliances--Characteristics and test
methods. According to AHAM, this reference provides guidance on
product-to-rear wall spacing that is consistent with section 2.8 but is
more specific regarding the treatment of irregular surfaces.
Because the IEC reference that AHAM suggested was not finalized by
the time of the NOPR, and because DOE generally seeks to limit the
number of external references incorporated in the DOE test procedure,
DOE declined to propose incorporation by reference of the IEC procedure
that AHAM suggested. However, to improve consistency in testing, DOE
proposed to adopt revised language for section 2.8 that is intended to
accomplish the same objective. Specifically, DOE proposed to specify
that, for the purposes of determining the appropriate clearance to the
wall for the test, the rear plane of the cabinet is the largest flat
surface at the rear of the cabinet. The proposed test procedure would
also have indicated that individual features, such as brackets,
compressors, or condensers that protrude from the rear plane could not
be used as the basis for determining the rear clearance. AHAM agreed
with this DOE proposal. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 9)
PAPRSA opposed this proposal, explaining that disallowing
manufacturers to measure rear wall clearance from the plane of a rear
wall-mounted external condenser represents an unfair burden on products
with rear-mounted condensers. PAPRSA explained that the proposed
requirement would leave manufacturers with less than 12 months to
develop measures to make up for the additional reduction in rear-wall
clearance under the new September 15, 2014 standards. (PAPRSA, No. 28
at p. 2) Based upon PAPRSA's comments, DOE agrees that there are valid
reasons to consider a rear-mounted condenser as the rear plane of the
cabinet for the purposes of positioning the unit for testing, provided
that the heat exchanging portion of the condenser is in fact mounted on
the rear of the cabinet and consists of a uniformly flat (plane-shaped)
array of refrigerant tubes (i.e., not a rear-mounted condenser that is
nearly uniformly flat, but with one or two refrigerant tubes protruding
farther beyond the rear surface of the cabinet than the main plane of
the condenser). DOE has modified the proposal to allow a rear-wall
condenser to be considered the rear plane if it is plane-shaped and if
the total surface area of the condenser plane is at least one-quarter
of the total area of the rear face of the cabinet (i.e., the unit's
height times its width). This ratio is based upon DOE's evaluation of
products currently available on the market that have rear-mounted
condensers and is intended to include all such products that would be
most appropriately tested using this provision. The modified language
provides a tolerance on flatness of the rear-wall condenser of plus or
minus one-quarter inch (i.e., the plane would have to be uniformly
flat) and indicates how the area of the rectangular plane would be
determined. Therefore, today DOE adopts the proposal for rear clearance
except that it allows rear-wall condensers that are planar and
sufficiently large to be considered the rear plane for the maximum 2-
inch clearance requirement.
FSI disagreed with the proposed exclusion of protrusions extending
beyond the rear plane when considering
[[Page 22340]]
the rear-wall clearance, indicating that there may be many design
reasons to include such protrusions. FSI also commented that DOE's
discussion regarding products that might be installed with a slight
rear tilt was unnecessary because manufacturers' installation
instructions generally require level installation. (FSI, No. 20 at p.
9) DOE believes that the exclusion of protrusions is necessary in order
to ensure consistency in test results. There may be multiple
protrusions, and it may not be clear which protrusion is the
appropriate one for measuring the rear clearance. In addition, allowing
the clearance to be measured from a small protrusion incentivizes the
incorporation of a minor extension beyond the rear plane simply to
obtain additional clearance for the test, while the protrusion would
most likely be pushed against the rear wall in field installations.
Hence, this final rule retains, in section 2.8 of Appendix A and 2.6 of
Appendix B, the requirement that clearance be measured from the rear
plane. Regarding the potential for rearward tilt, the proposed language
simply addresses set-up requirements in cases in which the
manufacturers' instructions lead to installing the unit such that the
rear plane is not perfectly parallel to the rear wall. Since DOE has
identified products for which the manufacturer's instructions would
result in installation with a slight rearward tilt, DOE believes that
adopting this provision as proposed will more accurately reflect the
intended use of each product and will have no effect on products for
which the instructions do not result in a rearward tilt.
17. Other Minor Corrections
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE noted a minor error in section 6,
``Calculation of Derived Results From Test Measurements,'' of Appendix
A. Section 6.2.2.2 provides the method for calculating average per-
cycle energy use (``E'') for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers
through calculations based on compartment temperatures. This section
currently states that ``E'' is defined in section 6.2.1.1. However,
section 6.2.1.1 did not define the term ``E'' and contained only the
equation E = ET1 + IET, which DOE felt did not sufficiently clarify the
term's meaning. Since the term ``E'' has the same basic meaning for all
portions of section 6.2, DOE proposed to define this term in the
introductory text of section 6.2 and to modify the text in the
subsequent sections to refer to the definition consistently. For
consistency, DOE proposed nearly identical changes for Appendix B. DOE
received no comment opposing this proposal and therefore adopts this
change in this final rule.
DOE also noted that a certain aspect of the definition of ``compact
refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer'' in 10 CFR 430.2, which
distinguishes the product classes in section 430.32(a) for compact
products from the classes for standard-size products, could potentially
cause confusion. Specifically, compact products are defined to be under
7.75 cubic feet in volume. The definition used the term ``rated
volume,'' which is not defined or listed elsewhere in DOE's test
procedures or reporting requirements for these products. The definition
is intended to refer to ``total refrigerated volume,'' but ``rated
volume'' could potentially be confused with ``adjusted volume,'' which
is a different measurement. To prevent confusion regarding the
applicability of this definition, and to ensure standard terminology is
used throughout DOE's regulations, DOE proposed to amend the definition
of ``compact refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer'' in 10 CFR
430.2 to specifically indicate that the definition applies to the
product's total refrigerated volume. DOE received no comments in
opposition to this proposal and therefore adopts this change in this
final rule.
AHAM raised other minor issues in its guidance request to DOE dated
May 22, 2013, referred to previously in section III.C.13. See also 79
FR 41649. AHAM stated that the last sentence of the existing definition
of ``Defrost cycle type'', found in section 1.9 of Appendix A (as
finalized by the January 2012 Final Rule), may be causing confusion.
This sentence states that ``defrost achieved regularly during the
compressor off-cycles by warming the evaporator without active heat
addition is not a defrost cycle type.'' AHAM stated that this sentence
could be interpreted as indicating that off-cycle defrost is not
considered to be a type of automatic defrost. (AHAM Guidance Request,
No. 15, p. 2) DOE inserted the clause in section 1.9 regarding off-
cycle defrost as part of the December 2010 Interim Final Rule in
response to AHAM's comments during that rulemaking that off-cycle
defrost should not be considered a defrost cycle type. 75 FR 78838
(Dec. 16, 2010). This clause was intended to distinguish off-cycle
defrosts from the unique types of defrost cycles that involve a defrost
heater, whose energy use contributions must be measured individually
for products with multiple defrost cycle types. See Appendix A, section
4.2.4. However, as AHAM pointed out in its recent comments, the current
language in section 1.9 is not intended to indicate that off-cycle
defrost is not a form of automatic defrost. DOE clarified this issue as
part of the preliminary analysis for the energy conservation standard
rulemaking that ended September 15, 2011. (Energy Conservation
Standards for Residential Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Freezers, 2009-12-10 Public Meeting Presentation Slides, Docket No.
EERE-2008-BT-STD-0012, No. 28 at p. 21)
DOE understands AHAM's concerns about possible misinterpretation of
the cited sentence. To resolve this issue, DOE proposed to revise the
definition of ``defrost cycle type'' in section 1.9 of Appendix A to
clarify that off-cycle defrost is a form of automatic defrost, even
though it is not considered a defrost cycle type for the purposes of
the test procedure for products with multiple defrost cycle types. AHAM
supported the proposed revision. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 24) As a result,
DOE is adopting the revised definition in this final rule for section
1.11 of Appendix A.
18. Relocation of Shelving for Temperature Sensors
HRF-1-2008, section 5.5.4, which is incorporated into the DOE test
procedures by reference (See section 2.2 of Appendices A and B),
requires at least one inch of air space separating the thermal mass of
a temperature sensor from contact with any surface. In the case of
interference with hardware at the specified sensor locations, section
5.5.4 requires that the temperature sensors be placed at the nearest
locations such that there will be a one-inch air space separating the
sensor mass from the hardware. In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE stated that,
if the sensor is near shelving or other components whose position is
adjustable by the consumer, it is more appropriate to relocate the
shelf or component than to relocate the sensor. However, HRF-1-2008
section 5.5.2(a) requires that shelves and bins be evenly spaced
throughout the compartment. As a result, DOE proposed to revise the
test procedures to indicate that temperature sensor location would take
precedence over the position of shelving and components whose position
is adjustable by consumers, even if this means that the separation
between shelves is not precisely equal. Specifically, DOE proposed to
add language to Appendices A and B, section 5.1, indicating that
consumer-movable shelves and other components should be moved to
maintain temperature sensor clearance requirements, allowing the
temperature
[[Page 22341]]
sensor locations to remain as specified in HRF-1-2008 Figure 5-1 or 5-
2, but that parties should otherwise adhere as closely as practicable
to the shelf-placement requirements of section 5.5.2 of HRF-1-2008
(including the requirement that shelves and door bins be evenly
spaced). 78 FR 41649 (July 10, 2013).
AHAM commented that the DOE proposal will impact some products
significantly more than others. AHAM claimed that the range of impacts
is so great that DOE should not make this change to the test procedure
at this time. AHAM also stated that DOE's proposal could result in
measurements that are unrepresentative of actual consumer use. The test
data AHAM provided showed an average impact of -0.58 kWh per year with
a range of -21 kWh per year to +18 kWh per year. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
10) DOE agrees that the proposal may have an impact on measured energy
use for a small percentage of products. Therefore, DOE will not adopt
its proposal to prioritize temperature sensor locations over shelf
placement. More specifically, the test will require that the shelves be
placed in accordance with the requirements in section 5.5.2 of HRF-1-
2008, and the sensors then be placed in the locations required in
Figure 5-1 or 5-2 of HRF-1-2008. If the sensors cannot be placed in
those locations due to interference with hardware, they must be
relocated as to maintain the required 1-inch air gap between the sensor
and adjacent hardware.
Further, DOE is modifying the language in section 5.1 of Appendices
A and B. In each appendix, this section (1) explains where parties must
place temperature sensors and (2) requires parties that use alternative
sensor locations for a particular basic model to (a) record the
locations in the test data maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71
and (b) report the use of ``non-standard'' temperature sensor locations
in certification reports for the basic model, as required by 10 CFR
429.14(b)(3). DOE is revising this section to specify that this
reporting is required if the sensors are moved by any amount from the
locations specified in Figure 5-1 or 5-2 of HRF-1-2008 in order to
maintain the required 1-inch clearance from adjustable shelves or other
components whose location is consumer-adjustable. Such reporting will
give DOE notice in the case of verification testing that special
attention must be paid to the specific locations of temperature sensors
and shelves to ensure both are located in a manner consistent with the
approach used in certification tests. Further, if there is any question
about the locations, DOE may request manufacturers' test reports to
review exact locations of the sensors and components.
D. Other Matters Related to the Test Procedure and Discussion of
Proposals Not Adopted in This Final Rule
1. Icemaking Test Procedure
Nearly all refrigerator-freezers currently sold either have a
factory-installed automatic icemaker or are ``icemaker-kitable''--i.e.,
they are manufactured with the necessary water tubing, valve(s), and
icemaker mounting hardware to allow quick installation of an automatic
icemaker at any time after the product leaves the factory. Ice
production increases the energy use of a refrigerator-freezer in two
ways: (1) Some icemaker components (e.g., the mold heater and the gear
motor) consume energy, and (2) additional refrigeration is required to
cool and freeze incoming water and to remove the heat generated by
icemaker components (e.g., the mold heater). The current test procedure
for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers does not measure the energy
use associated with ice production. Specifically, HRF-1-1979, section
7.4.2 (which is incorporated by reference into Appendix A1) states,
``Automatic icemakers are to be inoperative during the test''.
In the May 2010 NOPR DOE issued when proposing amendments to the
test procedure that will become required later this year, DOE indicated
that energy use associated with automatic icemaking represents 10 to 15
percent of the rated energy use of typical refrigeration products. See
75 FR 29846-29847 (May 27, 2010). As discussed in section I of this
rule, stakeholders commented, in response to DOE's presentation of its
preliminary analysis supporting the recently completed energy
conservation standard rulemaking, that the test procedures and energy
conservation standards for refrigeration products should address
icemaking energy use. (See, e.g., Energy Conservation Standards for
Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, Docket No. EERE-
2008-BT- STD-0012; ACEEE, No. 46 at p. 1).
However, stakeholders also commented that a test procedure to
measure icemaking energy use had not yet been sufficiently developed.
(Energy Conservation Standards for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-
Freezers, and Freezers, Docket No. EERE-2008-BT- STD-0012; AHAM, No. 37
at p. 2: General Electric, No. 40 at p. 1) To avoid delaying the energy
conservation standard rulemaking, DOE published the new Appendix A test
procedure and related energy conservation standard with a fixed
placeholder energy use value of 84 kWh per year for products with
automatic icemakers, to represent the average amount of energy consumed
in ice production. 75 FR 78842-78843 (Dec. 10, 2010) and 76 FR 57538
(Sept. 15, 2011). (The 84 kWh per year value is equivalent to the 0.23
kWh per day value found in Appendices A and B, Section 6.2.2.1. That
0.23 kWh per day value is multiplied by 365 (See, e.g., 10 CFR
430.23(a)(1)), which yields an annual consumption of 84 kWh per year.)
In 2010, joint stakeholders, including manufacturers and efficiency
advocates, drafted a consensus agreement that outlined recommendations
for new energy and water conservation standards, test procedures, tax
incentives and ENERGY STAR criteria for major home appliances. As part
of that agreement, AHAM agreed to develop an icemaking test procedure
before January 1, 2012. (Test Procedure for Residential Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, Docket No. EERE-2009-BT-TP-0003,
Joint Comment, No. 20 at p. 5) In early January 2012, AHAM provided DOE
with a draft of its icemaking test procedure, ``AHAM Refrigerator,
Refrigerator-Freezer, and Freezer Ice Making Energy Test Procedure,
Revision 1.0--12/14/11''. (AHAM Draft Test Procedure, No. 4) That draft
indicated that it would apply to refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers
and freezers, as defined in 10 CFR 430.2, that are equipped with a
single automatic icemaker (including non-icemaker-equipped models that
could be readily retrofitted with an optional automatic icemaker).
In July 2012, AHAM provided DOE with a revision of its icemaking
test procedure, ``AHAM Refrigerator, Refrigerator-Freezer, and Freezer
Ice Making Energy Test Procedure, Revision 2.0--07/10/12''. (AHAM
Revised Draft Test Procedure, No. 5) The AHAM Revised Draft Test
Procedure would have applied to products that have one or more
automatic icemakers. In addition, it includes several revisions to the
AHAM Draft Test Procedure.
The July 2013 NOPR proposed an icemaking test procedure based
largely on the AHAM Revised Draft Test Procedure. However, stakeholders
requested additional time to review and comment on DOE's proposal.
(AHAM, No. 24 at p. 1) In order to allow stakeholders additional time
to review its proposed amendments for measurement of icemaking energy
use,
[[Page 22342]]
DOE will delay finalization of these amendments. As part of this
process, DOE will provide the public with an additional opportunity to
weigh in with their views regarding the icemaking test procedure
through public notice and comment. Consequently, this final rule
includes no amendments to the test procedures associated with
measurement of icemaking energy use.
The July 2013 NOPR also proposed to define ``through-the-door ice
and water dispenser,'' explaining that this term appears in discussions
of both icemaking operations and volume calculations within HRF-1-2008,
which is incorporated by reference in Appendices A and B. The proposed
definition indicated that a through-the-door ice/water dispenser could
dispense ice only, both ice and water, or water only. 78 at 41620 (July
10, 2013). AHAM commented that the ``through-the-door ice and water
dispenser'' definition should not include ``water only'' dispensers
because this language would confuse product class determinations.
(AHAM, No. 24 at p. 8-9) DOE agrees that, although an ice and water
dispenser may dispense water, the term as used in HRF-1-2008 is not
intended to denote water-only dispensers. Hence, this final rule
modifies the definition so that it applies to ice-only and ice/water
dispensers, but not water-only dispensers.
2. Built-In Refrigeration Products
The July 2013 NOPR provided data showing the impact on measured
energy use of testing built-in products in a built-in configuration.
DOE requested information from stakeholders regarding this issue,
including (a) additional data showing the impact on the energy use
measurement of testing such products in a built-in condition, (b) the
test burden that would be incurred with such a requirement, and (c)
whether the DOE test procedure should require testing of built-in
products in a built-in condition. AHAM requested an extension of the
comment period to January 31, 2014, to allow stakeholders more time to
prepare comments on this issue. (AHAM, No. 24 at p. 1) DOE granted this
request. Hence, given the need for DOE to thoroughly review these
comments and any accompanying data, DOE will address this issue more
fully in a future notice.
3. Specific Volume Measurement Issues
As part of the same May 22, 2013 guidance request referred to
previously in this final rule, AHAM requested that DOE clarify certain
provisions of its prescribed method for measuring product interior
volume in section 5.3 of Appendices A and B. Section 5.3 references
section 4 of HRF-1-2008 in both Appendices A and B. Section 4.2.2 of
HRF-1-2008 lists several components that parties must deduct from the
measured interior volume, including ``the volume of air ducts required
for proper cooling and operation of the unit.'' Specifically, AHAM
asked DOE whether this particular provision includes only air ducts
that supply cold air to the fresh food and freezer compartments, or to
all air ducts within the unit. (AHAM Guidance Request, No. 15, p. 2)
The guidance request did not include specific examples of ducts other
than those that supply air to the fresh food and freezer compartments,
which are both required for proper cooling and operation of the unit.
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE stated that it was aware of air ducts used
to cool icemaking compartments and that such ducts would also be
required for proper operation of any refrigeration product that is
equipped with an automatic icemaker, or any kitable product with an
icemaking compartment that could have an automatic icemaker installed
after shipment. As of the July 2013 NOPR, DOE was not aware of any
other specific examples. However, since the volume measurement method
generally excludes volumes occupied by components that are not intended
to be removed by the user and that occupy space that cannot be used for
storage, which are both likely to apply to an air duct, DOE took the
view that parties should deduct the volume of any air duct in the
interior of the cabinet from the measured product volume.
AHAM responded by asking DOE not to require deduction of the
measured volume of all air ducts in the interior of the cabinet, such
as those that transfer cold air from an interior compartment to another
enclosed space within the compartment. AHAM stated that DOE may have
misunderstood the use of the term ``unit'' in HRF-1-2008, which AHAM
claimed is intended to refer to the entire refrigeration system, and
suggested that DOE may be interpreting ``unit'' to mean the entire
product. As explained by AHAM, the air ducts that are required ``for
the proper operation of the unit'' are those required for providing air
flow from the refrigeration system to the fresh food/freezer/separate
auxiliary compartments and that air ducts that supply fresh food,
freezer, and separate auxiliary compartments should be deducted from
the total volume, which is consistent with the DOE view expressed in
the July 2013 NOPR. However, AHAM also indicated that the temperature
inside special compartments and icemaker compartments are not included
in the overall compartment temperature measurement, and thus their
associated air ducts should not be required for proper operation of the
refrigeration system. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 7)
DOE responded to AHAM's request for clarification on whether the
air duct volumes are included in the measured volume in the July 2013
NOPR by clarifying how the currently required test procedure must be
followed. Further, DOE notes that HRF-1-2008 is not sufficiently
descriptive as to indicate that certain ducts are treated differently
from others for the purposes of volume measurement, or that the term
``unit'' has a specific meaning within this particular context. DOE's
interpretation is based upon the past use of the term ``unit,'' which
it believes is otherwise consistent with the remainder of the HRF-1-
2008 test procedure, the DOE test procedure, and the testing methods
for other products. Hence, DOE has not modified its interpretation that
the volume of any air ducts in the cabinet would be deducted from the
product's total refrigerated volume.
In addition, the July 2013 NOPR clarified whether the volume of
water tanks used for chilling of water to be dispensed in a product's
water dispenser should be included or excluded in the calculation of
total refrigerated volume. The NOPR indicated that if a water tank is
integral to a product's dispenser, it would be excluded from the
volume, but that otherwise, it would be included. 78 FR 41651 (July 10,
2013). AHAM commented that the tank would always be in the product's
refrigerated space and thus should always be included in the product's
total refrigerated volume, regardless of its proximity to the
dispenser. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 7) After consideration of AHAM's
comment, DOE agrees that the volume of any water tank housed within the
refrigerated space should be included in the calculation of total
refrigerated volume. and notes that this provision is not limited to
water tanks, but would apply to any other component that is located
entirely within the refrigerated volume and not specifically excluded
from the volume measurement by section 4.2.2 of HRF-1-2008.
4. Treatment of Products That Are Operable as a Refrigerator or Freezer
In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE addressed concerns regarding the
appropriate test setting for products with a single compartment that
can operate either as an electric refrigerator or freezer, as defined
in 10 CFR 430.2. DOE noted that section 2.7 of Appendix
[[Page 22343]]
A1 and Section 2.7 of Appendix A both require compartments that are
convertible (e.g., from fresh food to freezer) to be operated in the
highest energy use position. In the case of a product for which the
convertible compartment is the only compartment (i.e., the entire
product is convertible), the product effectively meets the definitions
of two different covered products. In July 2013 NOPR, DOE stated that
if the product is marketed as both an electric refrigerator and as a
freezer, the product must be tested as both covered products, must meet
both applicable standards, and must be certified as meeting both
standards. If, however, the product is marketed only as a refrigerator
or only as a freezer, the product must (1) be tested in accordance with
the applicable test procedure, (2) meet the appropriate standard for
that product, and (3) be certified accordingly. 78 FR 41651 (July 10,
2013).
AHAM commented that the DOE proposal for convertible products would
impose an added test burden on manufacturers. Instead, AHAM suggested
that DOE require that products be tested in the most energy intensive
position, which AHAM claims is consistent with industry practice.
(AHAM, No. 30 at p. 24) AHAM acknowledges that its own suggestion would
still require test facilities to test convertible products as both a
refrigerator and a freezer, but would be less burdensome than the DOE
proposal. (Id.) DOE notes that the most energy intensive configuration
may not be the configuration for which energy use is closer to the
maximum allowable energy use for that particular configuration.
Specifically, in certain cases, the lower energy use position (i.e.,
testing as a refrigerator) could result in measured energy use that is
more likely to exceed the standard for the applicable refrigerator
standard than the freezer standard when measured in the freezer
configuration. Since such products must be able to meet the standard
for each type of product, in DOE's view, certifying compliance with
only one of the configurations is incomplete. After further
consideration, in part based on AHAM's comment, DOE recognized that the
language in the NOPR is inconsistent with the DOE's existing regulatory
definitions. Therefore, to ensure that consumers receive the most
accurate information, DOE is requiring that convertible products be
tested and certified as both refrigerators and freezers if the products
meet the applicable definition(s). Furthermore, DOE notes that the
definitions are applicable to a given model based on the performance of
that model when operating under typical field conditions--not at the
test procedure conditions.
To ensure that this requirement is clearly indicated in the
regulations, DOE has added a new paragraph 10 CFR 429.14(c) to include
this requirement. Specifically, DOE will require that manufacturers
certify each individual model as complying with the energy conservation
standard applicable to all product classes identified in Sec.
430.32(a) into which the individual model falls if the individual model
is distributed in commerce as a model within that product class. The
manufacturer must assign a different basic model number to the units in
each product class even if a manufacturer uses the same individual
model number to identify the product. As an example, if a single
individual model were distributed in commerce as an automatic defrost
all-refrigerator (product class 3A) and as an automatic defrost upright
freezer (product class 9), the manufacturer could use the same
individual model number but would be required to test the model
according to the test procedure applicable to each corresponding
product class (i.e., Appendix A for class 3A and Appendix B for class
9). The manufacturer would also need to certify each basic model
separately (i.e., in product class 3A and in product class 9) using a
different basic model number for the two product classes.
5. Stabilization Period
AHAM's May 22, 2013 guidance request asked whether the
stabilization period (See section 2.9 of Appendix A1 for an example)
has a maximum time constraint. (AHAM Guidance Request, No. 15, p. 4)
The stabilization period for products with cycling compressors consists
of two separate time periods, each of which lasts at least two hours
and comprises a whole number of compressor cycles, with an intervening
time period of at least three hours. Specifically, AHAM asked whether
the two time periods in question have a maximum duration or if they
must be selected to be as short as possible while still satisfying the
requirements. (Id.) In the July 2013 NOPR, DOE stated that neither of
these requirements is explicitly stated in the test procedure, and
neither is implied. DOE further indicated that the two time periods in
question may be extended, for example, if there is irregular cycling of
the compressor that makes the first possible selection of such a time
period non-representative of the average compartment temperatures for
the captured time period. However, it would not be consistent with the
test procedure to select two sets of time periods that would allow
stability to appear to have been achieved when it has not. Alternative
selections of time periods that satisfy the test procedure requirements
should also demonstrate that stability has been achieved. At the time
of the July 2013 NOPR, DOE did not believe that changes to the test
procedure regulatory language were required to address this issue. 78
FR 41651 (July 10, 2013).
In its comments, GE expressed concerns that DOE's view would allow
selection of the three time periods used to evaluate steady state
operation (i.e., the two periods for which average temperatures are
measured and the intervening period separating the first two) to be
left wholly to the discretion of the test facility, which could result
in different test results for the same set of test data. (GE, No. 31 at
p. 9) However, GE did not provide specific examples that show clearly
why DOE should amend the stability requirements (e.g., to require the
shortest stability time period that meets the requirements of section
2.9 of Appendix A). DOE believes that, in general, if stability is
demonstrated for the shortest time period meeting the requirements that
can be examined for a given time period of product operation,
evaluation of the steady state condition should also be confirmed if
different periods are selected for verifying that steady state
operation has been reached. In other words, in a typical case, if the
confirmation of steady state depends on the selection of specific time
periods, while disregarding other adjacent time periods, the product
has not fully reached steady state. In general, DOE expects that a test
laboratory will select the shortest possible stabilization period in
any case, in order to shorten test time. The test procedure has never
had a maximum duration for the stabilization periods, and DOE believes
GE's comment does not provide sufficient information to justify a
maximum duration. Therefore, DOE is declining to amend the
stabilization requirements in the test procedure.
E. Compliance With Other EPCA Requirements
1. Test Burden
EPCA requires that the test procedures DOE prescribes or amends be
reasonably designed to produce test results that measure the energy
efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of a covered
product during a representative average
[[Page 22344]]
use cycle or period of use. These procedures must also not be unduly
burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) DOE has concluded that
the amendments proposed in this final rule satisfy these requirements.
Some of the test procedure amendments made in this final rule
clarify how existing provisions of the test should be conducted, or
otherwise represent minor changes to the test that do not significantly
affect the equipment required for testing or the time required to
conduct it. These amendments include changes to the anti-circumvention
language and ambient temperature gradient requirements, and
clarifications regarding how to set mechanical temperature controls.
AHAM suggested that ambient temperature gradient requirements could add
an initial burden as test facilities adjust to accommodate the
clarifying amendments. For example, laboratories may have to purchase
additional thermocouples and fixtures to hang them. AHAM also suggested
that ambient temperature amendments would require rewriting data
acquisition software and could require some laboratories to obtain data
acquisition hardware/equipment. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 25) FSI expressed
concern that the ambient temperature gradient requirements may
invalidate some tests, leading to additional testing time, and that
some test chambers may not be able to meet the requirements without
significant facility modifications. (FSI, No. 20 at p. 8)
DOE notes that it expects test facilities may need to make slight
modifications to adhere to the clarified version of the ambient
temperature requirements, particularly in demonstrating that the
temperature gradients have been maintained. DOE does not consider the
small initial costs involved with temperature sensors and ambient
temperature fixtures to be significant compared to the costs of running
multiple tests. In addition, based on comments received on previous
rulemaking proposals involving data collection methods, DOE expects all
test facilities to already have the data acquisition systems to adhere
to all of the requirements being adopted today. Therefore, DOE believes
this requirement is not likely to result in a significant additional
test burden. As discussed in section III.C.6, DOE considers the
amendments concerning the maintenance of the ambient temperature
gradient to merely clarify the test procedure by specifying how to
interpret the existing requirement for maintenance of the gradient.
Hence, DOE does not consider these amendments to impose any new test
facility requirements.
This final rule also makes other changes, none of which would have
a significant impact on burden. First, the modifications in the test
procedure for incomplete cycling products could increase or decrease
test time, as discussed in the NOPR. 78 FR 41641 (July 10, 2013).
However, based on tests conducted by DOE, the impact on test time for
the amendment being adopted does not appear significant. FSI submitted
comments that suggest it would incur significant test burden because
the incomplete cycling modifications would increase test complexity.
(FSI, No. 20 at p.6) DOE does not agree with this claim. The DOE
proposal simply aligns the test procedure for incomplete-cycling
products with those for products with cycling compressors by requiring
a whole number of compressor cycles--the only difference being that a
single compressor cycle is acceptable if the cycle takes at least 12
hours. In DOE's view, this change does not constitute an increase in
complexity. In DOE testing conducted prior to publication of the July
2013 NOPR, only four chest freezers tested have exhibited incomplete
cycling. The impacts in test time for these four products were
reductions for three products of 0.5, 3, and 10 hours and an increase
for the fourth of 1.4 hours. 78 FR 41614 (July 10, 2103). These results
show that the impact on test burden would be small and limited
primarily to chest freezers.
Second, this final rule introduces an optional triangulation
approach for products with two temperature controls. AHAM and FSI both
submitted comments stating that reporting whether the triangulation
method was used is an unnecessary burden. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 17; FSI,
No. 20 at p.5) DOE notes that it proposed to allow the use of
triangulation in response to the request of stakeholders in a previous
refrigeration product test procedure rulemaking and that the use of
this approach, as implemented in this final rule, is on an optional
basis. However, DOE has not adopted the proposed requirement to
indicate in certification reports whether the method was used in
testing--hence, it is DOE's belief that the amendments adopting
triangulation represent no added burden.
Additionally, the test procedure modifications for products with
multiple-compressors are, for the most part, consistent with the test
procedures of existing test procedure waivers. This final rule
eliminates most of the provisions of the multiple-compressor test
procedure that DOE proposed in the NOPR that stakeholders criticized
due to the potential added test burden. The key exception is the
requirement that the first part of the test must be a continuous time
period. However, as discussed in section III.C.1, DOE has imposed this
requirement to limit the potential impact of truncation error; allowing
the waiver approach could potentially introduce error in excess of the
one percent that AHAM views as unacceptable. (See AHAM, No. 30 at p.
15)
DOE acknowledges that some test facilities may need time to adjust
to the various test procedure modifications made in this final rule but
believes that the modest burden associated with these adjustments is
appropriate given the need for test results to be accurate and
repeatable.
Other amendments, including changes to the anti-circumvention
language, the specifications for setting mechanical temperature
controls, and the adoption of new definitions associated with defrost
cycles, would clarify the test procedures but not add any new
requirements that would increase test burden.
2. Changes in Measured Energy Use
When DOE modifies test procedures, it must determine to what
extent, if any, the new test procedure would alter the measured energy
use of covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)) For the reasons
described below, DOE has determined that none of the test procedure
amendments would significantly alter the projected measured energy use
of covered products.
The test procedure amendments in this final rule would affect the
test procedures that will be required for certifying compliance with
the amended energy conservation standards, the compliance date of which
is September 15, 2014. Table III-1 indicates which parts of DOE's test
procedures would be affected by this rule's amendments. As part of its
evaluation of this rule, DOE has examined what impact it would likely
have on the measured energy use of refrigeration products.
Many of the changes made to Appendices A and B through this final
rule clarify the manner in which the test should be conducted, or
otherwise represent minor changes to the test or reporting requirements
that would not affect measured energy use. These amendments include
changes to the anti-circumvention language, clarifications for setting
mechanical temperature controls, modified ambient temperature gradient
requirements, new definitions to help clarify test
[[Page 22345]]
requirements, elimination of the requirement to report product height,
use of CAD models for measuring refrigerated volume, and corrections to
the temperature setting logic tables.
The modification of the test period for products that experience
incomplete cycling could affect only a small minority of products and
only to a minimal extent. To DOE's knowledge, the only products that
exhibit incomplete cycling are chest freezers. As described in section
III.C.4, the accuracy of the measured energy use for such products
would be improved. The measured energy use, to the extent it varies,
would not necessitate a change in the standards for the single class of
products that could theoretically be affected by this rule's
amendments. For these reasons, DOE does not believe an adjustment of
the energy conservation standard is necessary for this test procedure
change.
DOE's modifications addressing products with multiple-compressors
are not expected to alter the measured energy use for these products.
The test procedure as amended by this rule is functionally equivalent
to the test procedure in the waivers that DOE has previously granted
for products with multiple-compressors, differing primarily in the
length and composition of test periods. AHAM commented that allowing
test facilities to use temperature cycles would have a significant
impact on the energy measurement. (AHAM, No. 30 at p. 11) As a result,
DOE decided not to allow the use of temperature cycles to define test
periods. DOE does not believe that any of the other changes applicable
to products with multiple-compressors are likely to affect the measured
energy use of any product currently known to DOE.
As described in section III.C.2, the triangulation test method may,
in certain cases, provide a slightly more accurate measurement of the
actual energy consumption of a given product. This method would yield
lower energy use measurements for some products as compared with the
two-test method of the current DOE test procedures (See Appendix A1,
section 3.1.2). Given that the triangulation method would be optional,
in DOE's view, the overall impact of this optional test on energy use
measurement will likely be insignificant and would not require any
change to the relevant standards.
3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use
EPCA directs DOE to include standby mode and off mode energy
consumption when amending test procedures and that this energy
consumption be integrated into the overall energy consumption
descriptor for the product, unless DOE determines that the current test
procedures for the product already fully account for and incorporate
the standby and off mode energy consumption of the covered product. (42
U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A)(i)) The DOE test procedures for refrigeration
products measure the energy use of these products during extended time
periods that include periods when the compressor and other key
components are cycled off. All of the energy these products use during
the ``off cycles'' is already included in the measurements. A given
refrigeration product being tested could include auxiliary features
that draw power in a standby or off mode. In such instances, HRF-1-1979
and HRF-1-2008, both of which are incorporated in relevant part into
DOE's test procedures, generally instruct manufacturers to set certain
auxiliary features to the lowest power position during testing. In this
lowest power position, any standby or off mode energy use of such
auxiliary features would be included in the energy measurement. As a
result, the July 2013 NOPR did not propose any additional changes to
account for standby and off mode energy consumption, since the current
(and proposed) procedures address these modes. AHAM and GE submitted
comments supporting DOE's position on this issue. (AHAM, No. 30 at p.
19; GE, No. 31 at p.9) Therefore, DOE maintains the position that no
specific amendments are needed to address standby or off-mode energy
use for these products.
IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Order 12866
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has determined that test
procedure rulemakings do not constitute ``significant regulatory
actions'' under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory
Planning and Review, 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this
action was not subject to review under the Executive Order by the
Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB).
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.) requires
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IFRA) for
any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the
agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
As required by Executive Order 13272, ``Proper Consideration of Small
Entities in Agency Rulemaking,'' 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE
published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that
the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly
considered during the DOE rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made
its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General
Counsel's Web site: https://energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel.
DOE reviewed the test procedures in this final rule under the
provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and
policies published on February 19, 2003. This final rule prescribes
test procedures that will be used to determine compliance with energy
conservation standards for the products that are the subject of this
rulemaking.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) considers an entity to be a
small business if, together with its affiliates, it employs less than a
threshold number of workers specified in 13 CFR part 121, which relies
on size standards and codes established by the North American Industry
Classification System (NAICS). The threshold number for NAICS code
335222, which applies to Household Refrigerator and Home Freezer
Manufacturing, is 1,000 employees.
DOE conducted a market survey to determine whether any
manufacturers of products covered by this final rule were small
businesses. During its market survey, DOE used all available public
information to create a list of companies that manufacture
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers covered by this
rulemaking. DOE reviewed these data to determine whether the entities
met the SBA's definition of a small business manufacturer of
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers and screened out
companies that do not offer products covered by this rulemaking, do not
meet the definition of a ``small business,'' or are foreign owned and
operated. DOE identified three small businesses at the time of the July
2013 NOPR and an additional small business presented itself during the
July 2013 NOPR comment period. However, DOE initially concluded that
none of the test procedure modifications adopted in this final rule
would pose a significant burden on manufacturers in this industry.
FSI submitted comments indicating that, as a small business, the
test procedure modifications would unfairly impact its certification
activities.
[[Page 22346]]
Specifically, FSI argued that the following modifications would
unfairly impact it: (a) Clarifications to the ambient temperature
sensors requirements; (b) the optional triangulation energy calculation
method; (c) modifications to the testing requirements for incomplete
cycling products; and (d) clarifications to what DOE considers to make
up a unit's rear wall. FSI's claims of test burden are discussed in
section III.E.1 (Testing Burden). However, for the reasons discussed in
section III.E.1, DOE concludes that FSI's claims of test burden are
overstated.
Reiterating the conclusions enumerated above, DOE acknowledges that
additional ambient temperature sensors will be required and their
temperatures recorded, but this is expected to be a modest impact as
compared to the overall cost associated with testing. Specifically, DOE
estimated an additional cost per product test station of $395, which
includes the labor involved in equipment setup. This represents
approximately 1 percent of the total cost of a typical four-station
test chamber, assuming additional sensors are needed for all four test
stations. In the worst case, in which a test facility must purchase
additional data acquisition equipment and software, the cost could be
as high as $1,500, although DOE expects that few if any test
laboratories would incur costs at this level. DOE further concludes
that claims regarding repeated tests or test facility upgrades
associated with the ambient temperature requirements would be necessary
under the existing test procedures, and that the amendments of this
final rule would not represent an increase in test burden beyond the
requirement for sensors and added data collection to verify compliance
with the requirements. DOE does not agree with FSI that the inclusion
of the optional (and voluntary) triangulation test would add any burden
to a manufacturer choosing not to use this method. DOE has also not
adopted the proposed amendment requiring reporting of whether this
optional approach is used in testing.
Therefore, DOE concludes that the test procedure amendments of this
final rule will not have a significant impact on small manufacturers
under the provisions of the Act. These amendments do not require use of
test facilities or test equipment that differ in any substantive way
from the test facilities or test equipment that manufacturers currently
use to evaluate the energy efficiency of these products. Further, the
amended test procedures will not be significantly more difficult or
time-consuming to conduct than the current test procedures that
manufacturers must use to certify compliance with the energy
conservation standards that must be met. For these reasons, DOE
concludes and certifies that the rule would not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly,
DOE has not prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis for this
rulemaking. DOE has transmitted the certification and supporting
statement of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA
for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
Manufacturers of refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers
must certify to DOE that their products comply with any applicable
energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers
must test their products according to the DOE test procedures for
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, including any
amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established
regulations regarding the certification and recordkeeping requirements
for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 76 FR 12422 (March
7, 2011). The collection-of-information requirement for the
certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by
OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement has been
approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. Public reporting
burden for the certification is estimated to average 20 hours per
response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB Control Number.
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
DOE is amending its test procedure for refrigerators, refrigerator-
freezers, and freezers. DOE has determined that this rule falls into a
class of actions that are categorically excluded from review under the
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321, et seq.) and
DOE's implementing regulations at 10 CFR part 1021. Specifically, this
rule amends an existing rule without affecting the amount, quality or
distribution of energy usage, and, therefore, will not result in any
environmental impacts. Thus, this rulemaking is covered by Categorical
Exclusion A5 under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, which applies to any
rulemaking that interprets or amends an existing rule without changing
the environmental effect of that rule. Accordingly, neither an
environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is
required.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
Executive Order 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999)
imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing
policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have Federalism
implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to examine the
constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would
limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess
the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires
agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely
input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory
policies that have Federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE
published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the development of such
regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE examined this final rule and determined
that it will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the
relationship between the national government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of
government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State
regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the
subject of this final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from
such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in
EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297(d)) No further action is required by Executive
Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
Regarding the review of existing regulations and the promulgation
of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, ``Civil
Justice Reform,'' 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Federal
agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1)
Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write
[[Page 22347]]
regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard
for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote
simplification and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of Executive Order
12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every
reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies
the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on
existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard
for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden
reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately
defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting
clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the
Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires
Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable
standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to determine whether they are met
or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed
the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by
law, this final rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order
12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531).
For a regulatory action resulting in a rule that may cause the
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy.
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers
of State, local, and Tribal governments on a proposed ``significant
intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan for giving
notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small
governments before establishing any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect small governments. On March 18, 1997,
DOE published a statement of policy on its process for
intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820; also available
at https://energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel. DOE examined this final
rule according to UMRA and its statement of policy and determined that
the rule contains neither an intergovernmental mandate, nor a mandate
that may result in the expenditure of $100 million or more in any year,
so these requirements do not apply.
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being.
This final rule will not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity
of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it
is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
DOE has determined, under Executive Order 12630, ``Governmental
Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property
Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), that this regulation will not
result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides for agencies to review most
disseminations of information to the public under guidelines
established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by
OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and
DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has
reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has
concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those
guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
Executive Order 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355
(May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OMB
a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A
``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an agency
that promulgated or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final
rule, and that: (1)(i) is a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (ii) is likely to
have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy; or (2) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a
significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the
agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy
supply, distribution, or use if the regulation is implemented, and of
reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on
energy supply, distribution, and use.
This regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866. Moreover, it would not have a significant
adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has
it been designated as a significant energy action by the Administrator
of OIRA. Therefore, it is not a significant energy action, and,
accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of
1974
Under section 301 of the Department of Energy Organization Act
(Pub. L. 95-91; 42 U.S.C. 7101), DOE must comply with section 32 of the
Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974, as amended by the Federal
Energy Administration Authorization Act of 1977. (15 U.S.C. 788; FEAA)
Section 32 essentially provides in relevant part that, where a proposed
rule authorizes or requires use of commercial standards, the notice of
proposed rulemaking must inform the public of the use and background of
such standards. In addition, section 32(c) requires DOE to consult with
the Attorney General and the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission
(FTC) concerning the impact of the commercial or industry standards on
competition.
The proposed modifications to the test procedures addressed by this
action incorporate testing methods contained in certain sections of the
commercial standards, AHAM Standards HRF-1-1979 and HRF-1-2008. DOE has
evaluated these two versions of this standard and is unable to conclude
whether it fully complies with the requirements of section 32(b) of the
FEAA (i.e. whether it was developed in a manner that fully provides for
public participation, comment, and review.) DOE has consulted with both
the Attorney General and the Chairman of the FTC about the impact on
competition of using the methods contained in these standards and has
received no comments objecting to their use.
[[Page 22348]]
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the
promulgation of this rule before its effective date. The report will
state that it has been determined that the rule is not a ``major rule''
as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
N. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final
rule.
List of Subjects
10 CFR Part 429
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
10 CFR Part 430
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports,
Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Small
businesses.
Issued in Washington, DC, on April 10, 2014.
Kathleen B. Hogan,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency, Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE amends parts 429 and
430 of Chapter II of Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations as set forth
below:
PART 429--CERTIFICATION, COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT FOR CONSUMER
PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
0
1. The authority citation for part 429 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317.
0
2. Section 429.14 is amended by adding paragraph (a)(3), and by
revising paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) to read as follows:
Sec. 429.14 Residential refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers and
freezers.
(a) * * *
(3) The value of total refrigerated volume of a basic model
reported in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be
the mean of the total refrigerated volumes measured for each tested
unit of the basic model or the total refrigerated volume of the basic
model as calculated in accordance with Sec. 429.72(c).
(b) * * *
(2) Pursuant to Sec. 429.12(b)(13), a certification report shall
include the following public product-specific information: The annual
energy use in kilowatt hours per year (kWh/yr); the total refrigerated
volume in cubic feet (ft\3\); and the adjusted total volume in cubic
feet (ft\3\).
(3) Pursuant to Sec. 429.12(b)(13), a certification report shall
include the following additional product-specific information: whether
the basic model has variable defrost control (in which case,
manufacturers must also report the values, if any, of CTL
and CTM (For an example, see section 5.2.1.3 in appendix A
to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430) used in the calculation of energy
consumption), whether the basic model has variable anti-sweat heater
control (in which case, manufacturers must also report the values of
heater Watts at the ten humidity levels (5%, 15%, 25%, 35%, 45%, 55%,
65%, 75%, 85%, and 95%) used to calculate the variable anti-sweat
heater ``Correction Factor''), and whether testing has been conducted
with modifications to the standard temperature sensor locations
specified by the figures referenced in section 5.1 of appendices A1,
B1, A, and B to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430.
0
3. Add Sec. 429.72 to read as follows:
Sec. 429.72 Alternative methods for determining non-energy ratings.
(a) General. Where Sec. 429.14 through Sec. 429.54 authorize the
use of an alternative method for determining a physical or operating
characteristic other than the energy consumption or efficiency, such
characteristics must be determined either by testing in accordance with
the applicable test procedure and applying the specified sampling plan
provisions established in those sections or as described in the
appropriate product-specific paragraph below. In all cases, the
computer-aided design (CAD) models, measurements, and calculations used
to determine the rating for the physical or operating characteristic
shall be retained as part of the test records underlying the
certification of the basic model in accordance with Sec. 429.71.
(b) Testing. [Reserved]
(c) Residential refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers.
The total refrigerated volume of a basic model of refrigerator,
refrigerator-freezer, or freezer may be determined by performing a
calculation of the volume based upon computer-aided design (CAD) models
of the basic model in lieu of physical measurements of a production
unit of the basic model. Any value of total refrigerated volume of a
basic model reported to DOE in a certification of compliance in
accordance with Sec. 429.14(b)(2) must be calculated using the CAD-
derived volume(s) and the applicable provisions in the test procedures
in 10 CFR part 430 for measuring volume, and must be within two
percent, or 0.5 cubic feet (0.2 cubic feet for compact products),
whichever is greater, of the volume of a production unit of the basic
model measured in accordance with the applicable test procedure in 10
CFR part 430.
0
4. Add Sec. 429.134 to read as follows:
Sec. 429.134 Product-specific enforcement provisions.
(a) General. The following provisions apply to assessment and
enforcement testing of the relevant products.
(b) Refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers-- (1)
Verification of total refrigerated volume. The total refrigerated
volume of the basic model will be measured pursuant to the test
requirements of 10 CFR part 430 for each unit tested. The results of
the measurement(s) will be averaged and compared to the value of total
refrigerated volume certified by the manufacturer. The certified total
refrigerated volume will be considered valid only if:
(i) The measurement is within two percent, or 0.5 cubic feet (0.2
cubic feet for compact products), whichever is greater, of the
certified total refrigerated volume, or
(ii) The measurement is greater than the certified total
refrigerated volume.
(A) If the certified total refrigerated volume is found to be
valid, the certified adjusted total volume will be used as the basis
for calculation of maximum allowed energy use for the basic model.
(B) If the certified total refrigerated volume is found to be
invalid, the average measured adjusted total volume will serve as the
basis for calculation of maximum allowed energy use for the tested
basic model.
(2) Test for models with two compartments, each having its own
user-operable temperature control. The test described in section 3.3 of
the applicable test procedure for refrigerators or refrigerator-
freezers in appendix A to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430 shall be used
for all units of a tested basic model before DOE makes a determination
of noncompliance with respect to the basic model.
PART 430--ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS
0
5. The authority citation for part 430 continues to read as follows:
[[Page 22349]]
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
0
6. Section 430.2 is amended by revising the definition of ``compact
refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer'' to read as follows:
Sec. 430.2 Definitions.
* * * * *
Compact refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer means any
refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer or freezer with a total refrigerated
volume of less than 7.75 cubic feet (220 liters). (Total refrigerated
volume shall be determined using the applicable test procedure appendix
prescribed in subpart B of this part.)
* * * * *
0
7. Section 430.3 is amended by adding paragraph (e) to read as follows:
Sec. 430.3 Materials incorporated by reference.
* * * * *
(e) AS/NZS. Australian/New Zealand Standard, GPO Box 476, Sydney
NSW 2001, (02) 9237-6000 or (12) 0065-4646, or go to
www.standards.org.au/Standards New Zealand, Level 10 Radio New Zealand
House 144 The Terrace Wellington 6001 (Private Bag 2439 Wellington
6020), (04) 498-5990 or (04) 498-5991, or go to www.standards.co.nz.
(1) AS/NZS 4474.1:2007, Performance of Household Electrical
Appliances--Refrigerating Appliances; Part 1: Energy Consumption and
Performance, Second edition, published August 15, 2007, IBR approved
for Appendix A to Subpart B.
(2) [Reserved]
* * * * *
0
8. Section 430.23 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(10) and (b)(7)
to read as follows:
Sec. 430.23 Test procedures for the measurement of energy and water
consumption.
* * * * *
(a) * * *
(10) The following principles of interpretation should be applied
to the test procedure. The intent of the energy test procedure is to
simulate typical room conditions (approximately 70 [deg]F (21 [deg]C))
with door openings by testing at 90 [deg]F (32.2 [deg]C) without door
openings. Except for operating characteristics that are affected by
ambient temperature (for example, compressor percent run time), the
unit, when tested under this test procedure, shall operate in a manner
equivalent to the unit in typical room conditions.
(i) The energy used by the unit shall be calculated when a
calculation is provided by the test procedure. Energy consuming
components that operate in typical room conditions (including as a
result of door openings, or a function of humidity), and that are not
exempted by this test procedure, shall operate in an equivalent manner
during energy testing under this test procedure, or be accounted for by
all calculations as provided for in the test procedure. Examples:
(A) Energy saving features that are designed to operate when there
are no door openings for long periods of time shall not be functional
during the energy test.
(B) The defrost heater shall neither function nor turn off
differently during the energy test than it would when in typical room
conditions. Also, the product shall not recover differently during the
defrost recovery period than it would in typical room conditions.
(C) Electric heaters that would normally operate at typical room
conditions with door openings shall also operate during the energy
test.
(D) Energy used during adaptive defrost shall continue to be tested
and adjusted per the calculation provided for in this test procedure.
(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be situations that the test
procedures do not completely address. In such cases, a manufacturer
must obtain a waiver in accordance with the relevant provisions of 10
CFR part 430 if:
(A) A product contains energy consuming components that operate
differently during the prescribed testing than they would during
representative average consumer use and
(B) Applying the prescribed test to that product would evaluate it
in a manner that is unrepresentative of its true energy consumption
(thereby providing materially inaccurate comparative data).
(b) * * *
(7) The following principles of interpretation should be applied to
the test procedure. The intent of the energy test procedure is to
simulate typical room conditions (approximately 70 [deg]F (21 [deg]C))
with door openings by testing at 90 [deg]F (32.2 [deg]C) without door
openings. Except for operating characteristics that are affected by
ambient temperature (for example, compressor percent run time), the
unit, when tested under this test procedure, shall operate in a manner
equivalent to the unit in typical room conditions.
(i) The energy used by the unit shall be calculated when a
calculation is provided by the test procedure. Energy consuming
components that operate in typical room conditions (including as a
result of door openings, or a function of humidity), and that are not
exempted by this test procedure, shall operate in an equivalent manner
during energy testing under this test procedure, or be accounted for by
all calculations as provided for in the test procedure. Examples:
(A) Energy saving features that are designed to operate when there
are no door openings for long periods of time shall not be functional
during the energy test.
(B) The defrost heater shall neither function nor turn off
differently during the energy test than it would when in typical room
conditions. Also, the product shall not recover differently during the
defrost recovery period than it would in typical room conditions.
(C) Electric heaters that would normally operate at typical room
conditions with door openings shall also operate during the energy
test.
(D) Energy used during adaptive defrost shall continue to be tested
and adjusted per the calculation provided for in this test procedure.
(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be situations that the test
procedures do not completely address. In such cases, a manufacturer
must obtain a waiver in accordance with the relevant provisions of 10
CFR part 430 if:
(A) A product contains energy consuming components that operate
differently during the prescribed testing than they would during
representative average consumer use and
(B) Applying the prescribed test to that product would evaluate it
in a manner that is unrepresentative of its true energy consumption
(thereby providing materially inaccurate comparative data).
* * * * *
0
9. Appendix A to subpart B of part 430 is amended:
0
a. By revising the introductory text;
0
b. In section 1. Definitions, by:
0
i. Redesignating section 1.18 as 1.26;
0
ii. Redesignating section 1.17 as 1.25;
0
iii. Redesignating section 1.16 as 1.23;
0
iv. Redesignating section 1.15 as 1.21;
0
v. Redesignating section 1.14 as 1.20;
0
vi. Redesignating section 1.13 as 1.19;
0
vii. Redesignating section 1.12 as 1.15;
0
viii. Redesignating section 1.11 as 1.13;
0
ix. Redesignating section 1.10 as 1.12;
0
x. Redesignating section 1.9 as 1.11 and revising the newly designated
section 1.11;
0
xi. Redesignating section 1.8 as 1.10;
0
xii. Redesignating section 1.7 as 1.9;
0
xiv. Redesignating section 1.6 as 1.7;
0
xv. Redesignating section 1.5 as 1.6;
0
xvi. Adding sections 1.5, 1.8, 1.14, 1.16, 1.17, 1.18, 1.22, and 1.24;
0
c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by:
0
i. Revising sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.8;
[[Page 22350]]
0
ii. Adding sections, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3, and 2.11;
0
d. In section 3. Test Control Setting, by:
0
i. Revising section 3.2.1;
0
ii. Revising Tables 1 and 2;
0
iii. Adding section 3.3;
0
e. In section 4. Test Period, by:
0
i. Revising sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.2.1.1, and 4.2.3;
0
ii. Adding sections 4.2.3.1, 4.2.3.2, 4.2.3.3, 4.2.3.4, 4.2.3.4.1, and
4.2.3.4.2;
0
f. In section 5. Test Measurements, by revising sections 5.1, 5.1.1,
5.1.2, 5.2.1.3, 5.2.1.4, and 5.3;
0
g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived Results from Test Measurements,
by:
0
i. Revising sections 6.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 6.2.2.1, and 6.2.2.2;
0
ii. Adding section 6.2.2.3.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 430--Uniform Test Method for Measuring
the Energy Consumption of Electric Refrigerators and Electric
Refrigerator-Freezers
Beginning on September 15, 2014, the test procedures in appendix
A must be used to determine compliance with energy conservation
standards for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. Prior to
September 15, 2014, manufacturers may continue to use appendix A1 or
may elect to use appendix A early to show compliance with the
September 15, 2014 energy conservation standards. Manufacturers must
use a single appendix for all representations of energy use of a
basic model, including certifications of compliance, and may not use
appendix A1 for certain representations and appendix A for other
representations.
1. Definitions
* * * * *
1.5 ``AS/NZS 44474.1:2007'' means Australian/New Zealand
Standard 44474.1:2007, Performance of household electrical
appliances--Refrigerating appliances, Part 1: Energy consumption and
performance. Only sections of AS/NZS 44474.1:2007 (incorporated by
reference; see Sec. 430.3) specifically referenced in this test
procedure are part of this test procedure. In cases where there is a
conflict, the language of the test procedure in this appendix takes
precedence over AS/NZS 44474.1:2007.
* * * * *
1.8 ``Complete temperature cycle'' means a time period defined
based upon the cycling of compartment temperature that starts when
the compartment temperature is at a maximum and ends when the
compartment temperature returns to an equivalent maximum (within 0.5
[deg]F of the starting temperature), having in the interim fallen to
a minimum and subsequently risen again to reach the second maximum.
Alternatively, a complete temperature cycle can be defined to start
when the compartment temperature is at a minimum and end when the
compartment temperature returns to an equivalent minimum (within 0.5
[deg]F of the starting temperature), having in the interim risen to
a maximum and subsequently fallen again to reach the second minimum.
* * * * *
1.11 ``Defrost cycle type'' means a distinct sequence of control
whose function is to remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated
surface. There may be variations in the defrost control sequence
such as the number of defrost heaters energized. Each such variation
establishes a separate distinct defrost cycle type. However, defrost
achieved regularly during the compressor off-cycles by warming of
the evaporator without active heat addition, although a form of
automatic defrost, does not constitute a unique defrost cycle type
for the purposes of identifying the test period in accordance with
section 4 of this appendix.
* * * * *
1.14 ``Ice storage bin'' means a container in which ice can be
stored.
* * * * *
1.16 ``Multiple-compressor'' refrigerator or refrigerator-
freezer means a refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer with more than
one compressor.
1.17 ``Precooling'' means operating a refrigeration system
before initiation of a defrost cycle to reduce one or more
compartment temperatures significantly (more than 0.5 [deg]F) below
its minimum during stable operation between defrosts.
1.18 ``Recovery'' means operating a refrigeration system after
the conclusion of a defrost cycle to reduce the temperature of one
or more compartments to the temperature range that the
compartment(s) exhibited during stable operation between defrosts.
* * * * *
1.22 ``Stable operation'' means operation after steady-state
conditions have been achieved but excluding any events associated
with defrost cycles. During stable operation the average rate of
change of compartment temperature must not exceed 0.042 [deg]F
(0.023 [deg]C) per hour for all compartment temperatures. Such a
calculation performed for compartment temperatures at any two times,
or for any two periods of time comprising complete cycles, during
stable operation must meet this requirement.
(A) If compartment temperatures do not cycle, the relevant
calculation shall be the difference between the temperatures at two
points in time divided by the difference, in hours, between those
points in time.
(B) If compartment temperatures cycle as a result of compressor
cycling or other cycling operation of any system component (e.g., a
damper, fan, or heater), the relevant calculation shall be the
difference between compartment temperature averages evaluated for
whole compressor cycles or complete temperature cycles divided by
the difference, in hours, between either the starts, ends, or mid-
times of the two cycles.
* * * * *
1.24 ``Through-the-door ice/water dispenser'' means a device
incorporated within the cabinet, but outside the boundary of the
refrigerated space, that delivers to the user on demand ice and may
also deliver water from within the refrigerated space without
opening an exterior door. This definition includes dispensers that
are capable of dispensing ice and water or ice only.
* * * * *
2. Test Conditions
2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement. Temperature measuring
devices shall be shielded so that indicated temperatures are not
affected by the operation of the condensing unit or adjacent units.
2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient temperature shall be
recorded at points located 3 feet (91.5 cm) above the floor and 10
inches (25.4 cm) from the center of the two sides of the unit under
test. The ambient temperature shall be 90.0 1.0 [deg]F
(32.2 0.6 [deg]C) during the stabilization period and
the test period.
2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The test room vertical
ambient temperature gradient in any foot of vertical distance from 2
inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting platform to a height
of 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the top of the unit under test is not to
exceed 0.5 [deg]F per foot (0.9 [deg]C per meter). The vertical
ambient temperature gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out
from the centers of the two sides of the unit being tested is to be
maintained during the test. To demonstrate that this requirement has
been met, test data must include measurements taken using
temperature sensors at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) from the center
of the two sides of the unit under test at heights of 2 inches (5.1
cm) and 36 inches (91.4 cm) above the floor or supporting platform
and at a height of 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the unit under test.
2.1.3 Platform. A platform must be used if the floor temperature
is not within 3 [deg]F (1.7 [deg]C) of the measured ambient
temperature. If a platform is used, it is to have a solid top with
all sides open for air circulation underneath, and its top shall
extend at least 1 foot (30.5 cm) beyond each side and front of the
unit under test and extend to the wall in the rear.
2.2 Operational Conditions. The unit under test shall be
installed and its operating conditions maintained in accordance with
HRF-1-2008 (incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3), sections
5.3.2 through section 5.5.5.5 (excluding section 5.5.5.4).
Exceptions and clarifications to the cited sections of HRF-1-2008
are noted in sections 2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of this appendix.
* * * * *
2.8 Rear Clearance.
(a) General. The space between the lowest edge of the rear plane
of the cabinet and a vertical surface (the test room wall or
simulated wall) shall be the minimum distance in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, unless other provisions of this section
apply. The rear plane shall be considered to be the largest flat
surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding features that protrude
beyond this surface, such as brackets or compressors.
(b) Maximum clearance. The clearance shall not be greater than 2
inches (51 mm) from the lowest edge of the rear plane to the
[[Page 22351]]
vertical surface, unless the provisions of paragraph (c) of this
section apply.
(c) If permanent rear spacers or other components that protrude
beyond the rear plane extend further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance, or if the highest edge of the rear plane is in contact
with the vertical surface when the unit is positioned with the
lowest edge of the rear plane at or further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance from the vertical surface, the appliance shall be located
with the spacers or other components protruding beyond the rear
plane, or the highest edge of the rear plane, in contact with the
vertical surface.
(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the product has a flat rear-
wall-mounted condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted condenser with all
refrigerant tube centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of the
condenser plane), and the area of the condenser plane represents at
least 25% of the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet, then
the spacing to the vertical surface may be measured from the lowest
edge of the condenser plane.
* * * * *
2.11 Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers with Demand-
Response Capability. Refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers that
have a communication module for demand-response functions that is
located within the cabinet shall be tested with the communication
module in the configuration set at the factory just before shipping.
* * * * *
3. Test Control Settings
3.2 * * *
3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with all compartment
temperature controls set at their median position midway between
their warmest and coldest settings. For mechanical control systems,
(a) knob detents shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to
attain a median setting, and (b) the warmest and coldest settings
shall correspond to the positions in which the indicator is aligned
with control symbols indicating the warmest and coldest settings.
For electronic control systems, the test shall be performed with all
compartment temperature controls set at the average of the coldest
and warmest settings; if there is no setting equal to this average,
the setting closest to the average shall be used. If there are two
such settings equally close to the average, the higher of these
temperature control settings shall be used. A second test shall be
performed with all controls set at their warmest setting or all
controls set at their coldest setting (not electrically or
mechanically bypassed). For all-refrigerators, this setting shall be
the appropriate setting that attempts to achieve compartment
temperatures measured during the two tests that bound (i.e., one is
above and one is below) the standardized temperature for all-
refrigerators. For refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, the
second test shall be conducted with all controls at their coldest
setting, unless all compartment temperatures measured during the
first part of the test are lower than the standardized temperatures,
in which case the second test shall be conducted with all controls
at their warmest setting. Refer to Table 1 of this appendix for all-
refrigerators or Table 2 of this appendix for refrigerators with
freezer compartments and refrigerator-freezers to determine which
test results to use in the energy consumption calculation. If any
compartment is warmer than its standardized temperature for a test
with all controls at their coldest position, the tested unit fails
the test and cannot be rated.
Table 1--Temperature Settings for All-Refrigerators
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First test Second test
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Energy calculation based on:
Settings Results Settings Results
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid................................. Low.................... Warm................... Low................... Second Test Only.
High.................. First and Second Tests.
High................... Cold................... Low................... First and Second Tests.
High.................. No Energy Use Rating.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2--Temperature Settings for Refrigerators With Freezer Compartments and Refrigerator-Freezers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First test Second test
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Energy calculation based on:
Settings Results Settings Results
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fzr Mid............................. Fzr Low................ Fzr Warm............... Fzr Low............... Second Test Only.
FF Mid.............................. FF Low................. FF Warm................ FF Low.
Fzr Low............... First and Second Tests.
FF High.
Fzr High.............. First and Second Tests.
FF Low.
Fzr High.............. First and Second Tests.
FF High.
Fzr Low................ Fzr Cold............... Fzr Low............... No Energy Use Rating.
FF High................ FF Cold................ FF High.
Fzr Low............... First and Second Tests.
FF Low.
Fzr High............... Fzr Cold............... Fzr High.............. No Energy Use Rating.
FF Low................. FF Cold................ FF Low.
Fzr Low............... First and Second Tests.
FF Low.
Fzr High............... Fzr Cold............... Fzr Low............... First and Second Tests.
FF High................ FF Cold................ FF Low.
Fzr Low............... No Energy Use Rating.
FF High.
Fzr High.............. No Energy Use Rating.
FF Low.
Fzr High.............. No Energy Use Rating.
FF High.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment.
[[Page 22352]]
* * * * *
3.3 Optional Test for Models with Two Compartments and User
Operable Controls. As an alternative to section 3.2, perform three
tests such that the set of tests meets the ``minimum requirements
for interpolation'' of AS/NZS 44474.1:2007 (incorporated by
reference; see Sec. 430.3) appendix M, section M3, paragraphs (a)
through (c) and as illustrated in Figure M1. The target temperatures
txA and txB defined in section M4(a)(i) of AS/
NZ 44474.1:2007 shall be the standardized temperatures defined in
section 3.2 of this appendix.
4. Test Period
* * * * *
4.1 Non-automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has no
automatic defrost system, the test period shall start after steady-
state conditions (see section 2.9 of this appendix) have been
achieved and be no less than three hours in duration. During the
test period, the compressor motor shall complete two or more whole
compressor cycles. (A compressor cycle is a complete ``on'' and a
complete ``off'' period of the motor.) If no ``off'' cycling occurs,
the test period shall be three hours. If fewer than two compressor
cycles occur during a 24-hour period, then a single complete
compressor cycle may be used.
4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has an
automatic defrost system, the test period shall start after steady-
state conditions have been achieved and be from one point during a
defrost period to the same point during the next defrost period. If
the model being tested has a long-time automatic defrost system, the
alternative provisions of section 4.2.1 may be used. If the model
being tested has a variable defrost control, the provisions of
section 4.2.2 shall apply. If the model is a multiple-compressor
product with automatic defrost, the provisions of section 4.2.3
shall apply. If the model being tested has long-time automatic or
variable defrost control involving multiple defrost cycle types,
such as for a product with a single compressor and two or more
evaporators in which the evaporators are defrosted at different
frequencies, the provisions of section 4.2.4 shall apply. If the
model being tested has multiple defrost cycle types for which
compressor run time between defrosts is a fixed time of less than 14
hours for all such cycle types, and for which the compressor run
times between defrosts for different defrost cycle types are equal
to or multiples of each other, the test period shall be from one
point of the defrost cycle type with the longest compressor run time
between defrosts to the same point during the next occurrence of
this defrost cycle type. For such products not using the procedures
of section 4.2.4, energy consumption shall be calculated as
described in section 5.2.1.1 of this appendix.
* * * * *
4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. For a system with a cycling
compressor, the second part of the test starts at the termination of
the last regular compressor ``on'' cycle. The average temperatures
of the fresh food and freezer compartments measured from the
termination of the previous compressor ``on'' cycle to the
termination of the last regular compressor ``on'' cycle must both be
within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of their average temperatures
measured for the first part of the test. If any compressor cycles
occur prior to the defrost heater being energized that cause the
average temperature in either compartment to deviate from its
average temperature for the first part of the test by more than 0.5
[deg]F (0.3 [deg]C), these compressor cycles are not considered
regular compressor cycles and must be included in the second part of
the test. As an example, a ``precooling'' cycle, which is an
extended compressor cycle that lowers the temperature(s) of one or
both compartments prior to energizing the defrost heater, must be
included in the second part of the test. The test period for the
second part of the test ends at the termination of the first regular
compressor ``on'' cycle after both compartment temperatures have
fully recovered to their stable conditions. The average temperatures
of the compartments measured from this termination of the first
regular compressor ``on'' cycle until the termination of the next
regular compressor ``on'' cycle must both be within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3
[deg]C) of their average temperatures measured for the first part of
the test. See Figure 1. Note that Figure 1 illustrates the concepts
of precooling and recovery but does not represent all possible
defrost cycles.
4.2.3 Multiple-compressor Products with Automatic Defrost.
4.2.3.1 Measurement Frequency. Measurements of power input,
cumulative electric energy consumption (watt-hours or kilowatt-
hours), and compartment temperature shall be taken at regular
intervals not exceeding one minute.
4.2.3.2 Steady-state Condition. Steady state shall be considered
to have been attained after 24 hours of operation after the last
adjustment of the temperature controls.
4.2.3.3 Primary Compressor. If at least one compressor cycles,
test periods shall be based on compressor cycles associated with the
primary compressor system (these are referred to as ``primary
compressor cycles''). If the freezer compressor cycles, it shall be
the primary compressor system.
4.2.3.4 Test Periods. The two-part test described in this
section shall be used. The first part is a stable continuous period
of compressor operation that includes no defrost cycles or events
associated with a defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery, for
any compressor system. The second part is a continuous test period
designed to capture the energy consumed during all of the events
occurring with the defrost control sequence that are outside of
stable operation. The second part of the test shall be conducted
separately for each automatic defrost system present.
4.2.3.4.1 First Part of Test. If at least one compressor cycles,
the test period for the first part of the test shall include a whole
number of complete primary compressor cycles comprising at least 24
hours of stable operation, unless a defrost occurs prior to
completion of 24 hours of stable operation, in which case the first
part of the test shall include a whole number of complete primary
compressor cycles comprising at least 18 hours of stable operation.
If no compressor cycles, the first part of the test shall comprise
at least 24 hours of stable operation, unless a defrost occurs prior
to completion of 24 hours of stable operation, in which case the
first part of the test shall comprise at least 18 hours of stable
operation.
4.2.3.4.2 Second Part of Test. (a) If at least one compressor
cycles, the test period for the second part of the test starts
during stable operation before all portions of the defrost cycle, at
the beginning of a complete primary compressor cycle. The test
period for the second part of the test ends during stable operation
after all portions of the defrost cycle, including recovery, at the
termination of a complete primary compressor cycle. The start and
stop for the test period shall both occur either when the primary
compressor starts or when the primary compressor stops. For each
compressor system, the compartment temperature averages for the
first and last complete compressor cycles that lie completely within
the second part of the test must be within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C)
of the average compartment temperature measured for the first part
of the test. If any one of the compressor systems is non-cycling,
its compartment temperature averages during the first and last
complete primary compressor cycles of the second part of the test
must be within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of the average compartment
temperature measured for the first part of the test.
(b) If no compressor cycles, the test period for the second part
of the test starts during stable operation before all portions of
the defrost cycle, when the compartment temperatures of all
compressor systems are within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of their
average temperatures measured for the first part of the test. The
test period for the second part ends during stable operation after
all portions of the defrost cycle, including recovery, when the
compartment temperatures of all compressor systems are within 0.5
[deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of their average temperatures measured for the
first part of the test.
5. Test Measurements
* * * * *
5.1 Temperature Measurements. (a) Temperature measurements shall
be made at the locations prescribed in Figures 5.1 and 5.2 of HRF-1-
2008 (incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3) and shall be
accurate to within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C). No freezer
temperature measurements need be taken in an all-refrigerator model.
(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit under test do not
conform with those shown in Figure 5.1 and 5.2 of HRF-1-2008, the
unit must be tested by relocating the temperature sensors from the
locations specified in the figures to avoid interference with
hardware or components within the unit, in which case the specific
locations used for the temperature sensors shall be noted in the
test data records maintained by the manufacturer in accordance with
10 CFR 429.71, and the certification report shall indicate that non-
standard sensor locations were used. If any temperature sensor is
relocated by any amount from the location prescribed in Figure 5.1
or 5.2 of HRF-1-2008 in order to maintain a minimum 1-inch air space
from adjustable shelves or other
[[Page 22353]]
components that could be relocated by the consumer, this constitutes
a relocation of temperature sensors that shall be recorded in the
test data and reported in the certification report as described
above.
5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The measured temperature of a
compartment is the average of all sensor temperature readings taken
in that compartment at a particular point in time. Measurements
shall be taken at regular intervals not to exceed 4 minutes.
Measurements for products with multiple-compressor systems shall be
taken at regular intervals not to exceed one minute.
5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The compartment temperature for
each test period shall be an average of the measured temperatures
taken in a compartment during the test period as defined in section
4 of this appendix. For long-time automatic defrost models,
compartment temperatures shall be those measured in the first part
of the test period specified in section 4.2.1 of this appendix. For
models with variable defrost controls, compartment temperatures
shall be those measured in the first part of the test period
specified in section 4.2.2 of this appendix. For models with
automatic defrost that is neither long-time nor variable defrost,
the compartment temperature shall be an average of the measured
temperatures taken in a compartment during a stable period of
compressor operation that (a) includes no defrost cycles or events
associated with a defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery, (b)
is no less than three hours in duration, and (c) includes two or
more whole compressor cycles. If the compressor does not cycle, the
stable period used for the temperature average shall be three hours
in duration.
* * * * *
5.2 * * *
5.2.1 * * *
5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The energy consumption in
kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:
ET = (1440 x EP1/T1) + (EP2 - (EP1 x T2/T1)) x (12/CT),
Where:
1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined
in 5.2.1.2;
CT = (CTL x CTM)/(F x (CTM -
CTL) + CTL);
CTL = the shortest compressor run time between defrosts
used in the variable defrost control algorithm (greater than or
equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 hours), or the shortest
compressor run time between defrosts observed for the test (if it is
shorter than the shortest run time used in the control algorithm and
is greater than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the shortest observed run
time is less than 6 hours), in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of
an hour;
CTM = maximum compressor run time between defrosts in
hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour (greater than
CTL but not more than 96 hours);
F = ratio of per day energy consumption in excess of the least
energy and the maximum difference in per-day energy consumption and
is equal to 0.20.
For variable defrost models with no values for CTL
and CTM in the algorithm, the default values of 6 and 96
shall be used, respectively.
5.2.1.4 Multiple-compressor Products with Automatic Defrost. For
multiple-compressor products, the two-part test method in section
4.2.3.4 of this appendix must be used. The energy consumption in
kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR21AP14.014
Where:
1440, EP1, T1, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2;
i = a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more that identifies each
individual compressor system that has automatic defrost;
D = the total number of compressor systems with automatic defrost;
EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the
second part of the test for compressor system i;
T2i = length of time in minutes of the second part of the
test for compressor system i;
CTi = the compressor run time between defrosts for
compressor system i in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an
hour, for long-time automatic defrost control equal to a fixed time
in hours, and for variable defrost control equal to
(CTLi x CTMi)/(F x (CTMi -
CTLi) + CTLi);
Where:
CTLi = for compressor system i, the shortest
compressor run time between defrosts used in the variable defrost
control algorithm (greater than or equal to 6 but less than or equal
to 12 hours), or the shortest compressor run time between defrosts
observed for the test (if it is shorter than the shortest run time
used in the control algorithm and is greater than 6 hours), or 6
hours (if the shortest observed run time is less than 6 hours), in
hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour;
CTMi = for compressor system i, the maximum compressor
run time between defrosts in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of
an hour (greater than CTLi but not more than 96 hours);
and
F = default defrost energy consumption factor, equal to 0.20.
For variable defrost models with no values for CTLi
and CTMi in the algorithm, the default values of 6 and 96
shall be used, respectively.
* * * * *
5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit's total refrigerated
volume, VT, shall be measured in accordance with HRF-1-2008
(incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3), section 3.30 and
sections 4.2 through 4.3. The measured volume shall include all
spaces within the insulated volume of each compartment except for
the volumes that must be deducted in accordance with section 4.2.2
of HRF-1-2008, and be calculated equivalent to:
VT = VF + VFF
Where:
VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet,
VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic feet, and
VFF = fresh food compartment volume in cubic feet.
(b) In the case of products with automatic icemakers, the volume
occupied by the automatic icemaker, including its ice storage bin,
is to be included in the volume measurement.
(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined by physical
measurement of the test unit. Measurements and calculations used to
determine the total refrigerated volume shall be retained as part of
the test records underlying the certification of the basic model in
accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
* * * * *
6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test Measurements
* * * * *
6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy Consumption. The average per-cycle
energy consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed in kilowatt-
hours per cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour
and shall be calculated according to the sections below.
6.2.1 All-Refrigerator Models. The average per-cycle energy
consumption shall depend upon the temperature attainable in the
fresh food compartment as shown below.
* * * * *
6.2.2 Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers. The average per-
cycle energy consumption shall be defined in one of the following
ways as applicable.
6.2.2.1 If the fresh food compartment temperature is at or below
39 [deg]F (3.9 [deg]C) during both tests and the freezer compartment
temperature is at or below 15[deg]F (-9.4 [deg]C) during both tests
of a refrigerator or at or below 0[deg]F (-17.8 [deg]C) during both
tests of a refrigerator-freezer, the average per-cycle energy
consumption shall be:
E = ET1 + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, equals 0 (zero) for
products without an automatic icemaker, and equals 0.23 for products
with an automatic icemaker; and
The number 1 indicates the test period during which the highest
freezer compartment temperature was measured.
[[Page 22354]]
6.2.2.2 If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do not exist, the average
per-cycle energy consumption shall be defined by the higher of the
two values calculated by the following two formulas:
E = ET1 + ((ET2 - ET1) x (39.0 - TR1)/(TR2 - TR1)) + IET
and
E = ET1 + ((ET2 - ET1) x (k - TF1)/(TF2 - TF1)) + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
IET is defined in 6.2.2.1;
TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in 6.2.1.2;
TF = freezer compartment temperature determined according to 5.1.4
in degrees F; 39.0 is the standardized temperature for fresh food
compartments in degrees F; and
k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 0.0 for refrigerator-
freezers, each being standardized freezer compartment temperatures
in degrees F.
6.2.2.3 Optional Test for Models with Two Compartments and User
Operable Controls. If the procedure of section 3.3 of this appendix
is used for setting temperature controls, the average per-cycle
energy consumption shall be defined as follows:
E = Ex + IET
Where:
E is defined in 6.2.1.1;
IET is defined in 6.2.2.1; and
Ex is defined and calculated as described in AS/NZS
44474.1:2007 (incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3) appendix
M, section M4(a). The target temperatures txA and
txB defined in section M4(a)(i) of AS/NZS 44474.1:2007
shall be the standardized temperatures defined in section 3.2 of
this appendix.
* * * * *
0
10. Appendix B to subpart B of part 430 is amended:
0
a. By revising the introductory text;
0
b. In section 1. Definitions, by:
0
i. Redesignating section 1.15 as 1.21;
0
ii. Redesignating section 1.14 as 1.19;
0
iii. Redesignating section 1.13 as 1.17;
0
iv. Redesignating section 1.12 as 1.16;
0
v. Redesignating section 1.11 as 1.15;
0
vi. Redesignating section 1.10 as 1.13;
0
vii. Redesignating section 1.9 as 1.11;
0
viii. Redesignating sections 1.6 through 1.8 as 1.7 through 1.9
respectively;
0
ix. Adding sections 1.6, 1.10, 1.12, 1.14, 1.18, and 1.20;
0
c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by;
0
i. Revising sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.6;
0
ii. Adding sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.8, and 2.9;
0
d. Revising section 3.2.1 and Table 1 in section 3. Test Control
Settings;
0
e. Revising sections 4.1 and 4.2.1.1 in section 4. Test Period;
0
f. Revising sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 5.2.1.3, and 5.3 in section 5. Test
Measurements;
0
g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived Results from Test Measurements,
by:
0
i. Revising section 6.2;
0
ii. Removing section 6.2.1;
0
iii. Redesignating section 6.2.1.1 as 6.2.1 and revising the newly
designated section 6.2.1;
0
iv. Redesignating section 6.2.1.2 as 6.2.2 and revising the newly
designated section 6.2.2;
0
v. Redesignating section 6.2.2 as 6.2.3 and revising the newly
designated section 6.2.3.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 430--Uniform Test Method for Measuring
the Energy Consumption of Freezers
Beginning on September 15, 2014, the test procedures in appendix
B must be used to determine compliance with energy conservation
standards for freezers. Prior to September 15, 2014, manufacturers
may continue to use appendix B1 or may elect to use appendix B early
to show compliance with the September 15, 2014 energy conservation
standards. Manufacturers must use a single appendix for all
representations of energy use of a basic model, including
certifications of compliance, and may not use appendix B1 for
certain representations and appendix B for other representations.
1. Definitions
* * * * *
1.6 ``Complete temperature cycle'' means a time period defined
based upon the cycling of compartment temperature that starts when
the compartment temperature is at a maximum and ends when the
compartment temperature returns to an equivalent maximum (within
0.5[emsp14][deg]F of the starting temperature), having in the
interim fallen to a minimum and subsequently risen again to reach
the second maximum. Alternatively, a complete temperature cycle can
be defined to start when the compartment temperature is at a minimum
and end when the compartment temperature returns to an equivalent
minimum (within 0.5[emsp14][deg]F of the starting temperature),
having in the interim risen to a maximum and subsequently fallen
again to reach the second minimum.
* * * * *
1.10 ``Ice storage bin'' means a container in which ice can be
stored.
* * * * *
1.12 ``Precooling'' means operating a refrigeration system
before initiation of a defrost cycle to reduce one or more
compartment temperatures significantly (more than 0.5 [deg]F) below
its minimum during stable operation between defrosts.
* * * * *
1.14 ``Recovery'' means operating a refrigeration system after
the conclusion of a defrost cycle to reduce the temperature of one
or more compartments to the temperature range that the
compartment(s) exhibited during stable operation between defrosts.
* * * * *
1.18 ``Stable operation'' means operation after steady-state
conditions have been achieved but excluding any events associated
with defrost cycles. During stable operation the average rate of
change of compartment temperature must not exceed 0.042 [deg]F
(0.023 [deg]C) per hour. Such a calculation performed for
compartment temperatures at any two times, or for any two periods of
time comprising complete cycles, during stable operation must meet
this requirement.
(a) If compartment temperatures do not cycle, the relevant
calculation shall be the difference between the temperatures at two
points in time divided by the difference, in hours, between those
points in time.
(b) If compartment temperatures cycle as a result of compressor
cycling or other cycling operation of any system component (e.g., a
damper, fan, or heater), the relevant calculation shall be the
difference between compartment temperature averages evaluated for
whole compressor cycles or complete temperature cycles divided by
the difference, in hours, between either the starts, ends, or mid-
times of the two cycles.
* * * * *
1.20 ``Through-the-door ice/water dispenser'' means a device
incorporated within the cabinet, but outside the boundary of the
refrigerated space, that delivers to the user on demand ice and may
also deliver water from within the refrigerated space without
opening an exterior door. This definition includes dispensers that
are capable of dispensing ice and water or ice only.
* * * * *
2. Test Conditions
2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement. Temperature measuring
devices shall be shielded so that indicated temperatures are not
affected by the operation of the condensing unit or adjacent units.
2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient temperature shall be
recorded at points located 3 feet (91.5 cm) above the floor and 10
inches (25.4 cm) from the center of the two sides of the unit under
test. The ambient temperature shall be 90.0 1.0 [deg]F
(32.2 0.6 [deg]C) during the stabilization period and
the test period.
2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The test room vertical
ambient temperature gradient in any foot of vertical distance from 2
inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting platform to a height
of 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the top of the unit under test is not to
exceed 0.5 [deg]F per foot (0.9 [deg]C per meter). The vertical
ambient temperature gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out
from the centers of the two sides of the unit being tested is to be
maintained during the test. To demonstrate that this requirement has
been met, test data must include measurements taken using
temperature sensors at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) from the center
of the two sides of the unit under test at heights of 2 inches (5.1
cm) and 36 inches (91.4 cm) above the floor or supporting platform
and at a height of 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the unit under test.
2.1.3 Platform. A platform must be used if the floor temperature
is not within 3 [deg]F (1.7 [deg]C) of the measured ambient
temperature. If
[[Page 22355]]
a platform is used, it is to have a solid top with all sides open
for air circulation underneath, and its top shall extend at least 1
foot (30.5 cm) beyond each side and front of the unit under test and
extend to the wall in the rear.
2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer shall be installed and
its operating conditions maintained in accordance with HRF-1-2008
(incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3), sections 5.3.2 through
section 5.5.5.5 (but excluding sections 5.5.5.2 and 5.5.5.4). The
quick freeze option shall be switched off except as specified in
section 3.1 of this appendix. Additional clarifications are noted in
sections 2.3 through 2.9 of this appendix.
2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat heater switch is to be on
during one test and off during a second test. In the case of a
freezer with variable anti-sweat heater control, the standard cycle
energy use shall be the result of the calculation described in
6.2.3.
* * * * *
2.6 Rear Clearance.
(a) General. The space between the lowest edge of the rear plane
of the cabinet and a vertical surface (the test room wall or
simulated wall) shall be the minimum distance in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, unless other provisions of this section
apply. The rear plane shall be considered to be the largest flat
surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding features that protrude
beyond this surface, such as brackets or compressors.
(b) Maximum clearance. The clearance shall not be greater than 2
inches (51 mm) from the lowest edge of the rear plane to the
vertical surface, unless the provisions of subsection (c) of this
section apply.
(c) If permanent rear spacers or other components that protrude
beyond the rear plane extend further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance, or if the highest edge of the rear plane is in contact
with the vertical surface when the unit is positioned with the
lowest edge of the rear plane at or further than the 2 inch (51 mm)
distance from the vertical surface, the appliance shall be located
with the spacers or other components protruding beyond the rear
plane, or the highest edge of the rear plane, in contact with the
vertical surface.
(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the product has a flat rear-
wall-mounted condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted condenser with all
refrigerant tube centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of the
condenser plane), and the area of the condenser plane represents at
least 25% of the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet, then
the spacing to the vertical surface may be measured from the lowest
edge of the condenser plane.
* * * * *
2.8 Freezers with Demand-Response Capability. Freezers that have
a communication module for demand-response functions that is located
within the cabinet shall be tested with the communication module in
the configuration set at the factory just before shipping.
2.9 For products that require the freezer compartment to be
loaded with packages in accordance with section 5.5.5.3 of HRF-1-
2008, the number of packages comprising the 75% load shall be
determined by filling the compartment completely with the packages
that are to be used for the test, such that the packages fill as
much of the usable refrigerated space within the compartment as is
physically possible, and then removing from the compartment a number
of packages so that the compartment contains 75% of the packages
that were placed in the compartment to completely fill it. If
multiplying the total number of packages by 0.75 results in a
fraction, the number of packages used shall be rounded to the
nearest whole number, rounding up if the result ends in 0.5. For
multi-shelf units, this method shall be applied to each shelf. For
both single- and multi-shelf units, the remaining packages shall be
arranged as necessary to provide the required air gap and
thermocouple placement. The number of packages comprising the 100%
and 75% loading conditions shall be recorded in the test data
maintained in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
3. Test Control Settings
* * * * *
3.2 * * *
3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with all temperature
controls set at their median position midway between their warmest
and coldest settings. For mechanical control systems, (a) knob
detents shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to attain a
median setting, and (b) the warmest and coldest settings shall
correspond to the positions in which the indicator is aligned with
control symbols indicating the warmest and coldest settings. For
electronic control systems, the test shall be performed with all
compartment temperature controls set at the average of the coldest
and warmest settings; if there is no setting equal to this average,
the setting closest to the average shall be used. If there are two
such settings equally close to the average, the higher of these
temperature control settings shall be used. A second test shall be
performed with all controls set at either their warmest or their
coldest setting (not electrically or mechanically bypassed),
whichever is appropriate, to attempt to achieve compartment
temperatures measured during the two tests that bound (i.e., one is
above and one is below) the standardized temperature. If the
compartment temperatures measured during these two tests bound the
standardized temperature, then these test results shall be used to
determine energy consumption. If the compartment temperature
measured with all controls set at their coldest setting is above the
standardized temperature, the tested unit fails the test and cannot
be rated. If the compartment temperature measured with all controls
set at their warmest setting is below the standardized temperature,
then the result of this test alone will be used to determine energy
consumption. Also see Table 1 of this appendix, which summarizes
these requirements.
Table 1--Temperature Settings for Freezers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First test Second test
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Energy calculation based on:
Settings Results Settings Results
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid................................. Low.................... Warm................... Low................... Second Test Only.
High.................. First and Second Tests.
High................... Cold................... Low................... First and Second Tests.
High.................. No Energy Use Rating.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
4. Test Period
* * * * *
4.1 Non-automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has no
automatic defrost system, the test period shall start after steady-
state conditions (see section 2.7 of this appendix) have been
achieved and be no less than three hours in duration. During the
test period, the compressor motor shall complete two or more whole
compressor cycles. (A whole compressor cycle is a complete ``on''
and a complete ``off'' period of the motor.) If no ``off'' cycling
occurs, the test period shall be three hours. If less than two
compressor cycles occur during a 24-hour period, then a single
complete compressor cycle may be used.
* * * * *
4.2 * * *
4.2.1 * * *
4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. For a system with a cycling
compressor, the second part of the test starts at the termination of
the last regular compressor ``on'' cycle. The average temperature of
the compartment measured from the termination of the previous
compressor ``on'' cycle to the termination of the last regular
compressor ``on'' cycle must be within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of
the average temperature of the compartment measured for the first
part of the test. If any compressor cycles occur prior to the
defrost heater being energized that cause the average temperature in
the compartment to deviate from the average temperature for the
first part of the test by more than 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C), these
compressor cycles are not considered regular
[[Page 22356]]
compressor cycles and must be included in the second part of the
test. As an example, a ``precooling'' cycle, which is an extended
compressor cycle that lowers the compartment temperature prior to
energizing the defrost heater, must be included in the second part
of the test. The test period for the second part of the test ends at
the termination of the first regular compressor ``on'' cycle after
the compartment temperatures have fully recovered to their stable
conditions. The average temperature of the compartment measured from
this termination of the first regular compressor ``on'' cycle until
the termination of the next regular compressor ``on'' cycle must be
within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C) of the average temperature of the
compartment measured for the first part of the test. See Figure 1.
Note that Figure 1 illustrates the concepts of precooling and
recovery but does not represent all possible defrost cycles.
* * * * *
5. Test Measurements
* * * * *
5.1 Temperature Measurements. (a) Temperature measurements shall
be made at the locations prescribed in Figure 5.2 of HRF-1-2008
(incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3) and shall be accurate
to within 0.5 [deg]F (0.3 [deg]C).
(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit under test do not
conform with those shown in Figure 5.2 of HRF-1-2008, the unit may
be tested by relocating the temperature sensors from the locations
specified in the figures to avoid interference with hardware or
components within the unit, in which case the specific locations
used for the temperature sensors shall be noted in the test data
records maintained by the manufacturer in accordance with 10 CFR
429.71, and the certification report shall indicate that non-
standard sensor locations were used. If any temperature sensor is
relocated by any amount from the location prescribed in Figure 5.2
of HRF-1-2008 in order to maintain a minimum 1-inch air space from
adjustable shelves or other components that could be relocated by
the consumer, this constitutes a relocation of temperature sensors
that shall be recorded in the test data and reported in the
certification report as described above.
* * * * *
5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The compartment temperature for
each test period shall be an average of the measured temperatures
taken in a compartment during the test period as defined in section
4 of this appendix. For long-time automatic defrost models,
compartment temperature shall be that measured in the first part of
the test period specified in section 4.2.1 of this appendix. For
models with variable defrost controls, compartment temperature shall
be that measured in the first part of the test period specified in
section 4.2.2 of this appendix. For models with automatic defrost
that is neither long-time nor variable defrost, the compartment
temperature shall be an average of the measured temperatures taken
in a compartment during a stable period of compressor operation that
(a) includes no defrost cycles or events associated with a defrost
cycle, such as precooling or recovery, (b) is no less than three
hours in duration, and (c) includes two or more whole compressor
cycles. If the compressor does not cycle, the stable period used for
the temperature average shall be three hours in duration.
* * * * *
5.2 * * *
5.2.1 * * *
5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The energy consumption in
kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:
ET = (1440 x EP1/T1) + (EP2 - (EP1 x T2/T1)) x (12/CT),
Where:
1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined
in 5.2.1.2;
CT = (CTL x CTM)/(F x (CTM -
CTL) + CTL);
CTL = the shortest compressor run time between defrosts
used in the variable defrost control algorithm (greater than or
equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 hours), or the shortest
compressor run time between defrosts observed for the test (if it is
shorter than the shortest run time used in the control algorithm and
is greater than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the shortest observed run
time is less than 6 hours), in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of
an hour;
CTM = maximum compressor run time between defrosts in
hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour (greater than
CTL but not more than 96 hours);
F = ratio of per day energy consumption in excess of the least
energy and the maximum difference in per-day energy consumption and
is equal to 0.20.
For variable defrost models with no values for CTL
and CTM in the algorithm, the default values of 6 and 96
shall be used, respectively.
* * * * *
5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit's total refrigerated
volume, VT, shall be measured in accordance with HRF-1-2008
(incorporated by reference; see Sec. 430.3), section 3.30 and
sections 4.2 through 4.3. The measured volume shall include all
spaces within the insulated volume of each compartment except for
the volumes that must be deducted in accordance with section 4.2.2
of HRF-1-2008.
(b) In the case of freezers with automatic icemakers, the volume
occupied by the automatic icemaker, including its ice storage bin,
is to be included in the volume measurement.
(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined by physical
measurement of the test unit. Measurements and calculations used to
determine the total refrigerated volume shall be retained as part of
the test records underlying the certification of the basic model in
accordance with 10 CFR 429.71.
* * * * *
6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test Measurements
* * * * *
6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy Consumption. The average per-cycle
energy consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed in kilowatt-
hours per cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour,
and shall be calculated according to the sections below.
6.2.1 If the compartment temperature is always below 0.0 [deg]F
(-17.8 [deg]C), the average per-cycle energy consumption shall be
equivalent to:
E = ET1 + IET
Where:
ET is defined in 5.2.1;
The number 1 indicates the test period during which the highest
compartment temperature is measured; and
IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, equals 0 (zero) for
products without an automatic icemaker, and equals 0.23 for products
with an automatic icemaker.
6.2.2 If one of the compartment temperatures measured for a test
period is greater than 0.0 [deg]F (17.8 [deg]C), the average per-
cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to:
E = ET1 + ((ET2 - ET1) x (0.0 - TF1)/(TF2 - TF1)) + IET
Where:
IET is defined in 6.2.1 and ET is defined in 5.2.1;
TF = freezer compartment temperature determined according to 5.1.3
in degrees F;
The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements taken during the first and
second test period as appropriate; and
0.0 = standardized compartment temperature in degrees F.
6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. The standard cycle
energy consumption of a freezer with a variable anti-sweat heater
control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt-hours per day,
shall be calculated equivalent to:
Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is determined by
6.2.1, or 6.2.2, whichever is appropriate, with the anti-sweat
heater switch in the ``off'' position or, for a product without an
anti-sweat heater switch, the anti-sweat heater in its lowest energy
use state.
Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater Power x System-loss Factor) x
(24 hrs/1 day) x (1 kW/1000 W)
Where:
Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater Watts at 5%RH)
+ 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH)
+ 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH)
+ 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH)
+ 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH)
+ 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH)
+ 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH)
+ 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH)
+ 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH)
+ 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH)
Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity = the nominal watts
used by all heaters at that specific relative humidity, 72 [deg]F
ambient (22.2 [deg]C), and DOE reference freezer (FZ) average
temperature of 0 [deg]F (-17.8 [deg]C).
System-loss Factor = 1.3
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-08644 Filed 4-18-14; 8:45 a.m.]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P